THE NATURAL HISTORY MUSEUM VOLUME 26 NUMBER 2 28 NOVEMBER 1996 The Bulletin of The Natural History Museum (formerly: Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History) ), instituted in 1949, is issued in four scientific series, Botany, Entomology, Geology (incorporating Mineralogy) and Zoology. The Botany Series is edited in the Museum's Department of Botany Keeper of Botany: Dr S. Blackmore Editor of Bulletin: Ms M.J. Short Papers in the Bulletin are primarily the results of research carried out on the unique and ever- growing collections of the Museum, both by the scientific staff and by specialists from elsewhere who make use of the Museum's resources. Many of the papers are works of reference that will remain indispensable for years to come. All papers submitted for publication are subjected to external peer review for acceptance. A volume contains about 160 pages, made up by two numbers, published in the Spring and Autumn. Subscriptions may be placed for one or more of the series on an annual basis. Individual numbers and back numbers can be purchased and a Bulletin catalogue, by series, is available. Orders and enquiries should be sent to: Intercept Ltd. P.O. Box 7 16 Andover Hampshire SP 10 1YG Telephone: (01264) 334748 Fax:(01264)334058 Claims for non-receipt of issues of the Bulletin will be met free of charge if received by the Publisher within 6 months for the UK, and 9 months for the rest of the world. World List abbreviation: Bull. nat. Hist. Mus. Lond. (Bot.) © The Natural History Museum, 1996 Botany Series ISSN 0968-0446 Vol. 26, No. 2, pp. 75-2 1 7 The Natural History Museum Cromwell Road London SW7 5BD Issued 28 November 1996 Typeset by Ann Buchan (Typesetters), Middlesex Printed in Great Britain by Henry Ling Ltd., at the Dorset Press, Dorchester, Dorset Bull. not. Hist. Mus. Land. (Bot.) 26(2): 75-217 Issued 28 November 1996 Studies in the genus Hypericum L. (Guttiferae) 6. Sections 20. Myriandra to 28. Elodes THE NATURAL HISTORY MUSEL NORMAN K.B. ROBSON Department of Botany, The Natural History Museum, Cromwell Road, London SW7 5BD .PRESENTED CONTENTS Introduction 76 Separation of sects Adenosepalum and Humifusoideum from the rest of Keller's sect. Euhypericum 76 Circumscription of seel. Adenosepalum 76 Sect. 20. Myriandra 76 Subdivision 76 Characters and variation 78 Leaves 78 Inflorescence 78 Flowers and fruits 79 Cytology and hybrids 79 Distribution and evolution 79 Sects 21. Webbia and 22. Arthrophyllum 82 Characters and variation 82 Distribution and evolution 83 Sects 23. Triadenioides, 24. Heterophylla and 25. Adenotrias 83 Characters and variation 83 Distribution and evolution 84 Sect. 26. Humifusoideum 85 Characters and variation 85 Distribution and evolution 87 Sects 27. Adenosepalum and 28. Elodes 88 Evaluation of sect. Elodes 88 Characters and variation 89 Morphology and subdivision 89 Cytology and hybrids 90 Distribution and evolution 90 Systematic treatment 92 Sect. 20. Myriandra (Spach) R. Keller 92 Sect. 21. Webbia (Spach) R. Keller 133 Sect. 22. Arthrophyllum Jaub. & Spach 137 Sect. 23. Triadenioides Jaub. & Spach 141 Sect. 24. Heterophylla N. Robson 146 Sect. 25. Adenotrias (Jaub. & Spach) R. Keller 147 Sect. 26. Humifusoideum R. Keller 153 Sect. 27 '. Adenosepalum Spach 170 Sect. 28. Elodes (Adans.) W. Koch 208 References 212 Systematic index 214 SYNOPSIS. Following citation of the type of a new subspecies (H. silenoides subsp. minus N. Robson) omitted from Part 8, those sections of Hypericum directly related to sect. 1. Campylosporus that were not treated in Part 3 are considered, as well as sects 22. Arthrophyllum and 28. Elodes, which are closely related respectively to sects 2 1 . Webbia and 21 .Adenosepalum. A discussion of the morphology, chromosome numbers, hybrids, distribution and evolution of each section is followed by a systematic account of the 8 1 species in total that they contain. Sect. 20. Myriandra is divided into five subsections: subsect. Centrosperma R. Keller, subsect. Pseudobrathydium R. Keller, subsect. Suturosperma R. Keller, subsect. Brathydium (Spach) R. Keller and subsect. Ascyrum (L.) N. Robson stat. nov., all additional to or with circumscriptions different from those inAdams's 1962 paper; and//, tenuifolium Pursh replaces//, reductum W.P. Adams. Sect. 27. Adenosepalum is divided into four subsections: subsect. Aethiopica N. Robson, subsect. Pubescentes N. Robsen, subsect. Caprifolia N. Robson and subsect. Adenosepalum; and H. joerstadii Lid is treated as a hybrid, H. glandulosum x reflexum. © The Natural History Museum, 1996 76 INTRODUCTION This part (Part 6) of the Hypericum monograph includes treatments of the remaining sections directly related to the mainly African Sect. 1. Campvlosporus (sects 20-28), sects 2-3 having been treated in Part 3 (Robson, 1985) and sects 29-30 in Parts 7 and 8 (Robson, 1987, 1990). Parts 4 and 5 will include the remaining sections, all directly related to the Asian sect. 3. Ascyreia (sects 7-19). Before turning to the main concern of this part, however, it is necessary to remedy a nomenclatural omission in Part 8. The type of Hvpericum silenoides subsp. minus, endemic to the Galapagos Islands (Robson, 1990: 90), should have been cited as: Ecuador, Galapagos Islands, Albermarle Island [Isabella], 825 & 945 m, 28 August 1905 (fl), Stewart 2064 (BM!-holotype; GH!, K!, MO!-isotypes). Separation of sects Adenosepalum and Humifusoideum from the rest of Keller's sect. Euhypericum Sects 20-28 fall into six quite distinct groups, each related directly to sect. 1 .Campvlosporus: (i) 20.Myriandra, with 2-5 styles ±appressed, stamens apparently not fasciculate and black glands absent; (ii) 21 . Webbia and its derivative 22.Arthrophyllum, with 3 styles spreading from non-contiguous bases, stamens '3'-fasciculate, black glands absent or present and leaves ± broad with densely reticulate venation; (iii) 23. Triadenioides, with 3 styles spreading from contiguous bases, stamens '3' -fasciculate, black glands present only in the most derived species and leaves broad (but without clearly reticulate venation) to± microphyllous; (iv) 24.Heterophylla and 25Adenotrias, with3 styles spreading from contiguousbases,stamens'3'-fasciculate, black glands absent and leaves microphyllous; (\)26.Humifusoideum, with 3-5 styles spreading from contiguous bases, '3'-5 rather indefinite stamen fascicles, black glands usually present and leaves broad; and (vi) 21. Adenosepalum and its derivative 28. Elodes, with 3 styles spreading from contiguous bases, '3'-fascicled stamens, black (or red in sect. 28) glands present and leaves broad. The distributions of these groups are: Group (i) Eastern N. America, eastern Mexico, Belize, Guatemala, Honduras Republic, Greater Antilles, Bahamas, Bermuda; (ii) Macaronesia, eastern Mediterra- nean; (iii) Socotra, S WTurkey, Levant; (iv) NWAfrica, Mediterranean, NW Turkey; (v) New Guinea, Luzon, Taiwan, Sumatra, Java, S. Africa to Ethiopia and Equatorial Guinea, Madagascar; (vi) Macaronesia, Africa, W. Arabia, Europe, W. Caucasus, W. & S. Turkey, Levant. Note that tropical and east Asiatic species hitherto included in sect. Adenosepalum belong in fact to sect. Hypericum sensu lato (see below). Although each of these groups is easily distinguishable from the others, members of sects 26 (Group v) and 27 (Group vi) have often been included in a broad sect. Euhypericum Boiss., for example by Keller (1925: 177). Keller placed such species in his subsect. Homotaenium, by far the largest subsection in the section, which contained most of the species with narrow continuous longitudinal vittae on the capsule valves. Attempts to rationalize this heterogene- ous agglomeration of species were made by Stefanoff (1932-34) and Kimura (1951), both of whom divided it into sections, and by Gorschkova (1949), who retained Keller's subsect. Homotaenium but divided it into 15 series. In Part 1 of this work (Robson, 1977a), I distributed Keller's species among sections 8, 9, 14, 17, 18, 26 and 27. Sects 17. Hirtella and 18. Taeniocarpium are distinguished among these by having no regular intramarginal row of black glands on the leaves and seeds with a smooth to papillose testa; in sect. 8. N.K.B. ROBSON Bupleuroides the leaf pairs are connate and glabrous and the styles basally appressed; and in sects 9. Hypericum and 1 4. Oligostema the petals become (roughly) erect after flowering, not tightly twisted round the developing ovary as in sects 27. Adenosepalum and 28. Elodes. Sect. Adenosepalum is therefore distinguishable among species of 'sect. Homotaenium Boiss.' by the combination of free leaf pairs with inframarginal black glands (or if leaf pairs are connate they are pubescent), petals twisting round the developing fruit, 3 distinct stamen fascicles (cf. sect. 26. Humifusoideum) and seeds with a linear-reticulate to scalariform testa. The presence of an indumentum in many species distinguishes these from members of sects 9 and 14, whilst the widespread occurrence of flat-topped sepal marginal glands in sect. Adenosepalum is paralleled only in some species of sect. 17. Hirtella. Sect. 28. Elodes is differentiated from sect. Adenosepalum principally by the floral modifications towards specialized insect pollination, but also by the red marginal sepal glands, the ribbed-scalariform seed testa and almost always by the absence of inframarginal black leaf glands. Circumscription of sect. Adenosepalum When the foregoing criteria were considered, it became clear to me that the Himalayan, south Indian and Chinese species that I origi- nally included in sect. Adenosepalum (Robson, \911b) do not belong there. The putative 'linking' species, the Himalayan H. elodeoides Choisy, is in fact closely related to H. hengshanense W.T. Wang, from SE China (Jiangsi, Hunan, Guangxi, Guangdong). Indeed, Li (1990: 6) brought these two species together in his key to Chinese Hypericum, placing both in sect. Adenosepalum. Three glabrous, western Asiatic species allocated to sect. Adenosepalum in Part 1 and previously in Flora of Turkey (Robson, 1 961 b) must also be excluded and transferred to sect. 1 2. Origanifolia. These are H. huber-morathii N. Robson, H. minutum Poulter and H. formosissimum Takht. They were originally excluded from sect. Origanifolia because their capsules lacked the swollen vesicles characteristic of H. origanifolium Willd. and H. aviculariifolium Jaub. & Spach. H. minutum and H. formosissimum, however, have interrupted vittae, which are also found in H. imbricatum Poulter and H. salsugineum N. Robson & Hub.-Mor., both clearly related to H. aviculariifolium; and H. minutum is clearly closely related to H. huber-morathii. When other characters, such as glandularity, leaf and flower colour and habitat (all in limestone rock crevices), are taken into consideration, there can be little doubt that their correct position is near H. aviculariifolium. With the tropical and east Asiatic and Anatolian species excluded, sect. Adenosepalum can be seen to have its primitive, shrubby species in Macaronesia and three derivative groups: (i) African, wholly glabrous; (ii) NW Africa and the Canary Islands to (a) Somaliland and western Arabia and (b) the western Mediterranean, wholly with indumentum; (iii) Europe to western Caucasus and adjacent Turkey, the Mediterranean and Ethiopia (with adjacent NE Sudan and Arabia) to northern Tanzania, nearly always with indumentum. H. elodes L. (sect. 28. Elodes) is derived from group (ii) and H. afrum Lam. (from Tunisia and adjacent Algeria) fits well into group (i) rather than in sect. 9. Hypericum, where I originally located it (Robson, 1977a). Sect. 20. Myriandra Subdivision This well-delimited section comprises 29 species and 4 subspecies that are mostly shrubs or wiry shrublets but include a few perennial STUDIES IN HYPERICUM 77 Sect. 20 Myhandra Relationships 7. tenuifolium 18 1 1 . brachyphyllum 18 21 adpressum 22. ellipticum 18 8. lloydii 19. microsepalum 18 9c. nitidum ssp. exile 13. fasciculatum 20. sphaerocarpum 9b. nitidum ssp. nitidum SUTUROSPERMA 16. apocynifolium 17. nudiflorum 29c. hypericoides ssp. prostratum 29b. hypericoides ssp. multicaule 9a. nitidum ssp. cubens 5. densiflorum PSEUDO- BRATHYDIUM 15. buckleyi . tetrapetalum 18 27. edisonianum 24. dolabriforme / 18 BRATHYDIUM 23. myrtifolium 18 28. suffruticosum 18 4. lobocarpum 18 CENTROSPERMA 3. kalmianum 18 1 . frondosum 18,36 25. crux-andreae 18 29a. hypericoides ssp. hypericoides 18 Fig. 1 Sect. 20. Myriandra. Relationships and chromosome numbers (2n) of the 29 species. Limits of the 5 (named) subsections indicated by bold lines. herbs. They all lack black glands and have stamen fascicles closely merged, so that the androecium appears to be polyandrous and (in contrast to sect. 30. Trigynobrathys} remains so even in the smallest flowers. The styles are slender and closely mutually appressed in the more primitive species; but they have a tendency to part in fruit in more advanced 4-petalled ones ('Ascyrum"). The stigmas are small. Keller (1893, 1925) divided the group treated here as sect. Myriandra into three main subgroups, viz. Ascyrum and two sec- tions ofHypericum, with each section of Hypericum containing two subsections: Ascyrum - sepals and petals 4; placentation parietal; styles 2-3(4). Hypericum - sepals and petals 5; placentation axile to parietal. Sect. Mvriandra - stamens deciduous; placentation axile to parietal; styles 3-5. Subsect. Centrosperma - placentation axile, pyramidal. Subsect. Suturosperma - placentation parietal. Sect. Brathydium - stamens persistent; placentation parietal or rarely axile; styles 3. Subsect. Eubrathydium - placentation parietal. Subsect. Pseudobrathydium - placentation axile, pyramidal. Following the inclusion of the American species of Ascyrum in sect. Myriandra (Adams & Robson, 1961), Adams (1962) recognized only one section, subdividing it into two subsections: Subsect. Centrosperma - shrubs; leaves and sepals with articulation or groove at base; sepals 5(4), deciduous; petals 5(4); stamens decidu- ous. 15 species, i.e. Spp. 1-14 in the present treatment + 23. H. myrtifolium. Subsect. Pseudobrathydium - shrubs and perennial herbs; leaves and sepals without articulation or groove at base; sepals 5-4, persistent (deciduous in H. nudiflorum); petals 5^4; stamens persistent (except in H. nudiflorum and H. apocynifolium). 14 species, i.e. Spp. 15-22, 24-29 in the present treatment. From these attempts at infrasectional division it would appear that there are three major groups (as Keller proposed), but that four species (H. buckleyi, H. nudiflorum, H. apocynifolium and H. myrtifolium) fall awkwardly across the proposed group divisions. In addition, the Ascyrum group is heterogeneous, as Spach ( 1 8366) had already realized. Most species have two unequal pairs of broad appressed sepals, but in 19. H. microsepalum they are equal, narrow and recurved. Spach placed the latter in a monotypic genus, Isophyllum, as/, drummondii; and it is clearly not related to the other 4-petalled species but to 18. H. cistifolium, from which it appears to have been derived. The suggested interrelationships of species in sect. Myriandra are shown in Fig. 1 , along with the five subsections into which they have been divided here. It will be seen that there are two basal species (1 . 78 N.K.B. ROBSON H. frondosum and 2. H. prolificum, both variable, especially the latter), from which the remaining species have been derived. H. frondosum is directly related to the Ascyrum group (Spp. 25-29) and the Brathydiutn group (Spp. 23-24), whereas the Suturosperma group (Spp. 1 6-22) and//, buckleyi (Sp. 1 5) are directly related to//. prolificum (as are Spp. 3-14). From Fig. 2, which shows the limits of certain characters, it will be clear why Keller and Adams had difficulty in defining their subdivisions and why no hard and fast lines can be drawn between Myriandra sensu stricto (Spp. 1-14) and the remaining species. The groups outlined above, however, can be treated as five reasonably well defined subsections: 1 . Subsect. Centrosperma (p. 94) - Sepals and petals 5; sepals and stamens deciduous; leaves and sepals articulated; sepals very unequal to subequal; styles (2)3-5(6); placentation incompletely axile to parietal; shrubs. Spp. 1-14. 2. Subsect. Pseudobrathydium (p. 1 1 2) - Sepals and petals 5; sepals and stamens persistent; leaves and sepals not articulated; sepals subequal; styles 3; placentation incompletely axile; low shrub. Sp. 15. 3. Subsect. Suturosperma (p. 113) - Sepals and petals 5(4-3); sepals and stamens deciduous or persistent; leaves and sepals not articulated, sepals unequal or usually subequal; styles 3(4); placentation incompletely axile to parietal; shrubs or perennial herbs. Spp. 16-22. 4. Subsect. Brathydium (p. 122) - Sepals and petals 5; sepals persistent, stamens deciduous or persistent; leaves articulated incompletely or not at all, sepals not articulated; sepals very unequal to subequal; styles 3(4); placentation incompletely axile to parietal; shrubs or subshrubs. Spp. 23-24 (This subsection can be distinguished from the preceding one by the unequal and persistent sepals, more numerous stamens and widely branched inflorescence, see key p. 93). 5. Subsect. Ascyrum (p. 124) - Sepals and petals 4: sepals and stamens persistent; leaves articulated or not, sepals not articu- lated; sepals very unequal; styles 2-3(4); placentation parietal; shrubs or wiry shrublets. Spp. 25-29. Characters and variation (Fig. 2) The species in sect. Myriandra vary from bushy shrubs up to 3 m tall (1 . H. frondosum) to minute prostrate mat-forming wiry herbs (29c. H. hypericoides subsp. prostratum). As mentioned above they lack black glands, and the pellucid glands are always punctiform. The contraction of the androecium to apparent polyandry is accompa- nied by trends towards a reduction in number of members of the floral whorls. LEAVES. The most closely related species to sect. Myriandra in sect. 1. Campylosporus is the north-east African H. synstylum, which has pinnate leaf venation. Thus the venation in sect. Myriandra is also basically pinnate. In the primitive, broad-leaved species (e.g. 1 . H. frondosum) the tertiary reticulation is very dense and clear, but it is less clear or obscure in species with thicker leaves (e.g. 1 8. //. cistifolium). The more advanced species in subsect. Centrosperma have linear, often needle-like leaves with only a midrib visible beneath. The occurrence of a groove where the leaf joins the stem ('leaves articulated') is a plesiomorphic character in Hypericum in general and in sect. Myriandra in particular (Fig. 2). It is constant in subsect. Centrosperma and present in primitive members of subsects Suturosperma (Spp. 16, 17), Brathydium (23. H. myrtifolium) and Ascyrum (Spp. 25, 26) but is wholly absent from subsect. Pseudobrathydium ( 15. //. buckleyi). This character change is asso- ciated with a tendency for the point of leaf-fall to move from the basal groove to the petiole or pseudopetiole. Delayed basal leaf-fall is found in 16. H. apocynifolium, 17. H. nudiflorum, 25. H. crux- andreaeand 26. H. tetrapetalum, while suprabasal leaf-fall occurs in 15. H. buckleyi, 18. H. cistifolium, 19. //. microsepalum and the remainder of subsect. Ascyrum (Spp. 27-29). In the linear- to acicular-leaved species, there is a contrast be- tween those in which the margin is revolute but the rest of the lamina unaltered (12. H. lissophloeus and the H. galioides and //. nitidum groups, Spp. 6-1 1) and the H. fasciculatum group (Spp. 13, 14), in which the midrib area is raised beneath, forming a groove on each side between it and the revolute margin (cf. Fig. 2). INFLORESCENCE. The inflorescence of the near-ancestral //. synstylum is 1-2-flowered, a state that is reflected in the 1-3- flowered basic inflorescence of sect. Myriandra (usual in 1 . //. frondosum). Two evolutionary tendencies lead to (i) the involve- ment of an increasing number of nodes in flower-bearing (basipetal) and (ii) an increasing degree of cymose (i.e. dichasial/ monochasial) branching (acropetal). Basipetal branching is domi- nant in subsect. Centrosperma, leading to the long narrow inflorescences of H. galioides, H. nitidum, H. lissophloeus and their relatives. Acropetal branching is dominant in subsects Suturosperma, Brathydium and Ascyrum, where involvement of more than three nodes is rare, occurring only in forms of 25. H. crux-andreae and 29. H. hypericoides. Pseudo-dichotomous branching is confined to subsect. Ascyrum, where it occurs wholly or partly in all species. FLOWERS AND FRUITS. References have been made above to the evolutionary reduction in number of floral members in sect. Myriandra. The polyphyletic reduction from pentamery to tetramery in the perianth is associated in subsect. Ascyrum with a reduction to a dimerous gynoecium. The gynoecium is otherwise regularly trimerous except in Spp. 2-5, where there appear to have been secondary increases to 4-5-mery, and occasionally in the galioides, nitidum and fasciculatum groups (Spp. 6-14). The sepals are primitively unequal (e.g. in 1 . //. frondosum) and remain markedly so in tetramerous forms of that species and in the directly related subsect. Ascyrum, where the outer pair is large and appressed (concealing the developing fruit) and the inner pair very small or even absent (in some forms of 28. H. suffruticosum). In the rest of the section except subsect. Brathydium, the inequality gradu- ally becomes less, so that in the other species with a usually tetramerous perianth, 19. H. microsepalum, the sepals are almost equal. In subsect. Brathydium (Spp. 23, 24), however, both species have unequal sepals, although the inequality is less in 24. H. dolabriforme than in 23. H. myrtifolium. The curved-dolabriform (hammer-shaped) petals in the former are the most extreme in form in the section. Otherwise the petals do not provide specifically distinct characters. The trend from deciduous to persistent stamens has already been mentioned above, and the stamens otherwise vary only in number and length, decreasing from c. 650 of up to 12 mm long ( 1 . //. frondosum) to c. 30 of 2.5-4 mm (28. H. suffruticosum). The relatively large number of stamens is one of the reasons for associating//, dolab riforme with H. myrtifolium rather than with 20. H. sphaerocarpum. The ovary placentation is never truly axile, i.e. the placentae never meet in the middle of the ovary. The primitive state, incompletely axile or pseudo-axile, is found in Spp. 1-5 of subsect. Centrosperma and in subsect. Pseudobrathydium (Sp. 15) and 23. H. myrtifolium. 79 Sect. 20 Myriandra Characters Inflorescence branching mainly basipetal \ Inflorescence branching mainly acropetal Stamens deciduous Fig. 2 Sect. 20. Myriandra. Limits of certain characters. Note the isolated apomorphic occurrences of 5(6)-styled and persistent stamens respectively. Elsewhere there are parallel developments to truly parietal placentation in all subsections. The variation in testa pattern of the seeds is not so great as it is in some other sections: from reticulate to finely scalariform via scalariform-reticulate and linear-foveolate. Cytology and hybrids (Fig. 1) The chromosome number in sect. Myriandra is almost consistently n = 9, 2n = 18, except for a record of 2n = 16 for 22. H. ellipticum, a tetraploid record for 1 . H.frondosum (p. 96) and a population of 5. H. densiflorum from Macon Co., North Carolina that had 2n = 27, n = 1 1-14 (Adams, 1959). Despite this relative uniformity of chromo- some number, natural hybrids appear to be very rare except in cultivation, which suggests that the species are isolated by ecologi- cal and/or biological factors rather than by geographical separation alone. The cultivated hybrids, which arose spontaneously and doubt- less continue to appear when suitable species are grown together, all involve Spp. 1-6 only. Distribution and evolution (Fig. 3) The north-east American and Caribbean sect. Myriandra is, as was noted in Part 3 (Robson, 1985: 169), most closely related to those species of sect. Campylosporus in which (i) the styles are com- pletely united even in fruit and (ii) there are tendencies for the petals to fall tardily (H. quartinianuni) and for the black glands to be completely absent (H. synstylum). In these species, too, the develop- ment of pinnate venation is almost complete, only the lowermost pair of lateral veins or one of them remaining free. H. quartinianum occurs from south-western Arabia (Yemen) to northern Malawi and northern Mozambique, whilst the relatively apomorphic//. synstylum is confined to two adjacent areas in eastern Ethiopia (Harar) and one in northern Somalia. There is a wide distributional gap, therefore, between north-east Africa and south-eastern U.S.A., where 1. H.frondosum, the most primitive species in sect. Myriandra, occurs sporadically from Kentucky to Georgia and eastern Texas. There is a considerable morphological gap, too, as H. frondosum has deciduous petals and stamens, the stamen fascicles are completely united with a consider- ably increased number of stamens, and the ovary is 3-merous. In the leaves, the acute to obtuse apex of the African plants has become apiculate-obtuse to rounded, and the venation is wholly closed and pinnate, with widely spreading (not ascending) laterals, densely reticulate tertiary venation and punctate (not elongate) glands. From H. frondosum three clades diverge (i, vii, viii), these corre- 80 NC -»c Fla •» s Ala II Ga-> La NC-»-n Fla-» e Tex 9c w Cuba nw Fla 9b s SC, Ga, n Fla, e Ala NJ-+Ga, Ala-»Pa e Tex, e Okla -(• Ga?, SC 9a w Cuba, Belize N.K.B. ROBSON Sect. 20. Myriandra Distribution 14 nw Fla 13 se NC-*. Fla •» Miss |9 s Ga, nw Fla 21 NC -*e La 18 Mass -*-Ga- Tenn, Mo, 111, Ind 22 Minn-»Nfld WVa, Tenn 16 Va, Tenn-»nw Fla 20 Ga' Fla Miss, [La], e Tex? lowa^Ohio^ La Ark n A^-a -*ne Tex, e Okla 17 c Fla Mass -vSC-y n Tex-*s Ohio Que, Ont, Wis-*NY 26 s Ga, s Ala, 23 Fla, w Cuba SC?, Ga-»Miss 29 b s NC-»e La, c Fla 28 c Hisp (Dom R) 29a 29c se NY-»Fla-»e Tex, e Okla Va-*Fla-»-e Tex, Okla-»Ky; e Mex-rHond; Gr Ant, Jam; Bah, Berm; [Azores] Fig. 3 Sect. 20. Myriandra. Distribution of the 29 species, showing major (==) and minor ( — ) disjunctions and trends (-»). Lower case letters indicate compass points; square brackets indicate extinctions (Sp. 17) or introduction (Sp. 29c); roman figures indicate major clades (see text). Geographical abbreviations used in Fig. 3: Ala - Alabama, Ark - Arkansas, Bah - Bahamas, Berm - Bermuda, Dom R - Dominican Republic, Fla - Florida, Ga - Georgia, Gr Ant - Greater Antilles, Hond - Honduras Republic, 111 - Illinois, Ind - Indiana, Jam - Jamaica, Ky - Kentucky, La - Louisiana, Mass - Massachusetts, Mex - Mexico, Minn - Minnesota, Miss - Mississippi, Mo - Missouri, NC - North Carolina, Nfld - Newfoundland, NJ - New Jersey, NY - New York, Okla - Oklahoma, Ont - Ontario, Pa - Philadelphia, Que - Quebec, SC - South Carolina, Tenn - Tennessee, Tex - Texas, Va - Virginia, Wis - Wisconsin, W Va - West Virginia. spending to (i) H. prolificutn and the rest of subsect. Centrosperma along with subsectsPseudobrathydium and Suturospertna, (vii) sub- sect. Brathydium and (viii) subsect. Ascyrum. The transition from 1. H.frondosum to 2. H. prolificum is gradual, consisting essentially of reductions in size of parts and increase of variation north-westward from NW Georgia to the uplands bordering the central Mississippi basin; but there is a morphological 'gap' between these species, at least in the wild. The wide distributional range of 2. H. prolificum includes a comparably wide range of variation, so that as many as five clades (ii-vi) appear to have arisen directly from it. 3. H. kalmianum (ii) is a northern derivative in which reductions in size (overall and of most parts) and inflorescence-branching are accom- panied by a (secondary) increase to 5-mery in the ovary. The Great Lakes type of distribution may be associated with the glacial nunatak in this region, i.e. the species may have reached its present area in pre-glacial times. Utech & Iltis (1970), however, favour the hypoth- esis that H. kalmianum had a recent, post-glacial origin (from H. prolificum). The other single-species derivative ( 1 5. //. buckleyi) (v) has an area in the Carolinas and Georgia (the Blue Ridge Mountains) that is wholly within that of//, prolificum. The speciating factors for this dwarf straggling shrub with reductions in size and inflores- cence-branching would seem to be altitude and exposure. The remainder of subsect. Centrosperma (clades iii and iv) show several parallelisms, so that extreme members of each (7. H. tenuifolium and 8. H. lloydii on the one hand and 1 1 .//. brachyphyllum on the other) have come to resemble one another, with resultant taxonomic confusion. Adams ( 1 959, 1 962) resolved this confusion as regards the U.S. species, and I have attempted to incorporate the taxa from Cuba and Belize. Clade (iii) is relatively straight-forward. A southward trend from //. prolificum resulted in two taxa, one north- eastern (5. H. densiflorum), the other south-western (4. //. lobocarpum). The reasons for treating these taxa as species rather STUDIES IN HYPER/CUM 81 than subspecies are explained on p. 100. In both species there is a reduction in size of flower and leaf and an increase in flower number. In H. lobocarpum, these changes are accompanied by a marked tendency towards a 5-merous ovary and lobed fruit, whereas in H. densiflorum they are not. H. lobocarpum is mainly in the uplands to the west of the lower Mississippi; H. densiflorum has a two-armed distribution: coastal plain from New York to S. Carolina and along the western side of theAppalachian Mts. But an 'arm' of//, lobocarpum^ area extends eastward in the south to south-eastern S. Carolina; and where the southern end of the H. densiflorum area meets this 'arm', in central Alabama, some intermediates (hybrids?) occur. A narrow- leaved form of//, densiflorum found inTennessee (H. interior Small) provides a morphological link to the narrower-leaved 6. H. galioides, which has a coastal-plain distribution (N. Carolina to eastern Texas excluding peninsular Florida). This species of relatively wet habitats is ecologically distinct from its largely co-extensive reduced deriva- tive, 8. H. tenuifolium, a plant of dry sandy habitats. Between the 'arms' of H. densiflorum'^ range there occurs 7. H. lloydii, a low, spreading, narrow-leaved derivative of that species from the eastern South Appalachian foothills. The remaining derivative clade of subsect. Centrosperma (iv) forms the H. nitidum-H. fasciculatum group, which comprises two subgroups: the H. fasciculatum group (Spp. 12-14), confined to the American lowland mainland from N. Carolina to Mississippi, and the H. nitidum group (Spp. 9-11), having a similar distribution but extending into Louisiana, western Cuba and Belize. The primitive forms of 9. H. nitidum would appear to be in Cuba and Belize, but those of 13. H. fasciculatum are in Florida. The overlapping areas and incomplete morphological differ- entiation of the taxa in the H. nitidum group suggest that land-connections between Belize and Florida via Cuba existed for a long time. The remaining clade from 2. H. prolificum (Clade vi) comprises subsect. Suturosperma, of which the lowest branch (Spp. 16, 17) includes species that are morphologically somewhat intermediate. H. apocynifolium and H. nudiflorum, which have inflorescences that are more acropetally branched than those of//, prolificum as well as smaller flowers and broader leaves, form another east-west pair with overlapping distributions: H. apocynifolium from Oklahoma and Texas to Louisiana with outliers on the Florida-Georgia border, //. nudiflorum from eastern Texas to Virginia excluding Louisiana, Sects 21. Webbia and 22. Arthrophvllum a) Relationships b) Distribution and Characters nanum var. prostratum 4b vaccinii folium 5 pamphylicura 4d / ? O nanum var. nanum rupestre s Turkey canariense revolutum ssp. revolutum pal margin ne trop. Africa contiguous \ s«p«r»t« style bases Fig. 4 Sects 2 1 . Webbia and 22. Arthrophvllum. a) Relationships and chromosome number (2n). b) Distribution and limits of certain characters. For key to annotations see Fig. 3 (p. 80). 82 N.K.B. ROBSON Sects 23. Triadenioides, 24. Heterophylla. 25. Adenotrias Relationships aegypticum ssp. aegypticum aciferum I C aegypticuw ssp. webbii 1 L aegypticum ssp. maroccanum 20 dogonbadanicum N I ssp. smithii socotranum Fig. 5 Sects 23. Triadenioides, 24. Heterophylla and 25. Adenotrias. Relationships within sections and with species of sect. 1 Campylosporus, showing chromosome numbers (2n). where it is apparently extinct. The rest of the clade consists of a southern branch (18. H. cistifolium in the Coastal Plain from N. Carolina to Louisiana including Florida, 19. H. microsepalum in Florida) and a northern one (20. H. sphaerocarpum in the central and upper Mississippi valley 'giving rise to' the herbaceous 21. H. adpressum (north-eastern) and 22. H. ellipticum (northern). To return to the clades directly related to 1. H. frondosum, in subsect. Bmthydium 23. H. myrtifolium (Clade vii) has smaller but broad leaves and a more acropetally developed, more widely branch- ing inflorescence than H. frondosum, and its distribution (Georgia to Mississippi) is to the south-east and distinct. The derivative 24. H. dolabriforme, with narrower leaves and more unequal sepals, has a small relict area to the north-west centred in Kentucky andTennessee. Finally, in Clade viii (subsect./UcyrM/n) the variable H. crux-andreae occupies a wide area southward of a line from south-eastern Okla- homa to New York (Long Island).Three of the derivative species occur wholly (27. H. edisonianum, 28. H. suffruticosum) or largely (26. H. tetrapetalum) within that area, H. tetrapetalum being found also in western Cuba. The very variable 29. H. hypericoides, however, has a much wider distribution and is divided into three subspecies. The subspecies morphologically nearest to H. crux-andreae, 29a. subsp. hypericoides, occupies almost the same region in the U.S.A. as that species (Delaware and Maryland west to eastern Oklahoma and eastern Texas), but it also occurs disjunctly along the Eastern Cordillera in Mexico, Guatemala and the Honduras Republic. In addition, it is found in the main islands of the Greater Antilles and in the Bahamas and Bermuda. A record from the Azores suggest that it is a relatively recent arrival there; but whether it came by natural extension of range or with human assistance is not clear. Overlapping the northern margin of the range of the erect 29a. subsp. hypericoides is that of the more spreading 29b. subsp. multicaule (Oklahoma to Massachusetts); and in Hispaniola (Dominican Republic) there is a prostrate, almost herbaceous form (29c. subsp. prostration). Sects 21. Webbia and 22. Arthrophyllum Characters and variation (Fig. 4a, b) Sects Webbia and Arthrophyllum form a monophyletic group di- rectly related to sect. Campylosporus. As will be explained on p. 1 35, I now regard the nearest relative of H. canariense (sect. Webbia) to be not//, roeperianum (as in Robson, 1985: 166-168, ff. 1-3) but//. revolutum subsp. revolutum, more specifically the relatively broad- leaved form of that species that occurs sporadically in Ethiopia. From it, H. canariense differs inter alia in having '3' stamen fascicles, a 3-merous ovary with divergent styles, no black glands, STUDIES IN HYPERICUM Sects 23. Triadenioides. 24. Heterophvlla. 25. Adenotrias Characters 83 pre Black or r discolor basally narro or petiola Fig. 6 Sects 23. Triadenioides, 24. Heterophvlla and 25. Adenotrias. Limits of certain characters. and leaves with densely reticulate tertiary venation. In addition, the bark is smooth and usually whitish grey, a character that links it to the species of sect. 22. Indeed, apart from a difference in habit (trees or ± erect shrubs up to 4 m versus low, compact and rounded to prostrate shrubs up to c. 0.9 m), the only essential differences between these sections would appear to be in the style bases (con- tiguous then divergent v. separate) and testa sculpturing (linear-foveolate v. minutely rugulose). Within sect. Arthrophyllum there is a return to the presence of hypericin-containing glands in 1 .//. rupestre and 2. H. pamphylicum, black in 1 and red in 2, although in all other respects//, pamphylicum is more advanced than H. rupestre, e.g. in its perfoliate leaves. In the other branch of Fig. 4 there is, as well as a reduction in overall size and in size of parts, a change from cordate to cuneate leaf-base. Distribution and evolution (Fig. 4b) Sects Webbia and Arthrophyllum, though morphologically similar, are geographically divergent H. canariense is confined to the Canary Islands (except the drier eastern ones) and Madeira, thus being separated from its apparent nearest ancestral relatives in Ethiopia by the width of Africa. It is separated by the length of the Mediterranean from sect. Arthrophyllum, which has an interrupted distribution from Vilayet Antalya in south-west Turkey to the moun- tains on the Lebanon-Syria border. The facts that (i) the five species in this section are so morphologically and geographically disparate and that (ii) each occupies a restricted area suggest that it is a relatively ancient group that evolved (or at least diverged) in Tertiary times; and the link with Macaronesia further associates it with the pan-Mediterranean flora of that epoch. Sects 23. Triadenioides, 24. Heterophylla and 25. Adenotrias Characters and variation (Figs 5, 6) Sects 23-25 all derive from the H. socotranum group of sect. Campylosporus, sect. 23. Triadenioides having a Socotra-E. Medi- terranean distribution and sects 24. Heterophylla and 25. Adenotrias (as a group) an Atlantic-Mediterranean one. Sect. Triadenioides is most closely related to H. socotranum subsp. socotranum, and its species either share with that taxon a narrowing of the leaf-base (2. H. scopulorum in part) or have a petiole. The leaf venation is simply pinnate, a state which can be derived from that of subsp. socotranum by elimination of the 1-2 pairs of basal veins and expansion of the (closed) midrib branching to occupy the whole lamina. The flowers in sect. 23 are much reduced in size from those of subsp. socotranum, and trimery (ovary) and pseudotrimery (stamens) have developed. The three more primitive (Socotran) species have discolorous leaves; but in the 84 N.K.B. ROBSON Sects 23. Triadenioides. 24. Heterophylla, 25. Adenotrias Distribution s Turkey (Antalya, Isparta) sw Crete Lebanon, w Syria, s Turkey s Turkey (Hatay) w Syria n Socotra ne Libya (Derna) 1C Ib Lampedusa, Malta, / Sardinia, Ionian Is. , sw Greece, nw Crete la s Morocco, c Algeria (s Atlas) Socotra ' Fig. 7 Sects 23. Triadenioides, 24. Heterophylla and 25. Adenotrias. Distribution of the species and of the immediately related species in sect. 1 Campylosporus. H. tortuosum (Sect. 23, Sp. 3) also occurs in western Socotra (Map 21). Mediterranean 4. H. ternatumand 5. H. pallensboth sides of the leaf are glaucous, and in the former the leaves are 3-whorled. There is a multiplication of flowers in the inflorescence in both groups, but red or black glands are found only in the Mediterranean group. The essential distinction between sects 24. Heterophylla and 25. Adenotrias is the presence in the latter of specialized pollination and dispersal adaptations (see opposite and p. 150; also Robson 1972, 1981;Reynaud, 1985). Distribution and evolution (Fig. 7) Although there is a considerable morphological gap (especially florally) between the large-flowered Socotran species of sect. 1 (H. balfourii and H. socotranum) and all three derivative sections, the respective geographical disjunctions are very different. Whereas three disjunct but closely related species of sect. 23. Triadenioides occur in one mountain range in Socotra (1. H. fieriense, 2. H. scopulorum, 3. H. tortuosum, 1 and 2 being both endemic to it and directly related to H. socotranum), there is then a morphological and geographical gap in this section between them and the more highly evolved 4. H. ternatum and 5. H. pollens in the north-east Mediter- ranean. On the other hand, the main morphological and evolutionary gaps in the other evolutionary line are between northern Socotra (H. balfourii) and respectively north-west Anatolia (H. heterophyllum, sect. 24. Heterophylla) and southern Morocco (the largest form of the heterostyled H. aegypticum, la. subsp. maroccanum, sect. 25. Adenotrias). H. heterophyllum is more advanced than H. aegypticum in several characters (e.g. (i) elongate upper stem-internodes and condensed lower stem-internodes, resulting in gemma-like axillary buds; (ii) a several-flowered inflorescence; (iii) a chromosome number of n = 9, not 10); but it lacks the floral features by which the species in sect. Adenotrias are adapted for specialized insect pollina- tion (heterostyly, etc.) and the carunculate seeds that aid them in dispersal. H. heterophyllum is therefore most likely to have been derived from a precursor of sect. Adenotrias, one in which the specializations had not developed. ' The divergence of sects 24 and 25 can thus be seen as an east-west split in the Mediterranean region. Within sect. 25 there is a very disjunct reduction trend in 1. H. aegypticum from south Morocco along the southern slopes of the ' I am grateful to Chris Humphries for doing a cladistic analysis of sects Heterophylla and Adenotrias that supported this conclusion. STUDIES IN HYPERICUM 85 Sect. 26. Humifusoideum Relationships beccarii ssp. steenisii (ii) nokoense raacgregorii 3 saruwagedicuin 2 24 peplidifoliun 10 16 wilmsii bif urcatuzn Fig. 8 Sect. 26. Humifusoideum. Relationships and chromosome numbers (2n) of the 10 species. 6(i) H. nagasawai has 2n=36 (not shown). Atlas Mts in Algeria to Lampedusa, the Maltese Islands and one mountain in Sardinia. There is then a 'jump' to the Ionian Islands, a small area in the western Peloponnisos and another in north-west Crete, then another disjunction to the Derna area of Libya. The tall erect long-leaved Moroccan plant gradually becomes small, decum- bent to prostrate (in Crete) and short-lived, so that the two ends of the morphocline look very different. It is, however, almost continuous, so that no populations merit more than subspecific rank, and even that rank may sometimes prove difficult to justify. There is a bigger morphological and geographical disjunction from western Greece to the northern Levantine 2. H. russeggeri, a species with leaves broader above (not at or below) the middle and pedunculate several- flowered inflorescences that was once also found in north-west Turkey. The morphocline from this species then turns westward to south-western Crete, where 3. H. aciferum resembles a smaller prostrate-branched version of H. russeggeri. With the possible exception of the Sardinian localities of H. aegypticum subsp. webbii, all regions of the Mediterranean occu- pied by members of sect. Adenotrias are strongly influenced by maritime conditions; the plants typically grow among maritime limestone rocks. How then are we to explain the distribution of H. aegypticum subsp. maroccanum along the southern edge of the Atlas ranges, facing the Sahara desert? There is apparently no evidence of an ancient ocean in that area. Indeed, the traditional course of the Tethys Sea (and hence of the boundary between Gondwanaland and the northern supercontinent, Laurasia) is through the Strait of Gi- braltar. If this boundary were to have taken a more southerly course, so that theAtlas Massif 'belonged' to Laurasia, not to Gondwanaland (as was proposed by e.g. Melville, 1967: 294), then the south face of the Atlas Massif would indeed be part of the northern shore of the Tethys Sea, and//, aegypticum would at one time have been growing in typical maritime conditions. As regards the Sardinian localities of H. aegypticum, these com- prise several isolated sites where the species forms part of 'an archaic relict flora no longer in balance with the present Mediterra- nean macroclimate' and has presumably originated 'from the lands of theTertiary Tyrrhenian-Iberian-Riffian continent' (Arrigoni, 1 965). Sect. 26. Humifusoideum Characters and variation (Figs 8, 9) Despite the long distance between the locality of the most primitive species in sect. Humifusoideum (NE New Guinea) and those of its nearest relatives in sect. Campylosporus (H. lanceolatum in Reunion and H. madagascariense in Madagascar), the morphological gap is 86 N.K.B. ROBSON Sect. 26. Humifusoideum Characters X pseudo-dichotomous Inflorescence branching dichasial . 10 . laterals dense , reticulation sparse or absent more than 3 laterals spaced, reticulation * dense Inflorescence branchina Leaves Leaf venation Fig. 9 Sect. 26. Humifusoideum. Limits of certain characters. Note (i) the isolated apomorphic occurrences of more than 3 styles and the absence of black glands and (ii) the development of pseudo-dichotomous and then (in Sp. 6) dichasial inflorescence-branching. Spp. 6(i) in part and 6(ii) also have dichasial inflorescence branching, and both have black glands (not shown). not so very great. H. sewense has an overall resemblance to the latter, but it is smaller in stature and has three spreading styles (not five appressed ones). Its venation of closely parallel lateral veins some- times flanked by rows of streaks or dots is reminiscent of that of H. lanceolatum subsp. angustifolium, and the similar more numerous veins in the broader leaves of H. bifurcation are even more reminis- cent of leaf- venation in that taxon. In the species with broader leaves (Spp. 5-7a, 8-10) the laterals are more widely spaced with evident tertiary reticulation, and in the secondarily narrow leaves of 7b. H. beccarii subsp. steenisii and some forms of 6(i). H. nagasawai there are remnants of this reticulation. The occurrence of black glands is variable in sect.Humifusoideum, but they are always present somewhere in the plant (on the anthers and/or the margins of leaves, sepals and/or petals) except in (i) 3. H. macgregorii and (ii) 6. H. pulogense and a few populations of its nearest ancestral relative, 5. H. papuanum. Absence of black glands is thus apomorphic in this section. When present they are never laminar, except sometimes in the petals of 6(i). H. nagasawai, 6(ii). H. nokoense and 7a. H. beccarii subsp. beccarii. Another reversal in normal trend direction is in style number. Spp. 1^4- all regularly have a 3-merous ovary, but in 5. H. papuanum the ovary varies from 3- mery to 5-mery and even exceptionally 6-mery (Smith, 1 941 ); and in 6. H. pulogense it is occasionally 4-merous. There is a parallel trend among the African species: 3-4(-5)-merous in 8. H. natalense, 3—4- merous in 9. H. wilmsii and (4-)5-merous in 10. H. peplidifolium. The fascicles of stamens are more or less obscure throughout the section, but the increased number of styles is apparently accompa- nied by a 'return' from '3' (i.e. 2+2+1) fascicles to 5 vaguely distinct ones (Saunders, 1937). Keller's (1893, 1925) classification of H. peplidifolium in a separate monotypic section because of its alleged STUDIES IN HYPERICUM Sect. 26. Humifusoideum 87 Distribution (ii) Taiwan 111 Taiwan Philippines (n Luzon) 6 nw Sumatra 7b 7a w Sumatra, w Java e Zimbabwe to Ethiopia; s Sudan Rep.; Angola; Cameroon, F. Poo 10 we to e New Guinea e Zimbabwe, e Transvaal, O.F.S. . Lesotho, e Cape Prov. / Central Madagascar w central to e New Guinea 8 Swaziland, a Natal, ne Cape Prov. (Transkei) ne New Guinea ( Madang) ne New Guinea (E. Highlands, Morobe) Madagascar £ 1 Reunion Fig. 10 Sect. 26. Humifusoideum. Distribution of the 12 species and the immediately related species in sect. 1 Campylosporus. For key to annotations see Fig. 3 (p. 80). The gap in distribution between Sp. 6 (Luzon) and Spp. 6(i) and 6(ii) (Taiwan) constitutes a further small disjunction. possession of 3' stamen fascicles and 5 styles does not appear to be warranted. Inflorescence branching is also variable in sect. Humifusoideum. In 1 . H. sewense, as in the primitive species of sect. Campylosporus, the flowers are nearly always solitary, terminating lateral branches. In the only collection known so far, however, there are one or two examples of pseudo-dichotomous branching. In the derivative nar- row-leaved species (Spp. 2-3), branching is wholly lateral, but in 4. H. bifurcation it is wholly pseudo-dichotomous. This type or the derived 'pseudo-axillary' branching (see Sp. 10) is constant in the rest of the section except in 5. H. papuanum, 6. H. pulogense, 6(i). H. nagasawai and 6(ii). H. nokoense, where the solitary flower is sometimes replaced by a regular dichasium or (Sp. 6) mixed dichasial/ pseudo-dichotomous branching. Distribution and evolution (Fig. 10) The extraordinary distribution and a consequent theory of evolution of sect. Humifusoideum were discussed in Part 2 (Robson, 1981: 212), so only a modified summary will be given here. The morpho- logical and geographical relations between 1. H. sewense and the Mascarene species of sect. Campylosporus imply that the ancestors of sect. Humifusoideum spread to Australia (probably via Antarc- tica) before the final separation of the African and Australian land-blocks, about 140 m.y. B.P. When the Australian plate (which includes New Guinea) made contact with the South-east Asian plate (c. 40 m.y. B.P.,fide Audley-Charles, 1987), a land-connection was made that could have allowed the H. papuanum group to migrate from New Guinea into (i) Java, Sumatra and (ii) the Philippines and Taiwan via the New Guinea track (Steenis, 1964; Smith, 1986).2 On the other hand, the close relationship between the New Guinean 4. H. bifurcatum and 5. H. papuanum and the south-east African 8. H. natalense suggests that the early evolution of sect. Humifusoideun took place in Australia at a time when contact with the African plate was still possible. The occurrence of 9. H. wilmsii on both sides of the Mozambique Channel (implying a long period of evolution of sect. Humifusoideum in Africa) constitutes further evidence in fa- vour of that hypothesis. Following this 're-entry' into Africa, there would thus appear to have been a subsequent northward and west- : The similarity between this migration 'track' and the distributions respectively of H. papuanum, H. pulogense and H. beccarii (especially subsp. steenisii) is remarkable. 88 N.K.B. ROBSON Sects 27. Adenosepalum, 28. Elodes 22 cuisinii Relationship? 18c annulatura tap. afromontanum annulatum asp. intermedium PUBESCENTES caprifolium 18,16 CAPRIFOLIA 14 naudinianura 18 aathiopicum map. aathiopicum 6b 16 [20, 32?]-? r«fl«xun 18 x joerstadii glandulosum 18.40 Fig. 1 1 Sects 27. Adenosepalum and 28. Elodes. Relationships and chromosome numbers (2n) of the 25 species. Limits of (named) subsections of sect. Adenosepalum and of sect. Elodes indicated by thin lines. ward migration (Spp. 8-10) that also extended eastward to Mada- gascar (Map 29 (p. 166) and Robson, 1958: 441, map 2). It should be reiterated that, with the exception of some probably wading-bird-dispersed species in sect. 30. Trigynobmthys (Robson, 1990: 1 1), there is practically no evidence for long-distance disper- sal in Hypericum, so that the wide gaps in distribution in sect. Humifiisoideum are very unlikely to have been achieved by such means.3 On the other hand, vertical variation in land level in Aus- tralia and New Guinea and increasing aridity in Australia both imply that the New Guinea species reached their present montane refugia relatively late (Audley-Charles, 1987; Morley & Flenley, 1987; Robson. 1993fl). It is not possible, from present evidence, to decide whether this happened before or after they died out in an increas- ingly arid Australia. ' Pace Smith ( 1 977: 99), who placed a New Guinea montane Hypericum in a group with 'dust seeds weighing less than 0.1 mg which may also be predominantly wind- dispersed' . Also see Robson ( 1993«), where the distributional history of all the tropical montane groups of Hypericum is discussed. Sects 27. Adenosepalum and 28. Elodes Evaluation of sect. Elodes From Fig. 1 1 (p. 88) it will be seen that sects 27 and 28 form a monophyletic group, but that sect. 27. Adenosepalum alone is paraphyletic. The justification for recognizing sect. Elodes is similar to that which was adduced for separating sect. 25. Adenotrias from sect. 24. Heterophylla: the development of a specialized pollination syndrome (Robson 1972, 1981). In general the two syndromes are very similar: the development of (i) stiffly erect sepals that confine the petals, thus forming a pseudo-tubular corolla with a subrotate 'limb'; (ii) a non-secreting ligule on each petal, which guides the tongue of a nectar-seeking insect; (iii) small bifid non-secreting structures at the base of the ovary, which alternate with the 'three' stamen fascicles and. like lodicules of grasses, swell to expand the corolla; and (iv) union of all the filaments in each fascicle for about 0.7 of their length. H. elodes, however, lacks the heterostyly present in sect. Adenotrias and the caruncles that adorn the seeds in that section. STUDIES IN HYPERICUM 89 When these specializations are discounted, however, H. elodes can be seen as a development of the H. caprifolium group of sect. Adenosepalum (Spp. 13-15). It shares with them a spreading indumentum and humid habitats with an Atlantic climate, taking these and other tendencies to extremes. Thus the indumentum extends to the sepals, not only to the base of the inflorescence; the testa sculpturing is ribbed-scalariform, not merely finely scalariform; the inflorescence usually develops from one axil only of the pair; and the habitat is aquatic, not merely moist or wet. In addition, H. elodes shows evidence of a diminution of hypericin content in that the inframarginal leaf glands are pale, the sepal marginal glands red and the anther gland amber, whereas all these glands in 1 5. H. caprifolium are black, as are all but the anther gland in 13. H. coadunatum and 1 4. H. naudinianum. In addition, the inframarginal black leaf-glands in H. coadunatum are irregularly spaced or even absent. In leaf shape, H. elodes is most similar to H. coadunatum, and its extreme Atlantic habitat is more like that of the Canary Islands than of the sub-Mediterranean areas of the other two species. The chromosome number of n = 10 (Delay, 1972) (if correct) would, however, indicate a separation of//, elodes from all three of the other species (n = 9, 8); but my own (unconfirmed) count of 2n = 32 would provide evidence for a derivation from within the H. caprifolium group. Support for the latter theory was provided by Al-Bermani et al. (1993), who recorded 2n = 16. Characters and variation (Figs 11, 12) MORPHOLOGY AND SUBDIVISION. The species in sects Adenosepalum and Elodes vary from bushy or straggling shrubs to wiry or soft perennial herbs. They can be divided into three groups, one wholly glabrous (Spp. 1-6) and two with indumentum (Spp. 7- 15 and Spp. 16-24). The two Macaronesian species (1. //. glandulosum, 16. H. reflexum) are morphologically so distinct that intermediates, e.g. H. glandulosum with some indumentum, are assumed to be of hybrid origin (H. x joerstadii). Excluding these, presence of indumentum provides a clear-cut distinction between groups, except for forms of 1 7. H. montanum and 1 8a. H. annulatum subsp. intermedium that appear to be secondarily glabrous. The two indumentum-bearing groups can almost be differentiated by the absence (Spp. 7-15) or presence (Spp. 16-24) of bracts with glandu- lar auricles or densely crowded basal glands. Only in the shrubby 1 6. H. reflexum and in 22. H. cuisinii and reduced forms of 23. H. lanuginosum are these completely absent; but they occur independ- ently in the bracteoles of 15. H. caprifolium, in which however the Sects 27. Adenosepalum, 28. Elodes Characters Indumentum linear-reticulate to foveolate scalariform - reticulate scalariform to • • ribbed-scalariform and-fringed Fig. 12 Sects 27. Adenosepalum and 28. Elodes. Limits of certain characters. Note the isolated apomorphous occurrences of lack of indumentum. 90 N.K.B. ROBSON pairs of leaves are united. If, in addition, the completely glabrous inflorescence and free leaves of Spp. 16-24 are contrasted with the pubescent inflorescence of Spp. 7-12 and the united leaf-pairs of Spp. 13-15, a subdivision of sect. Adenosepalum into four subsec- tions becomes possible: 1 . Subsect. Aethiopica (p. 172) - Plant completely glabrous; leaves free; bracts and bracteoles not glandular-auriculate. Spp. 1-6. 2. Subsect. Pubescentes (p. 181)- Plant with indumentum up to the sepals (Spp. 7, 9) or the lower part of the inflorescence (Spp. 1 0- 1 2) or rarely only to the base of the inflorescence (Sp. 8); leaves free; bracts and bracteoles not glandular-auriculate. Spp. 7-12. 3. Subsect. Caprifolia (p. 189) - Plant with indumentum up to the base of the inflorescence; leaves all or mostly connate in pairs; bracts and bracteoles glandular-auriculate or not. Spp. 13-15. 4. Subsect. Adenosepalum (p. 193) - Plant with indumentum up to the base of the inflorescence or rarely stems (Sp. 23 in part) or leaves (Sp. 16) or wholly (Spp. 17, 18b, both in part) glabrous; leaves free; bracts and bracteoles usually glandular-auriculate. The occurrence of protruding marginal leaf-glands, which gave rise to the epithet glandulosum for Sp. 1, appears to be a local apomorphism. Although H. glandulosum is basic to the whole of sect. Adenosepalum, these prominent leaf-glands have been ob- served elsewhere only on one, particularly large-leaved specimen of 7. H. pubescens from Morocco (Lewalle 9926, from Moyen Atlas), apart of course from some specimens of Ix. H. x joerstadii. CYTOLOGY AND HYBRIDS. The ancestral group in sect. 1. Campylosporus from which sect. Adenosepalum arose almost cer- tainly had a basic chromosome number of x = 12, 11 or 10, most likely 10 (see Robson, 1985: f. 1), but this number has been found only in 1 . H. glandulosum (as 4x) and possibly in H. elodes (as 2x). All the other counts from sects Adenosepalum and Elodes (except for the problematic 2n = 20) are 2n = 18 or 36 (the latter in 7. H. pubescens only) or 2n = 16 or 32. The trend has thus been x = 10, 9, 8 with occasional tetraploidy on each basic number (Fig. 11). No count is recorded from subsect. Aethiopica other than 2n = 18, 40 from H. glandulosum; subsect. Pubescentes has 2n = 18, 36, 16; subsect. Caprifolia has 2n = 18, 16; and subsect. Adenosepalum 2n = 18, 16, 32. In sect. Elodes the recorded numbers are 2n = 16, 20, 32. Natural hybrids apparently occur between 1 . H. glandulosum and 16. //. reflexum (H. x joerstadii) and between 7. H. pubescens and 9. H. tomentosum (H. tomentosum var. intermedium). In cultivation, 17. H. montanum was successfully hybridized with H. tetrapterum Fr. (= H. acutum Moench) and H. maculatum Cr., species in sect. 9. Hypericum with the same chromosome number (2n = 16). The fertility, however, was low 'and the plants (H. tetrapterum) and seedlings (H. maculatum) were variegated (cf. Noack, 1 934; Robson, 1981: 171). Noack also produced hybrids between H. montanum and H. perforatum L. (sect. Hypericum, 2n = 32), this time less sterile but pentaploid, because of the apomictic ovules in H. perforatum (Noack, 1939). Distribution and evolution (Fig. 13) The most similar species to 1. H. glandulosum (Canary Islands, Madeira) in sect. 1. Campylosporus would appear to be H. quartinianum (SW Arabia, E. Africa) rather than the closely related H. synstylum (Ethiopia, N. Somalia) suggested in Robson (1985) (see p. 1 75). This distributional gap is comparable with that between H. revolutum subsp. revolutum (sect. Campylosporus) and H. canariense(stc\.. 2 1 . Webbia) (see p. 1 35). But, whereas H. canariense is related to the eastern Mediterranean sect. 22. Arthrophyllum, the relationships of the Macaronesian H. glandulosum and H. reflexum are with the African mainland. One, clearly ancient trend (i) gave rise to subsect. Aethiopica in tropical and south Africa, with the relict Angolan 2. H. abilianum in the west and all the other species in the east. These form two pairs, a southern pair of subspecies (6. H. aethiopicum) with a disjunct occurrence in Angola of the more highly evolved form of 6a. subsp. sonderi, and a more northern pair of species (3. H. conjungens, 4. H. kiboense) with an outlying derivative in NW Africa (5. H. afrum). The second trend directly related to H. glandulosum (ii) com- prises subsects Pubescentes and Caprifolia. In Pubescentes, 1. H. pubescens is distributed from southern Morocco north to the south- ern Iberian Peninsula thence eastward to western Libya, Malta, Sicily, southern Italy? and Sardinia (extinct?). In the south of Morocco, where it becomes reduced in habit and in size of parts, it approaches the apparently derivative 8. H. psilophytum, with short appressed stem-hairs. This species is confined to the Central Saha- ran mountains of southern Algeria (Ahaggar, Tefedest and Tassili n'Ajjer) and two localities in the southern Moroccan Atlas. The very closely related 9.H. tomentosum occupies a generally more northern area: northern Morocco and NW Algeria, Spain and central Portu- gal, mediterranean France and adjacent Italy, and the larger islands (Corsica - extinct?, Sardinia, Majorca). It is also recorded from further east in Algeria and in Tunisia. In some parts where its distribution overlaps that of H. pubescens, intermediates (hybrids) occur (e.g. in SE Spain (Valencia), the Morocco-Algeria border area and possibly Sardinia). The other part of subsect. Pubescentes is separated from 7. H. pubescens by the width of Africa. 10. H. somaliense (N. Somalia), 11. H. collenettiae (Saudi Arabia: Asir) and 12. H. sinaicum (Mt Sinai and mountains east of the Gulf of Aqaba in Saudi Arabia) form a geographical and morphological reduction series northward, each population being small and isolated. According to Mrs Sheila Collenette, her eponymous species may already be extinct. Subsect. Caprifolia and sect. Elodes form a north-western group. 14. H. naudinianum (NW Morocco, adjacent Algeria) is morpho- logically nearest to H. pubescens in most respects and 13. H. coadunatum (Gran Canaria) is in others; so it seems likely that an ancestral group diverged from H. pubescens (or its precursor) before it in turn differentiated into a mainland and an island species. Each then differentiated to form another species, the eastern Spanish 15. H. caprifolium from H. naudinianum and H. elodes from H. coadunatum; or perhaps H. elodes arose before Spp. 13 and 14 differentiated. Subsect. Adenosepalum also has its primitive species in the Canary Islands (16. H. reflexum), and its derivatives likewise split into (north-) eastern and (south-) western groups. The western group consists of only 17. H. montanum, which extends in distribution from Morocco northward to northern England and central Scandina- via and eastward to Poland, the Ukraine, Georgia and adjacent Turkey but is absent from most of the Mediterranean peninsular regions and the islands. This species can be separated from the eastern 1 8. H. annulatum only by the denser inflorescence and/or the distribution of indumentum. H. annulatum itself has a widely dis- junct distribution. The form nearest to//, montanum occurs in Saudi Arabia (Asir) and the adjacent African mainland, whence there is a morphological trend through Ethiopia, Kenya and Uganda to north- ern Tanzania. This can be split into a northern and a southern subspecies ( 1 8a. subsp. intermedium and 1 8c. subsp. afromontanum respectively) with a somewhat intermediate population in eastern Ethiopia (Harar). A dwarf species related to the northern subsp. STUDIES IN HYPERICUM Sects 27. Adenosepalum, 28. Elodes 91 Distribution r\ f\ Aegean Is. , •^ ^- w Turkey (Izmir) s Turkey, Levant, Cyprus 23 Libya (Derna) 24 Aegean region, 2 | sw Turkey se Greece (Euwoia, Andhros) 19 20 ne Greece, Thasos, Sanothraki Egypt (Sinai) , nw Saudi Arabia I8a. sw Saudi Arabia, ne Sudan, Eritraea, n Ethiopia n Morocco, w & c Europe to Finland, Ukraine, | / Kryra, Georgia, ne Turkev sw Saudi Arabia n Cape Prov. to e Zimbabwe, c Mozambique Angola (Huila) e Zaire, s Tanzania e Zambia, n Malawi e Uganda , i Kenya , n Tanzania C +J Tunisia, e Algeri East Africa Fig. 13 Sects 27. Adenosepalum and 28. Elodes. Distribution of the 25 species. For key to annotations see Fig. 3 (p. 00) except for minor disjunctions, which are indicated in two degrees, lesser ( ) and greater ( — ). intermedium occurs in the Derna massif of NE Libya (24. H. decaisneanum), having presumably reached that area when the Saharan region had an equable climate. A more extreme disjunction, however, separates H. annulatum subsp. intermedium from 18b. subsp. annulatum, a plant of the Macedonian region of the Balkan Peninsula and also two mountains in Sardinia (Arrigoni et al., 1973). Despite the wide separation of these populations from each other and the even wider separation of both from the nearest African population, the morphological varia- tion is such that the European populations together only just merit subspecific rank. Despite this relative lack of variation, there is no evidence that they reached their present area by long-distance dispersal; and the occurrence of related derivative species in the Aegean and eastern Mediterranean regions also favours the theory of an ancient land-migration of H. annulatum. These relatives of H. annulatum form two morphoclines. Two relatively longer-haired species occupy isolated areas in the west and north Aegean: the erect 19. H. delphicum in the islands Evvoia (Euboea) and Andhros and the spreading 20. H. athoum in the Athos Peninsula of northern Greece and the northern islands of Thasos and Samothraki. These are morphologically quite distinct from H. annulatum, but the other, south-eastern morphocline is not so well isolated. 2 1 . H. atomarium occurs on both sides of the Aegean, in the Peleponnisos and western Turkey, as well as on the eastern islands of Lesvos, Khios, Ikarfa and Rhodos. In Khios and Ikaria a reduced 'form' of it, which is found in higher and more exposed habitats, is treated here as a species, 22. H. cuisinii, although the morphological 'gap' between it and island plants of H. atomarium appears to be small and could conceivably prove to be non-existent. A more reduced form of H. cuisinii is found on Karpathos and apparently Khasos, and the typical form also occurs on the Turkish mainland (Boz Da£). The morphocline continues eastward in 23. H. lanuginosum, of which the distribution slightly overlaps that of H. atomarium in the Antalya region of south-western Turkey. From there the area extends round the Mediterranean margin as far as Israel (Judaea) and Jordan (Gilead), and this species also occurs in northern Cyprus. A specimen from the 1830s labelled 'Sinai' indi- cates, if the label is to be believed, that H. lanuginosum was once 92 N.K.B. ROBSON found further south; but I know of no more recent records from there. Bermuda, Azores (introduced?) 29 species (+ 2 subspecies). MorphologicallyextremepopulationsinsouthernTurkeyfromhigher 2Q M iandm (excluding garden altitudes ('van scabrellum) and the extreme west of vil. Antalya . ^ . , , ( ' var. pestalozzae ) are linked to the more typical form by a continu- ^ ous series of intermediates. ' SePals and Petals each 5 (excePl in occasional n°wers in SPP- l > 3' 22) or, if 4(3), then sepals small, subequal, not enclosing capsule 2 ~ — ' ! Sepals and petals each 4; sepals in markedly unequal pairs, the outer SYSTEMATIC TREATMENT4 iarge, enclosing capsule (subsect. 5. Ascynm) 27 2(1) Leaves articulated at base, sessile or pseudopetiolate, not Sect. 20. MYRIANDRA (Spach) R. Keller in Engl. & amplexicaul; stamens deciduous (subsect. 1. Centrosperma) 3 Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 3(6): 214 (1893). Leaves not articulated at base or, if so (Sp. 23), then amplexicaul; stamens persistent (except in Spp. 16, 17,23) 18 Shrubs, shrublets or perennial herbs up to 4.5 m tall, (the shrubs) deciduous, glabrous, without dark glands; branching dichasial/ 3(2) Leaves with lamina expanded when mature, visible on both sides of monochasial or rarely pseudo-dichotomous or mixed. Stems 2-4(- midrib; sePals exPanded 4 6)-lined and usually compressed (ancipitous) when young, usually Leaves acicular even when mature, usually ± only midrib visible becoming terete, apparently eglandular; cortex exfoliating in flakes beneath; sepals acicular 9 or strips; bark thin and smooth or corky and sometimes with ^ Inflorescence ,_3(_7 or rarely more).flowered from uppermost laticifers. Leaves opposite, decussate, sessile to subsessile, free, node sometimes with single flowers at 1(2) nodes below 5 deciduous at basal articulation (where present) or persistent; lamina entire, with venation pinnate and closed to 1 -nerved, with tertiary Inflorescence (l)3-c. 25-flowered from uppermost node, with tri- venation densely to laxly reticulate or absent; laminar glands punc- ads' dichasia or ""^"8 branches from l~ tiform; marginal gland dots dense; ventral glands absent. 5(4) Gynoecium 3-merous; leaves 8-22 mm wide, margin plane or Inflorescence 1 -oo(over 70)-flowered from uppermost node, some- subrecurved; plant (0.6-) 1-3 m tall; sepals in flower 4-10 mm wide times also from up to 10 nodes below, branching dichasial or rarely 1- frondosum pseudo-dichotomous or mixed, sometimes with subsidiary flower- Gynoecium usually 5-merous; leaves 3-7(-10) mm wide; margin ing branches from up to 8 lower nodes; bracts and bracteoles usually subrecurved to revolute; plant 0.14-0.6(-1 ) m tall; sepals in flower reduced, rarely transitional. Flowers stellate, homostylous. Sepals 1.5-5 mm wide 3. kalmianum (3-)4-5(-6), free, persistent and spreading to reflexed or deciduous . . . , ,, . . , , .- 6(4) Inflorescence broadly to (usually) narrowly elongate-cylmdnc with in fruit, with margin entire; veins l-5(-9); laminar glands puncti- 1.5.^** lateral dichasia from 2^ nodes; capsule 7-13 mm form; marginal glands rather sparse, submargmal and mframargmal ,ong or stems 6 ]ined when young 7 glands absent. Petals (3-)4-5(-6), deciduous, with apiculus present, lateral or rarely subapical, apiculate to obtuse or acute, or absent; Inflorescence shortly and broadly globose-cylindric or obpyramidal margin entire, marginal glands absent; laminar glands sparse, with (2-)5-15-flowered lateral dichasia from 1-3 nodes; capsule 5- ..r .- , . c f • , A s.n.(UNC).Tennessee: Bedford Co., 4 km S. of Shelby ville, 29 August 1 958 (fr), Godfrey 57535 (BM, FSU*); Rutherford Co., La Vergne, 180m, 24 June 1962 (fl), Demaree 45749 (BM); Wilson Co., CedarGlades, 3.2 km N. of Lebanon, 28August 1 958 (fr), Godfrey 57498 (BM, FSU*). Texas: fide Correll & Johnston (1970). CULTIVATED. Specimens seen from England (1904-1988), Holland (1920) and U.S.A. (1897-1959). H.frondosum has the most primitive characters of any species in sect. Myriartdra, its nearest (ancestral) species being H. synstylum N. Robson from Ethiopia and Somalia (sect. 1 . Campylosporus). Only one character, trimery of the gy noecium, might be regarded as special- ized in comparison with 3. H. kalmianum L. and 4. H. lobocarpum Gatt. Since these species, however, are much more specialized in their other characters, there are grounds for assuming that pentamery of the gynoecium is advanced, not primitive, in this section; and its constant trimery in H.frondosum would support this assumption. H.frondosum is the nodal species in sect.Myriandra, being related to species in three subsections. Through 2. H. prolificum it is related to the rest of subsect. Centrosperma, through 23. H. myrtifolium to subsect. Brathydium, and through 25. H. crux-andreae to subsect. Ascyrum. From//, prolificum it can be distinguished (at least in natural habitats) by the larger leaves, flowers and fruits and by the virtual restriction of the inflorescence to the terminal node. When flowers are present at lower (1-2) nodes, they are solitary or rarely 3 in each leaf axil. The larger floral parts also help to distinguish//, frondosum from the other two related species. In addition, H. myrtifolium has cordate- amplexicaul leaves, whilst H. crux-andreaehasatetramerous perianth and spreading styles. At least in cultivation, H. frondosum itself produces a few flowers with a tetramerous perianth, thus indicating where 'Ascyrum ' has been derived from Hypericum. The flowers of H. frondosum rarely exceed 45 mm in diameter, and the diploid chromosome number is normally 1 8. One specimen in the Arnold Arboretum herbarium (A), however, has a flower 60 mm in diameter and is labelled as a tetraploid (2n = 36). It was collected from the Arboretum Trial Ground (J. W. Peterson J- 1 96). Perhaps the extraordinarily large-flowered cv. Sunburst is also tetra- ploid. Colchicine-induced tetraploids of this species have been produced (Myers, 1963). Ix. Hypericum frondosum x prolificum H. x vanfleetii Rehd., Man. cult, trees: 640 (1940) ['Van Fleetii']; W.P. Adams \nRhodora 74: 281 (1972). Type: cultivated 1925 (at Arnold Arboretum, Jamaica Plain, Mass.?), not seen. 'Flowers 2.5-3 cm across, in terminal cymes, often with a few pairs of axillary solitary fl[owe]rs below' [Render]. Although the above species appear to remain distinct in the field, they hybridize in cultivation; and artificial hybrids between them have been made (Myers, 1963). There is a series of garden forms, intermediate in size of parts between H.frondosum and H. prolificum and with intermediate inflorescence forms, that breaks down the only differentiating character other than size. According to Adams, Rehder's description of H. x vanfleetii would apply to pure H. frondosum, whereas all specimens labelled H. x vanfleetii in the Arnold Arboretum Herbarium could easily be accommodated in H. prolificum. The use of the term 'cymes' by Rehder, however, sug- gests that these comprise more numerous flowers than is normal in H. frondosum; and the virtual restriction of the inflorescence to the terminal node is atypical of H. prolificum. One of Rehder's speci- mens, in my opinion, agrees with his description (C.E.K. & C.K.A. Arbor. 20895), but the other two, as Adams has said, are probably pure H. prolificum. None of these specimens is the type, as none has the date given by Rehder. In the absence of a definite type, or until one such is discovered, I therefore suggest that it is appropriate to use the specific epithet vanfleetii for those cultivated intermediates (and any wild ones that may occur), in the supposition that they are of hybrid origin (see also other Rehder hybrid names, pp. 1 00, 101). 2. Hypericum prolificum L., Mant. pi. 1: 106 (1767); Lam., Tab. encycl 2: t. 643 f. 2 (1796), Encycl. 4: 159 (1797); Pursh, Fl Amer. sept. 2: 375 (1814); Choisy, Prodr. monogr. Hyperic.: 46 (1821)proparteexcl. syn.//. kalmianum L., in DC., Prodr. 1: 547 ( 1 824); Torrey & Gray, Fl. N. Amer. 1 : 1 59 ( 1 838) pro parte excl. syn. H. densiflorum; S. Watson, Bibliogr. index N. Amer. hot. 1: 128 (1878); Coulter in Bot. Gaz. 11: 84 (1886), in A. Gray, Syn. fl. N. Amer. 1: 285 (1897); Sargent in Gdn Forest 3: 525, f. 66 ( 1 890); R. Keller in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 2nd ed. 21: 180 (1925); Svenson in Rhodora 42: 9 (1940); Rehd., Man. cult, trees, 2nd ed. 640 (1940); Fernald & Schubert in Rhodora 50: 167, t. 1 101 ff. 1-3 (1948); Svenson \v\Rhodora 54: 205 (1952); W.P. Adams in Rhodora 61: 250 (1959), in Contr. Gray Herb. Harv. no. 189: 15 (1962), in J. Elisha Mitchell scient. Soc. 89: 69 (1973); R.A. Vines, Trees, shrubs & woody vines of S.W.: 755 (1960); Radford, Ahles & Bell, Man. vase. fl. Carolinas: 712 (1968); Utech & Iltis in Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts Lett. 58: 335 (1970); R.C. Clark in Ann. Mo. hot. Gdn 58: 209 (1971); Bean, Trees & shrubs hardy in Br. Isles 8th ed. 2: 422 (1973); J.M. Gillett & Robson in Puhls Bot. natn. Mus. nat. Sci. Can. no. 11: 9, t. 3, map 2 ( 1 98 1 ); Cooperrider in Castanea 54: 7, f. 1 ( 1 989); N. Robson in Cullen et al., Eur. Gdn FL 4: 67, ff. 10.1, 10.10 (1995). Type: U.S.A., without precise locality, Herb. Linn. 943/ 20 (LINNI-lectotype, Svenson, 1940). For discussions of Svenson's choice, see Fernald & Schubert (1948), Svenson (1952), Adams (1959, 1962) and Gillett & Robson (1981). Fig. 14C, Map 2. H. cryptopetalumVogel inTrew, PL rar., dec. 3: 1, t. 21 f. 1 (1784), nom. illegit. (Art. 63). Type as for H. prolificum L. H.foliosum sensu Jacq., PL hort. schoenbr. 3: t. 299 (1798) pro parte quoad descr. et tab., non Aiton (1789). Myrian dra prolifica (L.) Spach, Hist. nat. veg. Phan. 5: 439 (1836), inAnnlsSci. nat. (Bot.) II, 5: 365 (1836); K. Koch, Hort. dendrol.: 66(1853). M. spathulata Spach \nAnnlsSci. nat. (Bot.) II, 5: 365 (1836). Type: U.S.A., 'dans les provinces meridionales des Etats-Unis', Leconte s.n. (P-holotype). M. ledifolia Spach, Hist. nat. veg. Phan. 5: 441 (1 836), in Annls Sci. nat. (Bot.) II, 5: 365 (1836). Type: U.S.A., Florida?, 'dans le midi Etats-Unis', Leconte s.n. (P!-holotype). Coulter (1886a) treated M. ledifolia as a synonym of//, prolificum, but, as Adams (1962: 50) pointed out, the description is not diagnostic; it could refer to STUDIES IN HYPER1CUM 97 Map 2 Sect. 20: 2. H. prolificum • specimens, O records; 3. H. kalmianum • specimens, D records. H. densiflorum. According to my own records, however, the specimen does belong to H. prolificum. Hypericum spathulatum (Spach) Steud., Nomencl. 2nd ed. 1: 789 (1840); Fernald & Schubert in Rhodora 50: 168, t. 1101 f . 4 (1948); Fernald, Gray's Man. Bot. 8th ed.: 1011 (1950); J.P. Gillespie in Castanea 24: 29 (1958); Mohlenbr., ///. Fl. Illinois fl. pis, Hollies to Loasas: 37, t. 15 (1978). Myriandra prolifica [var.] j spathulata (Spach) K. Koch, Hort. dendrol.: 66 (\853). Brathys prolifica (L.) Payer, Traiteorganogen.fi, 8: t. 1 (1857). Hypericum kalmianum var. majus Gatt. in Bot. Gaz. 11: 275 (1886), Tennessee FL: 29 (1887), nomen. H. prolificum var. montanum Gatt., Tennessee Fl. : 29 ( 1 887), nomen. Icones: Sargent in Gdn Forest 3: 524, f. 66 ( 1 890); Jacquin, PL hort. schoenbr.3:t.299(179&). Shrub (0.2-)0.75-1 .5(-2) m tall, erect (or ± diffusely branched) with branches erect to ascending, forming rounded or irregular bush. Stems green, 4-lined and ancipitous when young, soon 4-lined and rounded, becoming reddish brown and terete in 2nd or 3rd season; cortex exfoliating in strips or flakes; bark pale grey, smooth, thin. Leaves sessile or rarely with pseudopetiole to 3(4-6) mm long, sometimes clustered; lamina 30-70 x 6-15 mm, narrowly oblong to narrowly elliptic-oblanceolate, plane? or with margin ± recurved, paler or somewhat glaucous beneath, deciduous at basal articulation, apex rounded-apiculate or rarely retuse to acute, base attenuate to narrowly cuneate (and then pseudopetiolate); venation usually clearly visible beneath: c. 10-16 pairs main laterals with subsidiaries and densely reticulate tertiaries, only midrib prominent; laminar glands dense. In- florescence ( 1 )3-7(-9)-flowered, rarely with paired accessory flowers, with paired single flowers or triads or 1 -3(-7)-flowered branches from 2 nodes below, the whole broadly to narrowly cylindric; pedicels 1-2 mm long; bracts foliar or reduced, oblong-elliptic. Flowers 1 5-30 mm in diam.; buds broadly ovoid. Sepals 5, 4-8 x 1 .5-^4- mm, enlarging in fruit, imbricate, unequal to subequal, broadly or narrowly elliptic to obovate-spathulate or oblanceolate, obtuse or apiculate-obtuse to acute, plane or with margin recurved, basal veins 3-7, not or obscurely branching. Petals 5, golden yellow, becoming incurved-deflexed, 7-15 x 3-6 mm, 1 .75-2 x sepals, obovate to oblanceolate-spathulate, with apiculus lateral, obtuse or apiculate-obtuse to acute. Stamens c. 150- 500, longest 10-11 mm, 0.7-0.85 x petals. Ovary 3(4-5)-merous, (3-)4— 5.5 x 1.2-3 mm, narrowly ovoid to narrowly ellipsoid, acute, placentation incompletely axile; styles 3(4-5), 4-6 mm long, 1-1.3 x ovary, remaining erect, separating slightly only as fruit matures. Capsule (6-)7-l 3 x 4-7 mm, narrowly ovoid-conic to ovoid or rarely ellipsoid, acute to subacute, trigonous to rounded, exceeding sepals, thickly to thinly coriaceous. Seeds blackish brown, 1.5-2 mm long, ecarinate; testa linear-reticulate to subscalariform. 2n = 1 8 (Nielsen, 1924; Adams in Robson & Adams, 1968). Rocky slopes, embankments, dry river bottoms, open woodland (in north), usually on limestone but sometimes on granite; 90-over 600m. Eastern U.S.A., Canada (southern Ontario): north to Iowa, Michigan and New York, west to Missouri, Arkansas and Oklahoma, south to Mississippi, Alabama and Georgia. CANADA. Ontario: near London (Gillett & Robson, 1 98 1 : map 2). U.S.A. Alabama: *Madison Co., Huntsville, 1925, Newsom 8 (MO); SumterCo.,S.ofDancy,byAla 17, 27 June 1 970 (fl & fr), /fra/ 39768 (BM). Arkansas: Hot Spring Co., P.O. Malvern, Coastal Plain, Social Hill, 90 m, 4 July 1967 (fl), Demaree 56579 (BM); Montgomery Co., Ouachita R., South Fork, 210 m, 1 October 1962 (fr), Demaree 46619 (BM). District of Columbia: *High Island, 30 August 1905 (fr), House 1496 (MO). Georgia: Gordon Co.?, Costanaula R. below Resaca, 192 m, December 1903 (fr), Harper 2035 (MO); Heard Co., S. of Franklin, Camp Meeting Rock, 2 August 1958 (fl & fr), Adams 140 (K). Illinois: *Franklin Co., Big Muddy River Bottoms, Plumfield, 22 July 1941 (fl & fr), McCree 939 (MO); Johnson Co., Tunnel Hill, 15 May 1919 (fr). Palmer 15547 (MO). Indiana: *Crawford Co., c. 1.6 km NE of Leavenworth, Deam 18585 (*A, *IND); *Fulton Co., Tippecanoe R., 22 August 1926 (fl & fr), Churchill 573 (MO). Iowa: *Des Moines Co., Burlington, 7 August 1925 (fr), Pammell65 (MO); *Lee Co., 1.8 km W. of Donnellson, 15 July 1928 (fl), Shimek s.n. (MO). Kentucky: *Bath Co., 5.6 km SW of Preston, 2 June 1938 (fr), Wharton 2474 (MO); ? Co., Kentucky R., Bronsborough, August 1934 (fl), Peter s.n. (K). Louisiana: Natchitoches, 16 June 1915 (fl). Palmer 8008 (K). Maryland: Cecil Co., Susquehanna River bottoms, 2km S. of Conowingo, ISJuly 1971 (fl), Lombardo & Windier 3622 (H); *Plymouth Co., Plymouth, 9 August 1884 (fl & fr). Gray s.n. (MO). Michigan: *St ClairCo., Port Huron, 21 July 1894 (fl), Dodge s.n. (MO); ? Co., Kalamazoo, n.d. (fl), Hb. Carey (K). Mississippi: one record (fide Adams). Missouri: Carter Co., Van Buren, 4 July 1914 (fl?). Palmer 6195 (K); Jefferson Co., Mammoth Creek, 10.5 km W. of De Soto, c. 170 m, 27 July 1895 (fl & fr), P. & T. Raven 16768 (BM, MO). New Jersey: Jersey, n.d. (fl), Bartram s.n. (BM). New York: *Cortland Co., Solon to Cincinnatus, 27 August 1916 (fr), Wiegand6Sl2 (MO). North Carolina: McDowell Co., Curtis Creek road c. 3 km S. of Blue Ridge Parkway, 25 July 1968 (fl), Leonard & Radford 1805 (BM, H); Richmond Co., 7.2 km NW of Buckingham, 5 October 1956 (fr), Radford 19158 (H). Ohio: Clermont Co., Loveland, 2 1 July 1 878 (fl), James 269 (K); *Lucas Co., NW of Whitehorse, 19 October 1919 (fr), Moseley s.n. (MO). Okla- homa: Le Flore Co., W. end of Rich Mtn, Ouachita Nat. For., Page, 480 m, 23 October 1966 (fr), Demaree 53252 (BM); Logan Co., Strictland, 13 August 1937 (fr), Demaree 15752 (MO). Pennsylvania: Fayette Co., Ohio Pyle, 20 98 July 1902(fl),S/za/*r281 (BM); Northampton Co., Nazareth, 2 October 1849 (fr), Prior s.n. (K). South Carolina: Pickens Co., Table Rock, 1843 (fr), Gray & Sullivant s.n. (K). Tennessee: Polk Co., Hwy. 30, Reliance, 15 July 1969 (fl), Rogers & Bowers 43918 (H); Maury Co., above Duck R. by 1-65, 18.7 km NNE of Lewisburg, 3 June 197 1 (fr), Krai 43539 (BM). Virginia: ? Co., Chain Bridge, 7 October 1928 (fr), Tanaka 7262 (TAI); *Prince George Co., Flowerdew Hundred, 23 July 1938 (fl & fr), Fernald & Long 8769 (MO); Smyth Co., middle Holston Valley near Seven Mile Ford, 607 m, 1892? (fl), Small s.n. (K). Wisconsin (naturalized, see Utech & Iltis, 1970: 335, map 2): *Richland Co., 1 1.2 km W. of Boaz, 245 m, 6 August 1978 (fl & fr), Nee 16536 (MO). CULTIVATED. Specimens seen from England (1842-1988), Ireland (1968-1971), Holland (n.d.), Germany (1732-1827), Switzerland (s.n.), France (1818-1890), Japan (1954-1955), China (1984), India (1956) and U.S.A. (1922-1979). H. prolificum is the pivotal species in subsect. Centrosperma, linking 1 . H.frondosum with 3.H. kalmianum and the//, densiflorum (Spp. 4- 8), H. nitidum (Spp. 9-11) and H.fasciculatum (Spp. 12-14) groups respectively. H. kalmianum differs by the shorter habit and the restriction of the inflorescence to the terminal node, and usually by the 4-5-merous gynoecium and narrower leaves; and the other groups differ by the smaller flowers and (usually) fruits and usually narrower leaves. Most of them also have less intrusive placentae. H. prolificum is very variable, the most primitive forms occurring in Arkansas and Oklahoma, i.e. on the other side of the Mississippi valley from the major area of H.frondosum. Thence it has apparently spread mainly northward and eastward round the north of the Mississippi Embayment to Iowa, Wisconsin, Michigan, New York and New Jersey and south to Mississippi, Alabama and Georgia. It is rare in the eastern Coast Plain and absent from, although (according to Adams, 1962: 15) hardy in, Massachusetts. For hybrids with 1. H. frondosum, 3. H. kalmianum, 4. //. lobocarpum and 5. H. densiflorum, see discussions under these species respectively. 3. Hypericum kalmianum L.,Sp. pi.: 783 (1753); Lam.,Encycl. 4: 148 (1797); Pursh, Fl. Amer. sept. 2: 374 (1814); Choisy, Prodr. monogr. Hyperic. : 4 1 ( 1 82 1 ) pro parte excl. syn. //. bartramianum Mill., in DC., Prodr. 1: 545 (1824); Torrey & Gray, Fl. N. Amer. 1: 158 (1838); S. Watson, Bibliogr. index N. Amer. hot. 1: 127 ( 1 878); Coulter in Bot. Gaz. 11: 83 ( 1 886), in A. Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Amer. 1: 285 (1897); Sargent in Gdn Forest 1: 1 13, f. 24 (1890); Sprague in Curtis' s bot. Mag. 139: t. 8491 (1913); R. Keller in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 2nd ed 21: 180 (1925); Svensonin/?/ioJ0ra42:9(1940);Rehd.,Mtfrt. cult. trees2nded.: 639 (1940); W.P. Adams in Contr. Gray Herb. Harv. no. 189: 12 (1962); Utech & Iltis in Trans. Acad. Sci. Arts Lett. 58: 329 (1970); Bean, Trees & shrubs hardy in Br. Isles 8th ed. 2: 416 (1973); Mohlenbr., ///. Fl. Illinois fl. pis, Hollies to Loasas: 29, f. 1 1 (1978); J.M. Gillett & Robson in Publs Bot. natn. Mus. nat. Sci. Can. no. 11: 7, t. 2, map 2 (1981); Cooperrider in Castanea 54: 7, f. 1 (1989); N. Robson in Cullen et al., Eur. Gdn Fl. 4: 67 (1995). Type: U.S.A., 'habitat in Virginia' (probably New York, near Niagara, see Gillett & Robson 1 98 1 : 9), Kalm in Herb. Linn. 943/2 (LINN-holotype; A, BM!-photographs). Fig. 14B, Map 2. Norysca kalmiana (L.) K. Koch, Hort. dendroi: 66 (1853). Icones: Sprague in Curtis 's bot. Mag. 139: t. 849 1 ( 1 9 1 3); Mohlenbr. ///. Fl. Illinois fl. pis, Hollies to Loasas: 30, f. 1 1 (1978). Shrub (0. 14-)0.2-0.6(-1) m tall, erect, with branches erect to ascending, forming slender to rounded or flat-topped bush. Stem green, 4-lined and ancipitous when young, soon 4-lined and rounded, becoming reddish brown and terete in 2nd season; cortex exfoliating in strips; bark smooth, thin. Leaves sessile, sometimes N.K.B. ROBSON in immature clusters in leaf axils; lamina (15-)20-45 x 3-7(-10) mm, narrowly oblong to oblanceolate or linear, with margin subrecurved to revolute, paler or ± glaucous beneath, chartaceous, deciduous at basal articulation, apex rounded to obtuse or subapiculate-obtuse, base narrowly cuneate to subattenuate; vena- tion rather obscure beneath: c. 9-14 pairs main laterals with subsidiaries and densely reticulate tertiaries, only midrib promi- nent; laminar glands dense. Inflorescence ( 1 )3-7(rarely more)- flowered, without accessory flowers, restricted to terminal node or rarely also from 1-2 nodes below; pedicels 2.5-7 mm long; bracts reduced, linear-oblong to oblanceolate. Flowers 20-35 mm in diam.; buds broadly ovoid. Sepals 5(4), 4-9 x 1.5-5 mm, enlarging and divergent to reflexed in fruit, imbricate, subequal to unequal (when 4), elliptic or oblong to obovate, obtuse or apiculate to acute, margins recurved to revolute, basal veins 3-7, branching and reticu- lating distally. Petals 5(4), golden yellow, becoming incurved- deflexed, 8-15 x 5-9(-12) mm, 1.6-2 x sepals, obovate to oblong, with apiculus lateral, rounded or obsolete. Stamens c. 150-200, longest 6-10 mm, 0.65-0.75 x petals. Ovary (3-4)5(6)-merous, 4- 6 x 1.5-2 mm, narrowly ovoid, acute; placentation incompletely axile; styles (3-4)5(6), 3-4 mm long, 0.65-0.75 x ovary, remaining erect, separating only as fruit matures. Capsule 7-1 1 x 4-7 mm, narrowly ovoid-conic to narrowly cylindric-ellipsoid, obtuse, rounded or slightly lobed, longer than sepals, thinly coriaceous. Seeds pur- plish brown, 0.7-1.1 mm long, shallowly carinate; testa subscalariform. 2n = 18 (Hoar & Haertl, 1932; Pringle, 1976). Dunes and sandy or calcareous rocky shores, sandy or calcareous plains and low prairies, along rivers and in Sphagnum-sedge swamps; c. 1 80-400 m. U.S.A. and Canada adjacent to the Great Lakes and along the Ottawa River. The record (van majus) for Tennessee (Coulter, 1886£; Gattinger, 1887) is based on a mis-identification (see p. 97). CANADA. Quebec: Pontiac Co., Plage Pontiac, 22 July 1942 (fl), Baril 2256 (BM); Pontiac Co., Bristol, 20 September 1938 (fr), Marshall s.n. (K). Ontario: Ottawa Distr., Carleton Co., March Township, Ottawa River N. of Shirley Bay, 14 August 1948 (fl), Colder & Cody 1583 (BM); Simcoe Co., Georgian Bay, Nottawasaga Bay, c. 1.6 km W. of Collingwood, 14 August 1974 (fl & e. fr), Gillett 16653 (H). U.S.A. Illinois: Chicago, pre-1879 (fl), Vasey 182 (K); *Lake Co., Waukegan, Gleason & Shobe 331 (DUKE). Indiana: Lake Co., near Grand Calumet, Miller, 1 July 1934 (fl), Buhl F669 (TAI); *Starke Co., Bass Lake, Deam 201 13 (IND). Michigan: Mason Co., Ludington, 20 May 1956 (o. fr), Rolland-Germain 6451 (K); Emmett Co., Wycamp Lake near Cross Village, 29 July 1933 (fl), Gleason & Gleason 261 (G, K). New York: Niagara Falls, Table Rock, n.d. (fl), Gray s.n. (K). Ohio: near Toledo, ./We Adams (1959: map 1). Wisconsin: Door Co., Mud Bay, 24 May 1968 (st), Borg s.n. (H); *Juneau Co., N. of Mauston, 8 July 1936 (fl), Fassett 17928 (MO). CULTIVATED. Specimens seen from England (1904-1967), Scotland (1977), Germany (1910), Japan (1930), Australia (1889) and the U.S.A. (1920-1974). STUDIES IN HYPERICUM 99 Despite its 5-merous ovary, H. kalmianum is clearly a northern derivative of H. prolificum, from which it differs in its shorter habit, its inflorescence usually being confined to the terminal node, and its usually 5-merous ovary. Adams (1962) thought that the presence of a 5-merous ovary in H. kalmianum and in 4. H. lobocarpum indi- cated that these species were closely related; but 5-mery in both species appears to be derivative. The fact that H. kalmianum is confined to once-glaciated areas (Utech & Iltis, 1970) supports the view that it is a relatively recent derivative of H. prolificum. 3x. Hypericum kalmianum x prolificum Utech & Iltis (1970: 335) indicate that intermediates between H. prolificum and H. kalmianum may occur in Wisconsin, where //. prolificum is probably always an escape from cultivation. In gardens they seem to remain distinct; but it may be impossible to distinguish depauperate H. prolificum plants from true H. kalmianum. (For H. kalmianum x densiflorum see p. 102.) 4. Hypericum lobocarpum Gatt. in Bot. Gaz. 11: 275 (1886), Tennessee FL: 29 (1887) ['labocarpum']; Sargent in Gdn Forest 10: 453, f. 57 ( 1 897); R. Keller in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 2nd ed. 21: 180 (1925); Small, Man. s.e.fl.: 874 (1933); Rehd., Man. cult, trees 2nd ed.: 639 (1940); W.P. Adams in Contr. Gray Herb. Harv. no. 189: 12 (1962), in/ Elisha Mitchell sclent. Soc. 87: 68 (1973); Bean, Trees & shrubs hardy in Br. Isles 8th ed.: 41 1 ( 1 973); Mohlenbr., ///. FL Illinois fl. pis, Hollies to Loasas: 3 1 , f. 1 2 ( 1 978); Robson in Cullen et al., Eur. Gdn Fl. 4: 67 ( 1 995). Types: U.S.A., Tennessee, Carroll Cr., Hollow Rock, August 1867 (fl & fr), Gattinger s.n. (F*-lectotype; GH*-isolectotype); loc. cit., 1886 (fl), Gattinger s.n. (F*, US*-syntype); 'W. Mississippi or Tennessee', 1863, J.T. Stewart (GH-syntype). Map 3. ? H. rostratum Raf., Fl. ludov.: 88 (1817), Herb, raf.: 55 (1833), New Fl. 3: 95 (1836) [1838]; Eaton, Man. Bot. 6th ed.: 135 (1833). Type: unknown. This species was described by C.C. Robin (1807) as related to H. galioides, and Rafmesque (1817) gave a Latin translation of Robin's French description. Svenson (1940) suggested that H. rostratum Raf. is probably an earlier name for H. lobocarpum, a suggestion with which I agree. Adams (1962: 50) also agreed; but he stated that, in the absence of a type, it should be rejected (as a nomen dubium) in the interests of nomenclatural stability. This would appear to be the sensible course to take, and I have therefore adopted the first undoubted name for this plant. H. oklahomense E.J. Palmer in J. Arnold Arbor. 5: 128 (1924); Rehd., Man. cult, trees 2nd ed.: 639 (1940). Type: U.S.A., Okla- homa, Le Flore Co., Page, 7 October 1922 (fr), Palmer2222% (GH!- holotype; A!-isotype). H. densiflorum van lobocarpum (Gatt.) Svenson in Rhodora 42: 1 1 (1940); Fernald, Gray's Man. Bot. 8th ed.: 101 1 (1950); Gleason, New Britton & Brown III. Fl. 2: 539 (1952); J.P. Gillespie in Castanea24: 29(1958). Icon: Sargent in Gdn Forest 10: 453, f. 57 (1897). Map 3 Sect. 20: 4. H. lobocarpum • specimens, D records; 5. H. densiflorum • specimens, O records; 12. H. lissophloeus A; 14. H. chapmanii T. Shrub 0.9-1. 5(-2) m tall, erect, with branches erect, forming large clumps. Stems reddish, 4-lined and ancipitous when young, soon 2- lined and rounded, becoming reddish brown and terete in 2nd season; cortex exfoliating in strips; bark smooth, thin. Leaves sessile or with pseudopetiole up to 5 mm long, often in axillary clusters; lamina 35-50 x 3-10(-14) mm, narrowly oblong to oblanceolate or linear, with margin recurved to revolute, paler or glaucous beneath, chartaceous, deciduous at basal articulation, apex apiculate-obtuse or apiculate-rounded to subacute, base narrowly cuneate to attenu- ate; venation obscure beneath: c. 12-14 pairs main laterals, with subsidiaries and densely reticulate tertiaries usually not or incom- pletely discernible, only midrib prominent; laminar glands dense. Inflorescence c. 5-25-flowered, without accessory flowers, with 3- 1 5-flowered dichasia from 1-3 nodes below and sometimes flowering branches from lower nodes, the whole globose-cylindric to shortly and broadly pyramidal; pedicels 1.5-3 mm long; bracts reduced, elliptic to oblanceolate-spathulate or linear. Flowers 10-15 mm in diam.; buds broadly ovoid to subglobose. Sepals 5, (3.5-)4-4.5 x 0.8-1. 5(-2) mm, subequal to equal, not enlarging but divergent to reflexed in fruit, ± narrowly elliptic to narrowly oblong or oblanceolate-spathulate, apiculate to acute, margins revolute, basal veins 3-7, branching distally. Petals 5, golden yellow, becoming incurved-deflexed, 6-7(-8) x 2.5-3.5 mm, obovate-oblanceolate with apiculus lateral, acute. Stamens c. 100-150, longest 5-6.5 mm, 0.8-0.85 x petals. Ovary (3)4-5-merous, 2.5-3.5 x 1-1.5 mm, narrowly ovoid, acute; placentation incompletely axile; styles (3)4- 5, 2-3 mm long, 0.8-0.85 x ovary, remaining erect, separating only as fruit matures. Capsule 5.5-7 x 2.5-3.5 mm, narrowly ovoid-conic to ovoid, acute to subacute, (3)4-5-lobed, exceeding sepals, thinly coriaceous. Seeds blackish brown, 1.2-1.5 mm long, not carinate; testa linear-reticulate. 2n = 18 (n = 9) (Hoar & Haertl, 1932). Rocky river bottoms and banks, lake margins, swamps and open Pinus woods; lowland up to c. 500 m. South-eastern U.S.A. from south-eastern Oklahoma and eastern Texas to southern Illinois, western Kentucky, eastern Alabama and southern S. Carolina. U.S.A. Alabama: Sumter Co., by Ala. 28, 1.2 km SE of Coatopa, 2 August 1971 (fl), Krai 43498 (BM, MO). Arkansas: Montgomery Co., P.O. Mt Ida, 225 m, 5 July 1962 (fl), Demaree 45843 (BM); *Pulaski Co., Pulaski Heights, Little Rock, Demaree 8207 (A, BKL, GH, NY). Illinois: Massac Co., near Brookport, 28 July 1960, Swayne 1 104 (fide Mohlenbrock & Voigt, 1959: 242). Kentucky: *Calloway Co., between Murray and near Concord, 100 Smith & Hodgdon 4083 (GH, US); *Calloway Co., on State Line Rd. of KY 121s, 25 June 1974 (fl), Athey 2834 (MO). Louisiana: Morehouse Par., N. side of Irvine Lake, c. 2.4 km S. of Arkansas Line NW of Beekman and c. 0.8 kmW.ofLa. 142, IVJuly 1986 (fl &fr).Da!e Thomas 974 18 (BM); Webster Par., 6.4 kmW. of Minden, Correll & Correll 103 10 (DUKE, F, GA, MO, NY, PH). Mississippi: *Hancock Co., 14 June 1939 (fl), Woodson & Schery 57 (MO): *Oktibbeha Co., 9.6 km W. of Starkville, Ray 8698 (MISSA). Okla- homa: Latimer Co., SE of Damon, 1 1 August 1930 (fl), Clark 3214 (BM); McCurtain Co., Isabel, 22 July 1915 (fl). Palmer 8082 (K). South Carolina: Allendale Co., on 5-3-26 9.7 km S. of junction with US 301, 0.5 km W. of junction with 5-3^3, 8 September 1967 (fl & fr), Bozeman, Radford & Radford \ 1419 (BM, H). Tennessee: Chester Co., June 1892 (fl). Bain s.n. (MO, Z); Corrall Co., near Hollow Rock, 1 3 August 1 897 (fr). Herb. Biltmore 3989 (BM, H, K, MO, Z). Texas: Hardin Co., 1.6-1.2 km NEof Batson, 13 November 1945 (fr), Cory 50764 (NY). CULTIVATED. Specimens seen from the U.S.A. (1899-1920). Also cultivated in Europe (Chittenden, 1951: 1036). The status of 4. H. lobocarpum in relation to 5. H. densiflorum has been debated. Gattinger originally described it as a species, but Svenson (1940), when reducing it to varietal status under H. densiflorum, pointed out that the two taxa could not be separated on leaf width or habitat and that the numbers of styles and capsule valves were only relatively different. Adams ( 1 962), on the other hand, while agreeing that style number was not diagnostic, reported that 92. 1 % of his H. densiflorum sample had a 3-merous ovary, whereas 79. 1 % of his//, lobocarpum ovaries were 5-merous and a further 19.2% were 4- merous, i.e. 98.3% were 4- or 5-merous. Taken in conjunction with their apparently distinct distributions (separated by 240 km in Missis- sippi/Alabama) and difference in capsule lobing, these differences appeared to warrant recognition of these taxa as species. Recent collections have included specimens of undoubted //. lobocarpum from western Alabama and S. Carolina (see above), although Adams (1973) did express doubt about the identity of the S. Carolina population; and other specimens from Alabama tend to have some intermediate characters (e.g. Krai 43501 (BM) from Marengo Co., W. of Demopolis). Nevertheless the geographical variation trends in each taxon are suggestive of original total separa- tion and later introgression rather than incomplete separation. If this is so, then the Alabama intermediates should be regarded as hybrids. At any rate, it seems best to maintain these taxa as species, at least until a field analysis of the Alabama populations is made. 4x. Hypericum lobocarpum x prolific urn H. x dawsonianum Rehd. in Mitt. dt. dendrol. Ges. 19: 253 (1910); W.P. Adams in Rhodora 72: 279 (1972). Type: cultivated in U.S.A., Massachusetts, Jamaica Plain, Arnold Arboretum, 9 October 1910 (fl), Rehder s.n. (AMectotype). Plants grown from seed of H. prolificum were found by Rehder to have 3-5-valved lobed capsules and a multiflowered corymbose inflorescence. Adams (1972) agreed that these plants were likely to be hybrids with H. lobocarpum and suggested that they arose spontaneously in the garden; and, having examined the Arnold Arboretum specimens, I too agree with their suggested parentage. Adams also reported field specimens intermediate between these species from southern Missouri. 5. Hypericum densiflorum Pursh, Fl. Amer. sept. 2: 376 (1814); Choisy, Prodr. monogr. Hyperic.: 45 (1821 ), in DC., Prodr. 1: 547 (1824); S. Watson, Bibliogr. index N. Amer. hot. 1: 125 (1878); Coulter inBot. Gaz. 11: 84 ( 1 886), in A. Gray, Syn.fl. N. Amer. 1: 285 (1897) pro parte, excl. syn. Myriandra spathulata Spach; Sargent in Gdn Forest 3: 525, f. 67 (1890); Svenson in Rhodora 42: 10 (1940); Rehd., Man. cult, trees 2nd ed.: 640 (1940); R.A. Vines, Trees, shrubs & woody vines of S.W.: 756 (1960); W.P. N.K.B. ROBSON Adams in Contr. Gray Herb. Harv. no. 189: 14 (1962), in J. Elisha Mitchell scient. Soc. 89: 69 (1973); Radford, Ahles & Bell, Man. vasc.fl. Carolinas: 712(1 968); Utech & Iltis in Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts Lett. 58: 333, f. 3 ( 1 970); R.C. Clark in Ann. Mo. hot. Gdn 58: 209 ( 1 97 1 ); Bean, Trees & shrubs hardy in Br. Isles 8th ed. 2: 411 (1973); Mohlenbr., ///. Fl. Illinois fl. pis, Hollies to Loasas: 37, f. 16 (1978); Godfrey & Wooten, Aquatic & wetland pis ofs.e. U.S., Dicots: 346, f. 157 (1981); N. Robson in Cullen et al., Eur. Gdn Fl. 4: 67, ff. 10.1, 10.1 1 (1995). Type: U.S.A., Virginia, on the dry ridges and savannahs of the Virginia mountains, Pursh s.n. (OXF?-holotype) - see Svenson (1940). Map 3. H. prolificum sensu Torrey & Gray, Fl. N. Amer. 1: 159 (1838) pro parte quoad syn. H. densiflorum Pursh. H. rosmarinifolium sensu Torrey & Gray, Fl. N. Amer. 1: 1 59 ( 1 838); R. Keller in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 2nd ed. 21: 180 ( 1 925); non Lam. (1797). H. prolificum var. densiflorum (Pursh) A. Gray, Manual 2nd ed.: 50 (1856). H. glomeratum Small in Bull. N. Y. hot. Gdn 1: 281 (1899) pro parte quoad typum, Man. s.e. fl.: 87 (1933). Type: U.S.A., North Carolina, Watauga Co., Grandfather Mtn, August 1 896 (fr), Huger s.n. (NY-holotype). H. interior Small in Bull. Torrey hot. Club 28: 359 (1901). Type: U.S.A., Tennessee, Jefferson Co., prope Dandridge, July 1842 (fl), Rugel 154 (NY-holotype; BM!, G!, K!, W!-isotypes). H. nothum Rehd. in Mitt. dt. dendrol. Ges. 19: 254 ( 1 9 1 0) qua hybr., Man. cult, trees 2nd ed.: 639 (1940); W.P. Adams in Rhodora 74: 280 (1972); Bean, Trees & shrubs hardy in Br. Isles 8th ed. 2: 416 (1973). Type: cultivated in U.S.A., Massachusetts, Jamaica Plain, Arnold Arboretum, 10 October 1910 (fr), Rehder s.n. (A!- lectotype, selected here). Rehder interpreted his specimens as hybrid (H. densiflorum x kalmianum) on account of the occur- rence of a few 4- or 5-styled capsules among the predominantly 3-styled ones. Despite these, however, as Adams pointed out, the specimens can readily be assigned to H. densiflorum. H. revolutum R. Keller in Bot. Jb. 58: 194 (1923), in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 2nded. 21: 180(1925); non Vahl (1790). Type: U.S.A., Georgia, Whitfield Co., Spring Creek near Sarnell, 225 m, 21 December 1903 (fr), Harper 2032 (Bf-holotype; F!, GH!, NY-isotypes). Icones: Sargent in Gdn Forest 3: 527, f. 67 ( 1 890); Mohlenbr., ///. Fl. Illinois fl. pis, Hollies to Loasas: 39, f. 16 (1978). STUDIES IN HYPERICUM 101 ShrubQ.6-3 m tall, erect, with branches ± erect, rather stiff, numerous, forming rather slender bush, but with adventitous shoots from roots sometimes producing ± extensive thickets. Stems green to reddish, 4- lined and ancipitous when young, soon 2-lined and rounded, becoming reddish brown and terete in 2nd season; cortex exfoliating in strips; bark smooth, thin. Leaves sessile, sometimes in immature clusters in leaf axils; lamina 20^5 x 2-7 mm, very narrowly elliptic-oblong or oblanceolate to linear, with margin recurved to revolute, paler and often glaucous beneath, chartaceous, deciduous at basal articulation, apex apiculate or apiculate-obtuse to subacute, base narrowly cuneate to attenuate; venation sometimes obscure beneath: c. 14-17 pairs main laterals, with subsidiaries and tertiary reticulation sometimes visible, only midrib prominent; laminar glands dense. Inflorescence c. 5-25-flowered, without accessory flowers, with (2-)5-15-flowered dichasia from 1-2 nodes below and sometimes flowering branches from lower nodes, the whole broadly pyramidal to broadly cy lindric or obpyramidal; pedicels 0.5-5 mm long; bracts reduced, oblanceolate- spathulate to linear. Flowers 10-17(-20?) mm in diam.; buds broadly ovoid-ellipsoid. Sepals 5, (4-)4.5-6x 1-1. 5 mm, unequal or subequal, not enlarging but divergent to reflexed in fruit, narrowly oblong- lanceolate or narrowly oblong to oblanceolate-spathulate, subacute or apiculate to acute, margins revolute, basal veins 1-3, the laterals sometimes branched. Petals 5, deep golden yellow, becoming (incurved-) deflexed, 6-9 x 2.5-3.5 mm, obovate-oblanceolate with apiculus lateral, acute. Stamens c. 100-150, longest 4. 5-7 mm, c. 0.8 x petals. Ovary 3^(-5)-merous, 3-3.5 x 1-1.3 mm, narrowly pyramidal-ovoid, acute; placentation incompletely axile; styles 3- 4(5), 2-3 mm long, 0.7-0.85 x ovary, remaining erect, separating only as fruit matures. Capsule 5-6(-7) x 2-3 mm, narrowly ovoid-conic or narrowly ovoid to cylindric-ovoid, acute, not or scarcely lobed, exceeding sepals, thinly coriaceous. Seeds reddish brown, 0.8-1.3 mm long, not carinate; testa linear-reticulate. 2n = 1 8 (n = 9) (Adams in Robson & Adams, 1968). Adams also reported 2n = 27 (n = 1 1-14) in one population due to unequal segregation (Adams, 1959) Wet or moist habitats (meadows, lake margins, open stream banks, pinelands, bogs, ditches), also on dry road embankments and rocky hillsides; lowland to c. 1000 m. Eastern U.S.A. from central Georgia northward along the coastal plain to New Jersey and thence southwestward along the Appala- chian Mts from Pennsylvania to northern Georgia and central Alabama. U.S.A. Alabama: *Jefferson Co., Shade's Mt. near Birmingham, Leeds 2140 (PH); Tuscaloosa Co. (see Adams, 1962). Delaware: Sussex Co., Seaford, Nauticoke R., 31 August 1882 (fr), Commons s.n. (K). Georgia: Bartow Co., Rydal, N. of Cartersville, 1 1 July 1958 (fl), Adams 77 (K, MO); *Catoosa Co., east-flowing tributary to Chickamauga Creek, 5 km NE of Ringgold, 240 m, 26 June 1948 (fl), Cronquist 5390 (MO). Maryland: Wiscomico Co., Salisbury, June pre-1890 (fl & fr), Canby s.n. (K). New Jersey: Burlington Co., 3.2 km W. of Warren Grove, 18 June 1948 (fl), Lawrence & Dress 264 (BM); Ocean Co., Bayville, 3 1 August 1937 (fl & fr), Moldenke 10163 (BM). New York: ? Co., Long Island, fide Adams (1959: map 6). North Carolina: Avery Co., 6.2 km W. of Allegany Co. line on NC 88, 30 July 1 979 (fl & fr), Leonard & Russ 2644 (BM, H); Macon Co., Highlands, 6th Street, 31 July 1975 (fl), Bouffon & Wood 1775 (H, MO). Pennsylvania: Fagette Co., Ohiopyle, 15 October 1933, Jennings s.n. (CA). South Carolina: Georgetown Co., 8 km W. of Georgetown, 3 August 1939 (fl), Godfrey in PI. Exs. of Gray 1371 (BM, K). Tennessee: Knox Co., Big Ridge State Park, 4 July 1954 (fl), Norm 18622 (BM); Rhea Co., near Watts Bar Dam, 25 June 1947 (fl), Shanks, Sharp & Clebsch 4197 (BM). Virginia: ? Co., Tygart's valley river, 1843 (fl & fr), Gray & Sullivant s.n. (K); Grayson Co., Blue Ridge Parkway, 0.5 km N. of Route 89, 19 July 1958 (fl), Adams 109 (K, NCU*). West Virginia: Randolph Co., below Elkins, 24 August 1907 (fl), Render s.n. (K, MO); *Webster Co., Camp Caesar near Cowen, 1 8 June 1 936 (fl), Williams 490 (BKL, DUKE, F, MO, PH, SMU, TENN, US, WVA). Despite the existence of some intermediate populations, it seems best to maintain 5. H. denslflorum as specifically distinct from 4. H. lobocarpum (q.v.). H. densiflorum usually has a trimerous ovary, but 4- or 5-merous ovaries may also be present on the same plant. The capsule is usually but not always unlobed. However, except for members of the intermediate Alabama populations, it is nearly always possible to allocate a specimen to one or other species. Whereas the southwesternmost (Alabama) populations of H. densiflorum verge morphologically towards H. lobocarpum, some in Tennessee and northern Georgia with narrow leaves and narrow, small-flowered inflorescences (H. interior Small) tend towards H. galioides. H. densiflorum is apparently always distinguishable in the wild from 2.H. prolificum by the smaller, more numerous flowers amd fruits in a shorter and relatively broader inflorescence. In cultivation, however, these distinctions may be far less clear (see below). Adams (1973) reported evidence of poor seed production in some populations, a condition that, he suggested, might be correlated with the occurrence of triploidy (see above). 5x. Hypericum densiflorum x galioides? H. x arnoldianum Rehd. in Mitt. dt. dendrol. Ges. 19: 253 (1910); W.P. Adams in Rhodora 74: 276 (1972). Type: cultivated in U.S.A., Massachusetts, Jamaica Plain, Arnold Arboretum, 9 Oc- tober 1910 (fr), Rehder (AMectotype, selected here). Render's belief that the parentage of this hybrid was H. galioides x lobocarpum was not substantiated by Adams (1972), who found only a few well-formed seeds in each fruit. He argued that, whilst the partially lobed fruit and the 1 6 per cent of fruits with 4 styles indicated that H. lobocarpum was one parent, there were no characters of H. galioides present. On the other hand, characters of the Tennessee populations of//, densiflorum were present; and so he suggested that the most likely parentage of H. x arnoldianum was H. densiflorum x lobocarpum. Support for this hypothesis had been provided earlier by Hoar & Haertl (1932), who reported 'no irregularity in chromo- somebehaviour nor morphological sterility of pollen' when recording the chromosome number n = 9, and concluded that this hybrid 'apparently came from compatible parents' (which //. densiflorum and H. lobocarpum almost certainly would be). On the other hand, Rehder's original plants came 'from seed of//. galioides' (specimen 9x191 0). Adams suggested that Rehder might have misidentified the relevant specimen(s) of H. galioides; and since the above-mentioned Tennessee population of H. densiflorum is morphologically the most similar part of that species to //. galioides, he may well be right. After an examination of Rehder's specimens, however, I cannot be sure that H. galioides is not involved; and specimens grown subsequently at the Arnold Arbore- tum from plants obtained from Cole Nursery, Painesville, Ohio (AA 856-38 (MO)) look like //. densiflorum (or possibly H. lobocarpum) except for a narrower, more elongated inflorescence (from 3 nodes) that is reminiscent of that of H. galioides. 5xx. Hypericum densiflorum x prolificum In gardens, at least in the British Isles, it is not always easy to decide whether a plant belongs to one or the other of the above two species. If the specimen has small flowers and relatively narrow leaves but the inflorescence of H. prolificum, then it can probably be regarded as an impoverished example of that species (cf. H. foliosum sensu Jacquin, PL hort. schoenbr. 3: t. 299, 1798). If it has a shorter, broader inflorescence and smaller leaves than those of//, prolificum, and hybridization with H. frondosum or H. kalmianum can be ruled 102 N.K.B. ROBSON out, then it could quite possibly be the hybrid H. densiflorum x prolificum. A low (c. 0.4-0.6 m tall) compact shrub grown in British gardens as H. x arnoldianum could belong here but is more likely to be//, densiflorum xlobocarpum or even//, densiflorum xkalmianum (the alleged parentage of H. nothum Render). 6. Hypericum galioides Lam., Encycl. 4: 16(1797); W\\ld., Sp. pi. 3: 1451 (1802); Pursh, Fl. Amer. sept. 2: 376 (1814); Elliott, Sketch hot. S. Carolina 2: 28 (1821); Choisy, Prodr. monogr. Hyperic. : 52 ( 1 82 1 ), in DC., Prodr. 1 : 550 ( 1 824); Torrey & Gray, Fl. N. Amer. 1: 159 (1838); S. Watson, Bibliogr. index N. Amer. hot. I: 126 (1878); Coulter in flo/. Gaz. 11: 85 (1886), in A. Gray, Syn.fl. N. Amer. 1: 286 (1897); R. Keller in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 2nded.21: 181 ( 1925); Svenson in/?/zoJ0ra 42: 12, t. 587 f. 3 (1940) pro parte, quoad van typicum; Rehder, Man. cult, trees & shrubs 2nd ed.: 639 (1940); Gillespie in Castanea 24: 29 (1958); R.A. Vines, Trees, shrubs & woody vines ofS.W.: 757 (1960); W.P.Adams inContr. Gray Herb. Harv. no. 189: 171 ( 1 962), in J. Elisha Mitchell scient. Soc. 89: 69 ( 1 973); Correll & Johnston, Man. vase. pis. Texas: 1063 (1970); R.C. Clark in Ann. Mo. hot. Gdn 58: 209 (1971); R. Long & Lakela, Fl Trap. Florida: 607 (1971); Bean, Trees & shrubs hardy in Br. Isles 8th ed. 2: 414 (1973); Godfrey & Wooten, Aquatic & wetland pis s.e. U.S., Dicots: 346, f. 1 56 ( 1 98 1 ); Clewell, Guide vase, pis Florida Panhandle: 372 (1985); Godfrey, Trees, shrubs & woody vines n. Florida, etc.: 368, f. 177 (1988); N. Robson in Eur. Gdn Fl. 4: 69 (1995). Type: U.S.A., S. Carolina ('Carol, merid.'), no precise locality, Fraser (P-LA-holotype, BM!-microfiche; G-DC!- isotype; GH-sketch). Svenson ( 1 940: 1 3) stated that this collection is apparently identical with several from near Wilmington, N. Carolina, although 'merid.' implies S. Carolina. Fig. 15 A, Map 4. H. axillare Lam., Encycl. 4: 161 (1797). Type: U.S.A., no precise locality, ? 'in Herb. D. de Jussieu' (P-holotype, BM! -microfiche; GH*-isotype).The specimen labelled as//, axillare in the micro- fiche series of the de Jussieu herbarium appears to be//, prolificum. The GH isotype is a fragment (fide Adams, 1962). H. triplinerve Vent., Desc. pi. nouv.: 58 & t. ( 1 800); Pursh, Fl. Amer. sept.: 378 (1814). Type: U.S.A., cult, ex 'sur lesbordsdel'Ohio', n.d. (fl & fr), Michaux s.n. (G-holotype). The locality cited by Ventenat is well outside the present distribution of H. galioides and must surely be an error. H.fasciculatumMichyi.exWi\ld., Sp.pl. 3: 1452(1 802); Michx.,F/. bor.-amer. 2: 80 (1 803); non Lam. (1797). Type: U.S. A., Carolina, Michauxl s.n. (P-holotype, BM! -microfiche). H. michauxii Poir., Encycl., Suppl. 3: 696 (1813). Type as for H. fasciculatum Michx. ex Willd., non Lam. H. fasciculatum [van] (3 sensu Choisy, Prodr. monogr. Hyperic.: 59 (1821) pro parte, quoad syn. H. ambiguum Elliott, Sketch hot. S. Carolina 2: 30 ( 1 82 1 ); Torrey & Gray, Fl. N. Amer. 1: 62 (1838); R. Keller in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 2nd ed. 21: 181 (1925); Small, Man. s.e. fl.: 871 (1933). Type: U.S.A., S. Carolina, near Columbia, Elliott s.n. (CHARL-holotype). H. rosmarinifoliumt sensu Elliott, Sketch hot. S. Carolina 2: 29 (1821), non H. rosmarinifolium Lam. (1797). Myriandra galioides (Lam.) Spach, Hist. nat. veg. Phan. 5: 437 (1836), in AnnlsSci. nat. (Bot.) II, 5: 365 (1836); K. Koch, Hort. dendroi.: 66 (\853). M. michauxii (Poir.) Spach, Hist. nat. veg. Phan. 5: 437 (1836), in Annls Sci. nat. (Bot.) II, 5: 365 (1836). M. prolifica [var]. P ramosa K. Koch, Hort. dendroi: 66 (1853). Type as for '//. galioides Pursh', i.e. H. galioides Lam. Brathydium ambiguum (Elliott) K. Koch, Hort. dendroi.: 66 (1853). Hypericum galioides var. ambiguum (Elliott) Chapm., Fl. South. U. S.: 40 (1865); S. Watson, Bibliogr. index N. Amer. hot. 1: 127 ( 1 878). Type: Chapman cites '//. ambiguum Ell.? Torrey & Gray', but Torrey & Gray ( 1 838) do not mention var. ambiguum, Chap- man's name must therefore have Elliott's type. H. galioides var. axillare (Lam.) Griseb., Cat. pi. Cub. : 39 ( 1 866) pro parte, quoad typum. H. galioides [var.] pallidum Mohr in Contr. U. S. natn. Herb. 6: 621 (1901); Lott in / Arnold Arbor. 19: 149 (1938); Svenson in Rhodora 42: 14, t. 587 f. 4 (1940), nom. illegit. (Art. 63). Type as for '//. galioides var. ambiguum Chapman nonambiguum Elliott' ; but the type nevertheless is that of Elliott, see above. H. spathulatum R. Keller in Bot. Jb. 58: 195 (1925), in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 2nd ed. 2: 180 (1925), non (Spach) Steud. ( 1 840). Type: U.S.A., Georgia, Lee Co., Flint R., Muckalee Swamp, 1 1 July 1901 (fr), Harper 1 155 (Bf-holotype; A!, BM!, GH*, NY*, US!-isotypes). Icones: Bean in Gdnrs Chron. Ill, 24: 301, f. 88 (1898); Godfrey & Wooten, Aquatic & wetland pis s.e. U. S., Dicots: 347, f. 1 56 ( 1 98 1 ). Map 4 Sect. 20: 6. H. galioides specimens, D records. specimens, O records; 8. H. lloydii Shrub 0.5-1.5 m tall, erect, with branches strict to ascending, forming rounded clumps. Stems stramineous to reddish, 6-lined and ancipitous when young, soon 4-lined and rounded, then terete; cortex exfoliating in small roughish flakes to reveal fine lattice of laticifers; bark smooth, thin. Leaves sessile or apparently pseudopetiolate, with those in axillary immature clusters sometimes almost as large; lamina 15-32(-37) x 1-7 mm, very narrowly oblong-elliptic or oblanceolate to linear, with margin recurved to revolute, paler but not glaucous beneath with lamina visible on both STUDIES IN HYPER/CUM 103 Fig. 15 A. H. galioides: (a) habit; (b) leaf (upper half); (c) sepal; (d) petal; (e) stamen; (f) ovary; (g) fruit. B. H. tenuifolium: (h) habit. C. H. lloydii: (i) habit (a, h, i x !/2; b x 3: c-g x 4). A. Rugel 495. B. Herb. Biltmore 2563a. C. Eggert s.n. 104 N.K.B. ROBSON sides of midrib, chartaceous, deciduous at basal articulation, apex rounded or apiculate-obtuse to acute, base attenuate; venation (some- times obscure): numerous main laterals and subsidiaries, with tertiary reticulation often visible, only midrib prominent; laminar glands dense; inframarginal glands dense. Inflorescence 3-c\ 15-flowered, without accessory flowers, with ( 1 )3-5-flowered dichasia from 3^ nodes below and often flowering branches from lower nodes, the whole narrowly cylindric; pedicels 0.5-1 mm long; bracts somewhat reduced, foliar. Flowers 9-14 mm in diam.; buds narrowly ovoid. Sepals 5, 3.5-6.5 x 0.5-1 .5 mm, subequal to equal, not enlarging or spreading in fruit, oblanceolate-spathulate to linear, acute to apiculate- obtuse, 1 -veined, deciduous. Petals 5, bright yellow, becoming somewhat deflexed, 5-9 x 2-5.5 mm, obovate-oblanceolate with apiculus lateral, acute. Stamens c. 60-120, longest 3.5-7 mm, c. 0.65 x petals. Ovary 3-merous, 2-3 x 0.5-1 mm, very narrowly pyramidal-ovoid, acute; placentation parietal; styles 3, 4-5 mm long, 1.2-1.35 x ovary, remaining erect, separating only as fruit matures. Capsule 4.5-6 x 2.5-3.5 mm, ± narrowly ovoid-conic, shorter than sepals, thinly coriaceous. Seeds dark brown, 0.7-0.8 mm long, carinate?; testa finely reticulate. 2n = 1 8 (n = 9) (Adams in Robson & Adams, 1968). Wet or moist, open habitats (stream banks, swamps, river bottoms, flood plains, lake margins, roadside ditches, low pine forest); coastal plain, below 200 m. South-eastern U.S.A. from North Carolina to northern Florida and west to eastern Texas, excluding most of the Mississippi delta. U.S.A. Alabama: *Covington Co., c. 1 1 .2 km SSE of Carolina, by co.e 31,3 October 197 1 (fr). Krai 44760 (MO); Houston Co., Indigo Pond SE of Cottonwood, 1 August 197 1 (fr), Krai 43399 (BM). Arkansas: Union Co., E. of Strong, 7.5 km W. of Ouachita R., Felsenthal Nat. Wildlife Refuge, 22 October 1987 (fr), Dale Thomas 103014 (MO). Florida: Columbia Co., Lake City, 1 1-19 July 1895 (fl), Nash 2190 (K); Gulf Co., shores of Dead Lake near Wewahitchka, 3 September 1958 (fr), Godfrey 57585 (BM, FSU*). Georgia: Lowndes Co., E. side of Little River, c. 8 km W. of Hahira, 19 June 1958 (fl), Adams 50 (K); Dooly Co., bank of Flint R., 57 m, 1 1 July 1901 (fl), Harper 1061 (BM). Louisiana: *Calcasieu Par., L. Charles, 10 September 1 898 (fr), McKenzie 5 1 7 (MO); New Orleans, 1 832 (fr), Drummond 50 (BM, K); Natchitoches Par., 25 May 1941 (fl), Keefe s.n. (H). Mississippi: Perry Co., outskirts of Beaumont, 16 July 1950, Webster & Wilbur 3409 (G); * ? Co., lower Pearl River, May 1859 (fl), Hilgard s.n. (MO). North Carolina: Columbus Co., Co. Rt. 1928 SE of Old Dock near Juniper Creek, 1 1 July 1968 (fl), Leonard 1754 (BM, H, Z); Pender Co., N. of Burgaw, near U.S. 1 17, 23 July 1966 (fl), Bradley 3333 (BM, H). South Carolina: Colleton Co., 8km W. of junction of SC64 and SC641, 14 July 1958 (fl), A dams 89 (K); *Williamsburg Co., 8 km S. of Kingstree, 10 July 1959 (fl), Godfrey & Tryon 383 (MO). Texas: Hardin Co., 16 km SE of Votaw, 23 July 1978 (fl), Fryxell 3015 (BM); *Harris Co., Sheldon, 1903 (fl & fr), Reverchon 3828 (MO). The leaves of H. galioides vary in width from that of typical H. densiflorum ('var. ambiguum') to as narrow as those of H. nitidum; but the lamina (except for the midrib) is always thin and visible beneath, at least in the living plant. The long narrow inflorescence distinguishes it from H. densiflorum but not from H. nitidum, which is a larger plant, having leaves usually with no lamina visible beneath. As Adams (1962) has pointed out, the names H. galioides Lam. and H. axillare Lam. were published in the same work. The early nineteenth century botanists were unsure of the application of H. axillare, so H. galioides became the established name. 7. Hypericum tenuifolium Pursh, Fl, Amer. sept.: 377 (1814). Type: U.S.A., Georgia, no precise locality (fl), Enslen s.n. (K- holotype?; PH-isotype). Figs 15B, 16E, Map 5. Map 5 Sect. 20: 7. H. tenuifolium • specimens, O records (incomplete, as Adams (1959) did not differentiate Spp. 7 and 1 1); 15. H. buckleyi • specimens, D records. H. com? sensu Walter, Fl. Carol.: 190 (1788), non H. coris L. (1753). Type': U.S.A., no precise locality, Herb. Walter (BM\). H. fasciculatum [var.] P sensu Choisy, Prodr. monogr. Hyperic.:59 ( 1 82 1 ) pro parte, quoad syn. H. tenuifolium; Torrey & Gray, Fl. N. Amer. 1: 160 (1838) pro parte, excl. syn. H. axillare. H. fasciculatum var. laxifolium Choisy in DC., Prodr. 1: 554 (1824) pro parte, excl. syn. H. michauxii. H. fasciculatum var. aspalathoides sensu Torrey & Gray, Fl. N. Amer. 1: 672 (1840) pro parte, excl. syn.Myriandrabrachyphylla, non H. aspalathoides Willd. (1802), nom. illegit. (Art. 63). H. aspalathoides sensu Small, Man. s.e. fl.: 872 (1933) pro parte; R.A. Vines, Trees, shrubs & woody vines ofS.W.: 759 (1960). H. galioides var. reductum Svenson in Rhodora 42: 14 (1940) pro parte excl. typum. Type as for H. aspalathoides Willd. H. reductum W.P. Adams in Contr. Gray Herb. Harv., no. 189: 31 (1962), in J. Elisha Mitchell sclent. Soc. 89: 70 (1973); Radford, Ahles & Bell, Man. vasc.fl. Carolinas: 712 (1968); R.C. Clark in Ann. Mo. hot. Gdn 58: 209 (1971); R. Long & Lakela, Fl. Trop. Florida: 608 (1971); Godfrey & Wooten, Aquatic & wetland pis s.e. U.S., Dicots: 343, f. 155 (1981); Clewell, Guide vase, pis Florida Panhandle: 372 (1985); Godfrey, Trees, shrubs & woody vines n. Florida, etc.: 358, f. 171 (1988). Type: U.S.A., N. Carolina, Wilmington, n.d. (fl), Curtis s.n. (GH!-holotype, NY- isotype). Icon: Godfrey, Trees, shrubs & woody vines n. Florida, etc.: 358, f. 171 (1988). STUDIES IN HYPERICUM 105 Shrub 0. 1-0.5 m tall, decumbent, with branches interweaving at the base but not rooting, forming low mats, or sometimes more erect in dense vegetation. Stems reddish, 6-lined when young, eventually 4- lined, then terete; cortex exfoliating in strips or flakes; bark smooth, thin. Leaves sessile, 4-1 1 x 0.4-0.8(-1?) mm, with those in axillary clusters equal or shorter, linear-subulate, dull green above, with margin revolute, completely concealing all but midrib beneath, chartaceous, deciduous at articulation below prominent midrib base (cf. 11. brachyphyllum), apex rounded with prominent hydathode, base parallel or slightly expanded; midrib unbranched; glands dense, in 2 rows, visible beneath only. Inflorescence 1-7-flowered, without accessory flowers, with l(3)-flowered dichasia from up to 4 nodes below, rarely with one pair of flowering branches, the whole ± narrowly cylindric; pedicels absent or very short; bracts foliar. Flowers 10-14 mm in diam.; buds narrowly cylindric-ellipsoid. Sepals 5, (2-)2.5— 4 x 0.4-0.5 mm, unequal, linear-subulate, acute to rounded, 1 -veined. Petals 5, bright? yellow, spreading, 5-10 x 2-5 mm long, oblanceolate-oblong to obovate, with apiculus lateral, acute. Stamens c. 50-90, longest 4.5-8 mm, c. 0.85-0.9 x petals. Ovary 3-merous, 2-3 x 0.5-0.8 mm, very narrowly cylindric, acute; placentation parietal?; styles 3, 2-3 mm long, 0.9-1.2 x ovary, usually separating in fruit. Capsule (4-)5. 7-9.5 x 1 .5-2 mm, nar- rowly (sub)cylindric, exceeding sepals, thinly coriaceous. Seeds blackish, c. 0.5 mm long; testa coarsely reticulate (alveoli square to hexagonal). 2n = 18 (n = 9) (Adams in Robson & Adams, 1968). Dry sandy woods, dunes and dune hollows; lowland and coastal. South-eastern U.S.A. from North Carolina to central Florida and southern Alabama; four distinct populations: 1) south-eastern N. Carolina and adjacent S. Carolina; 2) extreme south-eastern S. Carolina and adjacent eastern Georgia; 3) central peninsular Florida; 4) coastal Florida 'panhandle' and adjacent Alabama. U.S.A. Alabama: Baldwin Co., by Ala 180 towards Fort Morgan, c. 24 km W. of junction with Ala 59, 8 June 1971 (f\),Kral 43098 (BM, MO); Pike Co., Spring Hill, 5 August 1897 (fr), Bush 348 (MO). Florida: Bay Co., Gulf Lagoon Beach, SW of Panama City, 20 May 1961 (e. fl), Adams 776 (K); Franklin Co., Dog Island, 17 June 1970 (fl), Godfrey 69546 (H); Lake Co., Ocala National Forest, 1.75 km N. of Wildcat Lake, c. 3.2 km E. of Marion/ Lake county line, 2 August 1962 (fl), Ward & Will 3048 (BM); Lee Co., near Coconut, 14 April 1930 (fl), Moldenke 965 (K); St. Lucie Co., 10. 1 km S. of White City, 1 2 April 1950 (fl), Hansen924 (BM). Georgia: Bryan Co., E. side of Canochee R.c. 13 km E. of Pembroke, 8 October 1960 (fr), Adams! 17 (K, MO); *McIntosh Co., 3.2 km W. of Eulonia, 9 October 1960 (fr), Adams 723 (MO). North Carolina: Brunswick Co., SE of Wilmington, 25 June 1 890 (fl), Cavilled (K); New Hanover Co., Carolina Beach, 1 8 June 1939 (fl), Godfrey 1260 (BM, K). South Carolina: * ? Co., Bluffton, 1 874 (fl), Mellenchamp s.n. (MO). H. tenuifolium, like H. lloydii, is closely related to (probably derived from) H. galioides, with which it shares all but the peninsular Florida part of its area. It is quite distinct from H. galioides, however, in habit, leaf size, inflorescence and habitat. Its distribution does not overlap the piedmont area of H. lloydii, which is also decumbent in form but has rooting stems and shorter leaves and (usually) sepals. For a comparison between H. tenuifolium and H. brachyphyllum, see p. 110. Adams (1962) was aware that H. tenuifolium Pursh might be the earliest name for this species. Having been unable to find an authentic specimen, however, he published a new name, H. reductum. This was no doubt intended to maintain Svenson's (1940) epithet, although, because Svenson cited H. aspalathoides Willd. in syn- onymy, Adams could not treat his name as a stat. et comb. nov. In Kew (K), however, there is an Enslen specimen from Herb. Pursh. which I consider to be an authentic specimen of H. tenuifolium, and so the Philadelphia (PH) specimen cited by Adams can also be considered as authentic. Both these specimens belong to Adams's H. reductum, a name which must unfortunately therefore pass into synonymy under H. tenuifolium Pursh. 8. Hypericum lloydii (Svenson) W.P. Adams in Contr. Gray Herb. Harv. no. 189: 32 (1962), in 7. Elisha Mitchell scient. Soc. 89: 70 (1973); Radford, Ahles & Bell, Man. vase. fl. Carolinas: 712 (1968); R.C. Clark in Ann. Mo. hot. Gdn 58: 209 (1971). Type: U.S.A., S. Carolina, Aiken Co., Graniteville, 4 August 1 898 (fl), Eggert s.n. (NY-holotype; F!, MO, US-isotypes). Fig. 15C, Map 4. H. galioides var. lloydii Svenson [in Rhodora 42: t. 587 f. 8 (1940) nomen] in Rhodora 54: 207 (1952). Icon: Svenson in Rhodora 42: t. 587 f. 8 (1940). Shrub 0.1-0.5 m tall or rarely taller, with branches straggling and rooting, forming low rounded clumps or mats. Stems reddish, 6- lined and ancipitous when young, sometimes eventually 4-lined, then terete; cortex exfoliating in strips or flakes; bark smooth, thin. Leaves sessile, with those in axillary clusters smaller; lamina 13-25 x 0.5-0.8 mm, linear-subulate, with margin revolute, paler but not glaucous beneath, with lamina sometimes visible on both sides of midrib, chartaceous, deciduous at basal articulation, apex rounded to retuse with prominent hydathode, base parallel; midrib unbranched; laminar glands rather dense, visible beneath only. Inflorescence 1- 3-flowered, without accessory flowers, with l-3(?-5)-flowered dichasia from up to 5 nodes below, without flowering branches, the whole narrowly pyramidal; pedicels c. 0.5 mm long; bracts foliar. Flowers c. 12-14 mm in diam.; buds broadly ovoid. Sepals 5, (3-) 4.5-7 x 0.5-0.8 mm, unequal, linear-subulate, subacute to rounded, 1 -veined. Petals 5, golden yellow, spreading, 5-7.5 x 3^4 mm, oblanceolate-oblong with apiculus obtuse. Stamens c. 100, longest (5-)6-7 mm, almost equalling petals. Ovary 3-merous, c. 3 x 1 mm, narrowly triangular-ovoid; styles 3, 2.5-3 mm long, 0.8-1 x ovary, separating in fruit or earlier; placentation parietal? Capsule 3-4 x 2- 2.5 mm, 'ovoid', shorter than sepals, thinly coriaceous. Seeds black, carinate?, 0.7 mm long; testa not seen. Dry woods, pine forest, granite outcrops, roadside embankments; inner coastal plain and piedmont; c. 150-300 m. South-eastern U.S.A. from North Carolina to Alabama, excluding Florida. U.S.A. Alabama: *Tallapoosa Co., Harper 3691 (GH. PH. US). Geor- gia: *Richmond Co., August, 17 July 1 899, Cuthbert s.n. (FLAS, NY). North Carolina: Chatham Co., U.S. 15-501, c. 13km S.of Pittsboro, 30 June 1966 (fl), Bell 18577 (H); *Granville Co., Oxford, Gillespie 394 (DUKE, FSU. NCSC); *Wake Co., Gary, July 1898 (fl), Ashe s.n. (MO). South Carolina: 106 N.K.B. ROBSON Map 6 Sect. 20: 9. H. nitidum: a. subsp. cubense • specimens, O records; b. subsp. nitidum • specimens, D records; c. subsp. exile A ; 10. H. limosum V. Lancaster Co., 3. 2 km S.ofTaxahaw,40Acre Rock, 19April 1 964 (st), Creem 383 (BM). H. lloydii is closely related to 6. H. galioides but differs from it in habit, leaf-shape and habitat (both in altitude and in favouring drier sites); and these species occupy almost distinct areas. It therefore merits recognition as a species. 9. Hypericum nitidum Lam., Encycl. 4: 1 60 ( 1 797); Choisy, Prodr. monogr. Hyperic.: 59 (1821), in DC., Prodr. 1: 554 (1824); W.P. Adams in Contr. Gray Herb. Harv. no. 189: 26 (1962), in / Elisha Mitchell sclent. Soc. 89: 69 (1973); Radford, Ahles & Bell, Man. vasc.fl. Carolina*: 1 1 (1968); R.C. Clark in Ann. Mo. hot. Gdn 58: 209 ( 1 97 1 ); Godfrey & Wooten, Aquatic & wetland pis s.e. U.S. Dicots: 345 ( 1 98 1 ); Clewell, Guide vase, pis Florida Panhandle: 372 (1985); Godfrey, Trees, shrubs & woody vines n. Florida, etc.: 363, f. 174 (1988). Type: U.S.A., Carolina, ? (P- holotype, microfiche!, GH-fragm. & photograph). Map 6. Myriandra nitida (Lam.) Spach, Hist. nat. veg. Phan. 5: 435 ( 1 836), in Annls Sci. nat. (Bot.) II, 5: 365 ( 1 836); K. Koch, Hon. dendrol.: 66 (1853). Hypericum fasciculatum sensu Torrey & Gray, Fl. N. Amer. 1: 672 (1840); Trevir., Hyper, sp. animadv.: 15 (1861); Coulter in Bot. Gaz. 1 1: 85 ( 1 886); R. Keller in Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 2nd ed. 21 : 1 80 ( 1 925); et auct. plur. pro parte omnes, quoad syn. H. nitidum Lam. H. galioides \ar.fasciculatum (Lam.) Svenson in Rhodora 42: 12, t. 587, ff. 1-2 (1940) pro parte excl. typum. Shrub or small tree (0.3-)0.6-4.5 m tall, erect, with branches erect to ascending, forming thickets. Stems reddish, 4-lined and ancipitous when young, becoming narrowly 2-winged, eventually terete; cortex exfoliating in flakes or narrow strips; bark brown or reddish to grey, smooth, thin. Leaves sessile, (6-) 10-21 (-26) x 0.5-1.4 mm, with those in axillary clusters as long or usually somewhat shorter, linear or linear-subulate, sometimes slightly broadened distally, with mar- gin revolute and often completely concealing all but the (sometimes slightly raised) midrib beneath, the non-midrib area sometimes papillose, chartaceous to subcoriaceous, deciduous at basal articula- tion, apex rounded with prominent hydathode to obtuse-apiculate or long acuminate, base parallel or narrowly cuneate; midrib unbranched, laminar glands dense in 2 rows beneath and scattered above. Inflorescence(\ )3-l 5(-32)-flowered, without accessory flow- ers, often with l-3(-7)-flowered dichasia from up to 6 nodes below, and sometimes with 1-2 pairs of flowering branches, the whole narrowly to broadly cylindric or very rarely obpyramidal; pedicels 0.5-1 mm long; bracts foliar. Flowers 10-18 mm in diam.; buds ovoid, acutely acuminate. Sepals 5, (3.5-)4-6.5(-7) x 0.4-0.8 mm in diam.; unequal to subequal, linear-subulate, acute, with margin revolute, 1 -veined, midrib unbranched. Petals 5, pure yellow, spread- ing, (5-)6-10 x 3-6 mm, c. 1.5 x sepals, obovate to elliptic- oblanceolate, with apiculus lateral, acute. Stamens c. 50-80(-1 15), longest 4.5-6.5(-7) mm,c. 0.65-0.8 x petals. Ovary(2)3(4)-merous, 3^4.5 x 0.5-1.2 mm, very narrowly pyramidal-ovoid (almost cylin- dric), acute, placentation parietal; styles 3, 2-3.5 mm long, c. 0.7 x ovary, not separating in fruit. Capsule (4.5-)5-7 x (1.4-)2-3 mm, very narrowly conic to cylindric. Seeds reddish brown, c. 0.5 mm long, scarcely carinate; testa finely reticulate. 2n = 1 8 (n = 9, Adams in Robson & Adams, 1 968, for H. exile). In moist habitats (open stream banks, pond margins and ditches), also (in Cuba) in dry meadows and on white sand; lowland (U.S.A.) to 2000 m (Cuba). South-eastern U.S.A., mainly in Georgia and Florida but with outlying stations in Alabama, South Carolina and North Carolina; also in Cuba (including Isla de Pinos) and Belize. When considered over its whole range, H. nitidum can be divided into three subspecies: a) Cuba and Belize (subsp. cubense), giving rise to 1 1 .H. limosum in Cuba; b) mainland U.S.A. (subsp. nitidum); and c) western Cuba and north-western Florida (subsp. exile), giving rise to 12. H. brachyphyllum. The whole complex seems to have been derived from a narrow-leaved form of 2. H. prolificum (e.g. some Arkansas populations), to which subsp. cubense approaches most closely, and to form a sister-group of the H. fasciculatum complex (Spp. 12-14) (see Fig. 1, p. 77). 9a Hypericum nitidum subsp. cubense (Turcz.) N. Robson in Bull. nat. Hist. Mus. Lond. (Bot.) 23: 67 (1993). Fig. 16A. H. cubense Turcz. in Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou 31: 384 (1858). Type: STUDIES IN HYPERICUM 107 Fig. 16 A. H. nitidum subsp. cubense: (a) habit; (b) leaf, lower surface and T.S.; (c) sepal; (d) petal; (e) ovary; (0 capsule. B. H. fasciculatum: (g) leaf, lower surface and T.S.; (h) fruit. C. H. lissophloeus: (i) habit. D. H. brachyphyllum: (j) leaf; (k) stem node and leaf bases; (1) capsule. E. H. tenuifolium: (m) stem node and leaf bases (a, i x !/2; b-m x 4, except b\ g' x 8). A. Whitefoord 1934. B. Judd 2649. C. Godfrey 73983. D. Godfrey 57862. E. Herb. Biltmore 2563a. 108 N.K.B. ROBSON Cuba, Oriente Prov., St.-Jago, in cacumine Sierra Moestii, 1500 m, Linden 1692 (KW-holotype; BM!, G!, K!, P!, W!-isotypes). H. aspalathoides sensu Jennings in Ann. Carneg. Mus. 11: 189 (1919). H.fasciculatum sensu Alain in Leon & Alain, Fl. Cuba 3: 3 17 (1953) pro parte, quoad syn. H. cubense et prov. cit. Oriente et Isla de Pinos; Standley & Williams in Fieldiana (Bot.) 7: 49 (1961); Lippold in Wiss. Z. Friedr.-Schiller Univ. Jena (Math.-Nat. R.) 19: 380, f. 3 (1970) pro parte, quoad syn. H. cubense et prov. cit. Oriente et Las Villas et Isla de Pinos. Shrub or small tree to 4.5 m tall. Leaves (6-)10-25 x 0.5-1.6 mm, coriaceous, apex rounded-apiculate to rounded, margin tightly inrolled, usually only midrib visible beneath when dry. Inflores- cence with terminal dichasium c. 7-20-flowered, sometimes with paired flowers or few-flowered dichasia from up to 2 nodes below. Sepals obtuse to rounded-apiculate. Petals (6.5-)8-10 x 5-6.5 mm. Capsule cylindric to rarely ovoid-conic. Cuba (Oriente, Las Villas, Isla de Pinos), Belize (El Cayo). CUBA. Oriente: Sierra de Nipe, Rfo Piloto, 20 April 1919 (fl), Ekman 95 10 (F, K, S, US); Sierra Maestra, Rio Alcarraza, July 1946 (fl), Clemente 5069 (GH, US); Moa, between Cerro Miraflores and Moa, c. 30 km E. of Sagrade Tanamo, 20 July 1951 (fl), Webster 3892 (GH, MICH, US). Las Villas: Trinidad Mountains, BuenosAires, 22 June 1941, /toward 5201 (BM, C, F, G, MO, NY, P, S, SING, U, W, WIS). Isla de Pinos: vicinity of Los Indies, 13 February 1916 (fl), N. & E. Britton & Wilson 14181 (F, NY, US); near San Pedro, 8 February 1956 (fl), Morton 10040 (BM, US). BELIZE. Cayo: Mountain Pine Ridge, Augustine, 450 m, 1 January 1959 (fl & fr), tfwnr 68 (BM, F, MO, NY*, US); Mountain Pine Ridge, Baldy Beacon and vicinity, 900-1020 m, 22 March 1987 (fl), Davidse & Brunt 33063 (BM, MO*). 9b. Hypericum nitidum subsp. nitidum Map 6. Icon: Godfrey, Trees, shrubs & woody vines n. Florida, etc.: 363, f. 174(1988). Shrub to 3 m or more tall, bushy, many-branched. Leaves 10-18 x 0.5-1.5 mm, subcoriaceous, apex obtuse to rounded-apiculate, mar- gin relatively loosely inrolled, part of lower surface besides midrib usually visible. Inflorescence mostly cylindric, with terminal dichasium 3-15-flowered and lateral dichasia from 2-6 nodes be- low. Sepals acute to shortly apiculate. Petals 5-7 (-9) x 3-4(-6) mm. Capsule cylindric. Southeastern U.S.A., from northern Florida and adjacent Alabama to southern N. Carolina. U.S.A. Alabama: Baldwin Co., fide Adams (1962: 26). Florida: Bay Co., just E. of Callaway, 5 November 1959 (fr), Adams 350 (DUKE*, F*, FLAS*, GA*, K, MO*, NSCC*, NY*, SMU*, US*); Walton Co., Seven Runs Creek on Fla 81. f. 8 km S. of Redbay, 27 January 1962 (fr), Ward & Myint 2876 (BM). Georgia: Brantley Co., c. 30.5 km E. of Waycross, 1.6 km N. of High Bluff Church, 29 August 1960 (fr), Kuns 246 (WIS); Echols Co., 104 km W. ofStatesville, lOJune 1961 (st), Adams 818 (K). North Carolina: Brunswick Co.,fide Adams (1 962: 26). South Carolina: Bamberg Co., US 301 , 0.5 kmN. of junction with SC 64, 9 August 1967 (fr), Bozeman, Radford & Radford 1 1394 (BM); Lexington Co., Black Creek, 9.6 km W. of Pelion, 8 August 1939 (fr), Godfrey & Try on 1303 (BM, SING). 9c. Hypericum nitidum subsp. exile (W.P. Adams) N. Robson in Bull. nat. Hist. Mus. Land. (Bot.) 23: 67 (1993). Map 6. H. galioides van cubenseGriseb., Cat. PL Cuba: 39 ( 1 866); Jennings in Ann. Carneg. Mus. 11: 189 (1917); non H. cubense Turcz. ( 1858). Type: Cuba, Pinar del Rio, 24 July 1860-64, Wright2\26 (GOET-holotype; BM!, GH!, NY!-isotypes). H. galioides var. axillare sensu Griseb., Cat. PI. Cub.: 39 ( 1 866) pro parte, quoad spec. cit. Wright 2123. H. galioides sensu Sauvalle, Fl. cub.: 8 (1868). H.fasciculatum sensu Alain in Leon &Alain, Fl. Cuba 3: 3 1 7 ( 1 953) pro parte, excl. typum; Lippold in Wiss. Friedr. Schiller Univ. Jena (Math.-Nat. R.) 19: 380, f. 3 (1970) pro parte, quoad syn. Griseb. et spec. cit. ex Prov. Pinar del Rio. H. exile W.P. Adams in Contr. Gray Herb. Harv. no. 189: 33 (1962), in J. Elisha Mitchell scient. Soc. 89: 70 (1973); Godfrey & Woolen, Aquatic & wetland pis s.e. U.S., Dicots: 345 (1981); Clewell, Guide vase, pis Florida Panhandle: 370 ( 1 985); Godfrey, Trees, shrubs & woody vines n. Florida, etc.: 362, f. 173 (1988). Type: U.S.A., Florida, Gulf Co., 4 km E. of Port St. Joe, 20 May 1960 (fl), Adams 456 (GH!-holotype; DUKE*, FLAS*, FSU*, GA*, K!, MO*, NCSC*, NCU*, NY*, SMU*, US!-isotypes). Icon: Godfrey, Trees, shrubs & woody vines n. Florida, etc.: 362, f. 173(1988). Shrub to c. 1 m tall, slender, little-branched. Leaves 9-26 x 0.5-0.8 mm, chartaceous, apex acute to long-acuminate, margin tightly inrolled, midrib visible beneath. Inflorescence mostly cylindric, with terminal dichasium 3-7-flowered and lateral dichasia from 3- 6 nodes below. Sepals acute to long-acuminate. Petals 6-7 x 3-4 mm. Capsule cylindric to narrowly conic. Sandy soil in open pinewoods. U.S.A. (NW Florida), Cuba (Pinar del Rio, Isla del Pinos). U.S.A. Florida: Franklin Co., 16 km W. of Apalachicola, Adams 473 (FSU*); Gulf Co., N. of Apalachicola, 5 May 1930 (fl), Moldenke \ 146 (K); Liberty Co., Apalachicola National Forest, c. 1 .6 km E. of Sumatra, 26 April 1975 (fl), Godfrey 74289 (BM, FSU*). CUBA. Pinar del Rio: Rio Guao, 26-27 February 1 9 1 1 (fl & fr), N. & E. Britton & Cowell 9618 (F, GH, K, MO, NY); Herredura, 13 April 1920 (fl), Ekman 10793 (G, K, S);Vinales, April 1930(fl), Leorc 14329 (GH, US). Isla de Pinos: fide Jennings (1917) under H. galioides var. cubense. Although subsp. exile is more variable in Cuba than in Florida, the variation in the two areas overlaps. There can be therefore little doubt that the two populations belong to the same taxon. 1 0. Hypericum limosum Griseb., Cat. PI. Cub. : 39 ( 1 866); Lippold in Wiss. Z. Friedr.-Schiller Univ. Jena (Math.-Nat. R.) 19: 381 (1970) pro parte, excl. syn. H. brachyphyllum pro parte. Type: Cuba, Pinar del Rio, in terra spongiosa ad Lagunas, pr.[ope] S. Julian, 1861-1864(11), Wright 2 125 (GOET-holotype; BM!,G!, GH!, MO!, NY!, P!, S!, US!-isotypes). Map 6. Shrublet (or annual herbl) 0. 1 5-0.6 m, erect, branching above base, with branches slender, lower erect, upper divergent. Stems reddish?, STUDIES IN HYPER1CUM 109 4-lined and ancipitous when young, soon 2-lined, eventually terete; cortex exfoliating in strips; bark smooth, thin. Leaves sessile, 3-6 x 0.5-1.1 mm, with those in axillary clusters usually as long, linear- subulate, with margin revolute, sometimes completely concealing all but the midrib beneath, the non-midrib area rugose-papillose, chartaceous, deciduous at basal articulation, apex acute to rounded- subapiculate, base parallel or narrowly cuneate; midrib unbranched; laminar glands dense, in 2 rows beneath and towards margin above. Inflorescence 3-c. 15-flowered, (always?) mixed dichasial/pseudo- dichotomous, without lower axillary dichasia, the whole diffusely obconic; pedicels to 0.5 mm long; bracts foliar. Flowers c. 10 mm in diam.; buds broadly ellipsoid, subacute. Sepals 5, 2.5-3.5 x 0.7-0.8 mm, subequal, linear-oblong to oblanceolate, apiculate-obtuse, with margin revolute, 1 -veined, midrib unbranched. Petals 5, pure? yel- low, ascending to spreading, 6-8 x 3.5-5 mm, c. 2.4 x sepals, curved-obovate, with apiculus lateral, minute or absent. Stamens c. 30, longest 3.5-4 mm, c. 0.5-0.6 x petals. Ovary 3-merous, 2-2.5 x 1 mm, very narrowly pyramidal-ovoid, acute, placentation parietal; styles 3, 1 .2-1 .5 mm long, c. 0.6 x ovary, separating in fruit. Capsule 4-5 x 2-2.5 mm, cylindric. Seeds not seen. Margins of lakes, marshes and streams on poor sandy soils; lowland. Cuba (extreme western Pinar del Rio). CUBA. Pinar del Rio: Between Guane and Remates, Laguna de Cabo, near sea level, 23 December 1937 (fl), Killip 3233 (US); Laguna Jovero to Laguna Herradura, 12 December 191 1 (fl & fr), Shafer 10928 (F, MO, NY, US); RioGuao, 26-27 February 191 1 (f\),N. & E. Britton & C0W//9618 (U, US). H. limosum is, both morphologically and geographically, clearly derived from the Cuban population of H. nitidum subsp. cubense, differing from it essentially in habit and by the constantly smaller leaves, flowers and fruit and mixed inflorescence. H. brachyphyllum appears to be a parallel derivation from H. nitidum subsp. exile, and so it is not surprising that it was confused with//, limosum by Adams (1962: 30) and Lippold (1970). 1 1 . Hypericum brachyphyllum (Spach) Steud., Nomencl. 2nd ed. 1: 787 (1840); W.P. Adams in Contr. Gray Herb. Harv. no. 189: 27 (1962), in J. Elisha Mitchell scient. Soc. 87: 70 (1973); R. Long & Lakela, Fl. Trap. Florida: 608 (1971); R.C. Clark in Ann. Mo. hot. Gdn 58: 209 (1971); Godfrey & Woolen, Aquatic & wetland pis S.W., Dicots: 343 ( 198 1 ); Clewell, Guide vase, pis Florida Panhandle: 370 ( 1 985); Godfrey, Trees, shrubs & woody vines n. Florida, etc.: 357, f. 170 (1988). Type as for Myriandra brachyphyllum Spach. Fig. 16D, Map 7. H. aspalathoides sensu Elliott, Sketch hot. S. Carolina 2: 27 ( 1 821 ); Chapm., Fl. South. U.S. 3rd ed.: 57 (1897). Myriandra brachyphylla Spach, Hist. nat. veg. Phan. 5: 435 (1836), in Ann. Sci. nat. (Bot.) II, 5: 365 (1836); K. Koch, Hon. dendrol.: 66 ( 1 853) pro parte, excl. syn.Type: U.S.A., Florida, Apalachicola, 1835 (fr), Drummond s.n. (P!-holotype; GH!, K!, W!-isotypes). H. fasciculatum var. aspalathoides sensu Chapm., Fl. South. U.S.: 40(1865). H. fasciculatum sensu Coulter in Bot. Gaz. 11: 85 (1886) pro parte, quoad syn. Myriandra brachyphylla. Icon: Godfrey, Trees, shrubs & woody vines n. Florida, etc.: 357, f. 170(1988). Map 7 Sect. 20: 1 1 H. brachyphyllum • specimens, O records (incomplete, as Adams (1959) did not differentiate Spp. 9 and 13). Shrub (0.3-)0.5-1(-1.5) m tall, usually 1-stemmed, erect, forming rounded bush, with branches erect Stems reddish to brownish, sometimes 4-lined when very young (especially just below node), very soon 2-lined and ancipitous, not becoming terete; cortex exfo- liating in strips or plates; bark smooth, thin. Leaves sessile, 6-1 1 (-12) x 0.5-0.7 mm, with those in axillary clusters usually half as long to as long, linear, plano-convex, glossy green above, with margin revolute but not concealing all surface beneath, the non-rib area almost smooth, chartaceous, deciduous at basal articulation (midrib base not prominent, cf. 9. H. tenuifolium), apex rounded-apiculate, base parallel; midrib unbranched; laminar glands few, dense, in 2 rows beneath. Inflorescence 3-c. 15-flowered, dichasial or occa- sionally mixed dichasial/pseudo-dichotomous, without accessory flowers, with 3-5-flowered dichasia or flowering branches from up to c. 10 nodes below, the whole ± narrowly cylindric; pedicel absent or up to c. 1 mm; bracts foliar. Flowers 10-13 mm in diam.; buds narrowly ovoid-conic. Sepals 5, 2.5-4.5 x 0.5-1 mm, unequal, linear, acute, 1 -veined. Petals 5, bright yellow, spreading, 5-8 x 2.5- 5 mm, obovate-spathulate, with apiculus lateral, acute. Stamens c. 40-45, longest 4-6 mm,c. 0.75-0.8 x petals. Ovary 3-merous, 2-2.5 x 0.5 mm, very narrowly cylindric, acute, placentation parietal; styles 3, 3 mm long, 1.2-1.5 x ovary, separating or deciduous in fruit. Capsule 3.5-5 x 1.5-2 mm, narrowly cylindric to narrowly ovoid-conic, exceeding sepals, thinly coriaceous. Seeds dull brown, 0.4-0.6 mm long; testa finely reticulate (alveoli circular-hexagonal). 2n = 18 (n = 9) (Adams in Robson & Adams, 1968). In moist habitats (pine flatwoods, pond margins, borrow pits, swamp woodland); lowland. U.S.A. (Georgia and Florida to Louisiana). 110 N.K.B. ROBSON U.S.A. Alabama: Geneva Co., by county 4, c. 16 km E. of Florala, 2 August 1971 (fl), Krai 43455 (BM); *Covington Co., c. 1 1.8 km S. of Opp, Skinners 27453 (FSU). Florida: Bay Co., West Bay, 1 2 August 1954 (fl), Ford 4526 (BM). Collier Co., Deep Lake Strand, c. 8 km E. of Miles City, 20 September 1965 (fr). Ward 5233 (BM); Liberty Co., 0.16 km N. of junction Fla 20 and Fla 276, 14 November 1959 (fr), Adams 372 (K, MO); Wakulla Co., 1.6 km N. of St. Marks, 17 October 1958 (fr), Godfrey 57862 (BM, FSU*). Georgia: *Coffee Co., 13 km E. of Douglas, Adams 830 (FSU, GA); *Early Co., 14.2 km SE of Blakeley, Adams 790 (DUKE, FSU, GA, USF). Louisiana: New Orleans Par, New Orleans, 1832 (fl), Drummond 51 (BM); Vernon Par., Anacoco, 60 m, 14 July 1964 (fl), Demaree 50849 (BM). Mississippi: *Forrest Co., Rte 13, SW of Young, 2 August 1987 (fl). Hill 18458 (MO): Jackson Co., Ocean Springs, 24 August 1951 (fl), Demaree 31293(BM, H). H. brachyphyllum appears to be a derivative of 1 Oc. H nitidum subsp. exile. It is very similar to the more reduced form of that subspecies in western Cuba, but less so to the larger (type) form in Cuba and north-western Florida. It can be distinguished from subsp. exile by the bushier habit, usually smaller leaves and smaller flowers, shorter styles and smaller capsule. It can, on the other hand, be confused superficially with 9. H. tenuifolium (a reduced 'form' of//, galioides, not of H. nitidum), but it has a bushy habit, 2-sided shoots, glossy leaves without prominent base or subapical hydathode, and finely reticulate seeds, and it grows in wet habitats. 12. Hypericum lissophloeus W.P. Adams in Contr. Gray Herb. Han', no. 189: 21 (1962), in 7. Elisha Mitchell sclent. Soc. 89: 70 (1973); Ward & Godfrey in D. Ward, Rare & endangered biota of Florida, 5. Plants: 35 (1980); Godfrey & Woolen, Aquatic & wetland pis. s.e. U.S. Dicots: 343 (1981); Clewell, Guide vase, pis Florida Panhandle: 371 (1985); Godfrey, Trees, shrubs & woody vines n. Florida, etc.: 360, f. 172 (1988). Type: U.S.A, Florida, Bay Co., shores of Merial Lake, c. 16 km N. of Panama City, 14 June 1960 (fl & fr), Godfrey & Triplet! 59844 (GH- holotype; DUKE, F!, FLAS, FSU, GA, IA, ILL, K!, MSC, NY, SMU, US!-isotypes). Fig. 16C, Map 3. Icon: Godfrey, Trees, shrubs & woody vines n. Florida, etc.: 360, f. 172(1988). Shrub to 4 m tall, erect, slender, sparsely branched, forming dense clumps sometimes with prop-roots, with branches suberect to as- cending. Sterns silvery-brown (gun-metal colour), light reddish brown beneath, 4- lined, ancipitous and glaucous when young, soon 4-angled, eventually terete; cortex exfoliating in large thin curled plates; bark chestnut-brown, smooth, thin, polished, becoming me- tallic-silvery. Leaves sessile, (9-) 12- 17 x 0.5-0.75 mm, with those in axillary clusters almost as long, linear-subulate to acicular, incurved, with revolute margin not wholly obscuring papillose lower surface, glaucous when young, subcoriaceous, deciduous at basal articulation, apex obtuse to rounded, base not or scarcely expanded; midrib unbranched; laminar glands numerous, especially visible beneath, marginal glands dense. Inflorescence 1-3-flowered, usu- ally with paired flowers or triads from up to 9 nodes below, the whole very narrowly cylindric; pedicels 2-3 mm long; bracts foliar. Flow- ers c. 20 mm in diam.; buds ovoid, acute. Sepals 5, 7-8 x 0.5-0.75 mm, subequal, linear-subulate, acute, 1 -veined, deciduous. Petals 5, bright yellow, spreading?, 10-12 x 5-6 mm, obovate-spathulate, with apiculus lateral, acute, rather short. Stamens 170-221, longest 8-9 mm, 0.75-0.8 x petals. Ovary 3(4)-merous, c. 3.5 x 1.2 mm, narrowly ellipsoid, placentation parietal; styles 3(4), c. 5 mm long, c. 1.4 x ovary, separating in fruit. Capsule 6-7 x 2.5-3.5 mm, narrowly ovoid to ellipsoid, shorter than sepals, thinly coriaceous. Seeds tan to dark brown, 1-1.6 mm long, shallowly carinate; testa very coarsely reticulate-sulcate. 2n = 18, n = 9 (Lewis, Stripling & Ross, 1962). In sandy soil on shores of sinkhole ponds and lakes, often in water to 1.5 m deep; lowland. U.S.A. (NW Florida, Bay and Washington Counties only). U.S.A. Florida: Bay Co., Lake Merial, E. of Fla 77, 24 km N. of Panama City, 23 August 1966 (fr), Ward 5958 (BM, FSU*); Washington Co., Long Pond, 7 km S. of New Hope, Fla 77, 12 October 1974 (fr), Godfrey 73983 (BM, FLAS*). As Adams (1962) remarked, H. lissophloeus is distinguished from the H.fasciculatum complex (Spp. 12-14) by many features, includ- ing the smooth polished metallic bark (which exfoliates like a species of Betula), the slender, wand-like, lax or drooping younger stems, the large seeds with furrowed testa, and the glaucous young shoots; and it sometimes grows in association with lOb. H. nitidum subsp. nitidum and 13. H. fasciculatum, remaining distinct from both. Adams failed to mention the large capsules and wholly 1-3- flowered lateral inflorescence-branches, which help to remove H. lissophloeus from both the H. nitidum and the H. fasciculatum groups, despite the linear-subulate leaves. Indeed, the capsules are nearer in form to those of H. prolificum than to those of H. fasciculatum and even more different from the narrow capsules of the H. nitidum group. It seems most appropriate, therefore, to regard H. lissophloeus as an early development of the evolutionary line from H. prolificum to H. fasciculatum, after the departure of the H. nitidum complex. 13. Hypericum fasciculatum Lam., Encycl. 4: 160 (1797); Pursh, Fl. Amer. sept. 2: 376 (1814); Elliott, Sketch hot. S. Carolina 2: 28 (1821); Choisy, Prodr. monogr. Hyperic.: 59 (1821), in DC., Prodr. 1: 554 ( 1 824); Torrey & Gray,V/. N. Amer. 1: 160 (1838) pro parte, excl. [var.] p axillare et syn. H. tenuifolium Pursh et//. coris? Walter et H. michauxii Poiret; Trev., Hyperic. animadv.: 1 5 ( 1 86 1 ) pro parte quoad typum; Chapman, Fl. South. U.S. : 40 (1865) excl. var. aspalathoides; Coulter in Bot. Gaz. 11: 85 ( 1 886) pro parte excl. syn. H. nitidum Lam. et Myriandra spp., in A. Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Amer. 1: 286 ( 1 897); R. Keller in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 2nd ed. 21: 1 80 ( 1 925) pro parte, excl. syn. H. nitidum Lam.; Small, Man. s.e.fl.: 872 (1933); Lott in/. Arnold Arbor. 19: 150 (1938) pro parte, quoad typum et syn. Myriandra brathydis Spach; R. A. Vines, Trees, shrubs & woody vines of S.W.: 757 (1960); W.P. Adams in Contr. Gray Herb. Harv. no. 1 89: 24 ( 1 962), in/ Elisha Mitchell sclent. Soc. 89: 70 STUDIES IN HYPERICUM 111 Map 8 Sect. 20: 13. H. fasciculatum • specimens, O records (incomplete, as Adams (1959) did not differentiate Spp. 9 and 13). (1973); Radford, Ahles & Bell, Man. vase. fl. Carolina*: 712 (1968); Long & Lakela, Fl. trop. Florida: 607 (1971); R.C. Clark in Ann. Mo. hot. Gdn 58: 209 ( 1 97 1 ); Godfrey & Wooten, Aquatic & wetland pis s.e. U.S. Dicots.: 245 (1981); Clewell, Guide vase, pis Florida Panhandle: 37 1 (1985); Godfrey, Trees, shrubs & woody vines n. Florida, etc.: 364, f. 175 (1988); N. Robson in Cullen et al., Eur. Gdn Fl. 4: 69 (1995). Type: U.S.A. S. Carolina, 'Carolina' (fl), Fraser s.n. (P-LA-holotype, BM!- microfiche, GH-photograph; BM!, G-DC!, K!-isotypes). The Lamarck specimen is labelled merely 'Carolina', whereas the BM specimen has 'Carolina australis' and the Geneva and Kew specimens 'Carolina med.' ; but they may all be duplicates of one Fraser collection. Fig. 16B, Map 8. H. aspalathoides Willd., Sp. pi. 3: 1451 (1802); Pursh, Fl. Amer. sept 2: 376 (1814), nom. illegit. (Art. 63). Type as for H. fasciculatum Lam. IH.fulgidum Raf., Fl. ludov.: 88 (1817). Type: U.S.A., Louisiana?, Robin (?). Adams (1962) suggested that this epithet might apply to H. fasciculatum, despite the absence of that species today from Louisiana. I have not seen the type, but the description could also apply to either of the small ('2ft') linear-leaved members of sect. Myriandra that do occur in that state, viz. H. galioides and H. brachyphyllum. Myriandra brathydis Spach, Hist. nat. veg., Phan. 5: 436 (1836), nom. illegit. (Art. 63). Type as for Hypericum fasciculatum Lam. Hype ricum fasciculatum var. aspalathoides (Willd.) Torrey & Gray, Fl. N. Amer. 1: 672 ( 1 840) pro parte, quoad basionym; S. Watson, Bibliogr. index N. Amer. hot. 1: 126 (1878). IBrathydiumfuJgidum (Raf.) K. Koch, Hort. dendrol.: 67 (1853). Hypericum galioides var. fasciculatum (Lam.) Svenson in Rhodora 42: 12, t. 587 f. 1 (1940). Icon: Godfrey, Trees, shrubs & woody vines n. Florida, etc.: 364, f. 175(1988). Shrub to 1 .5(-3) m tall, erect, much branched above but not tree-like, with branches erect or narrowly ascending. Stems orange-brown, 6- lined and strongly ancipitous when young, soon narrowly 2-winged, eventually terete; cortex exfoliating in thin papery sheets or plates exposing red bark beneath; bark either corky or spongy with incon- spicuous laticifers, thick. Leaves dark green (cf. H. chapmanii), sessile, (8-)10-17(-20) x 0.7-1 mm, with those in axils as long, linear-subulate, sometimes slightly broadened distally, with margin revolute, overarching all but the ± raised midrib area beneath and forming 2 longitudinal grooves lined with papillae, chartaceous to subcoriaceous, deciduous at basal articulation, apex rounded- apiculate to acute, base parallel; midrib unbranched; laminar glands dense, in 2 often uneven rows beneath and scattered above. Inflores- cence (3-)7-32-flowered, without accessory flowers, sometimes with single flowers or 3-5-flowered dichasia from up to 3 nodes below, the main inflorescence sometimes reverting to vegetative growth before producing more flowers, the whole rounded-pyrami- dal to corymbiform; pedicels absent or almost so; bracts foliar. Flowers 13-16 mm in diam.; buds ovoid, acute. Sepals 5, (3)4.5-8(- 10) x 0.5 mm, unequal, linear-subulate, acute, with margin revolute, 1 -veined, midrib unbranched, eventually deciduous. Petals 5, bright yellow, 6-9 x 4-5 mm, c. 1.2 x sepals, obovate-spathulate, with apiculus lateral, acute. Stamens c. 70-100, longest 5-6.5 mm, 0.7- 0.85 x petals. Ovary 3-merous, 2.5-3 x 1-1.5 mm, very narrowly pyramidal-ovoid, acute, placentation parietal; styles 3, 2.5-3 mm long, equalling ovary, separating in fruit. Capsule 5.5 x 2.5-3 mm, ovoid-conic to ovoid-ellipsoid, 3-sulcate. Seeds dull brown, c. 0.4 mm long, ecarinate; testa finely foveolate-reticulate. 2n = 1 8 (n = 9, Adams in Robson & Adams, 1968). Margins of cypress ponds and lakes, marshes and ditches; lowland. U.S.A. (southeastern North Carolina to southern Mississippi, in- cluding all Florida). U.S.A. Alabama: Baldwin Co., just N. of junction 1-10 by Ala 59, 9.6 km S. of Stapleton, Hwy 21, 8 June 1971 (fl), Krai 43080 (BM). Florida: Brevard Co., Okeechobee region, 3 August 1903 (fl & fr), Fredholm5930(K, MO); Dade Co., Humbugus Prairie, 8 July 1915 (fl & fr), Small. Mosier & Small 6878 (K, MO); Duval Co.?, near Jacksonville, May 18— (fl), Curtiss 258 (BM, K, FR); Liberty Co., 5.6 km N. of Bristol, 14 November 1959 (fr), AdamsXA (K, MO); Lake Co., Kirkland Lake, 20 March 1967 (fl), Harriman 1051 (H); Martin Co., N. of St. Lucie R., E. side of US 1, 5 May 1962 (fl & fr), Lakela 25048 (BM); Orange Co., 6.4 km S. of Oakland, 8 August 1958 (fr), Godfrey 57329 (BM, FSU*); Palm Beach Co., 24 km W. of West Palm Beach, 18 June 1937 (fl & fr), Brooks & Murray 5 (BM). Georgia: Colquitt Co., 9.6 km SE of Moultrie, 8 June 1 958 (fl), A dams 1 3 (K, MO); Sumter Co., 15 July 1901 (fl),//arper!076(BM,MO).*EcholsCo.,c. 1 3 km W. of Fargo, Adams 820 (FSU, GA, GH). Mississippi: southern Mississippi, fide Adams (1962: 24). N. Carolina: no precise locality, n.d. (fr), Nuttall s.n. (BM). S. Carolina: *Lexington Co., 9.6 km S. of Columbia, 7 August 1939 (fr), Godfrey & Tryon 1201 (MO). Texas: ? 112 N.K.B. ROBSON The epithetfasciculatum refers to the crowded leaves of the axillary shoots, which in this species are usually as long or almost as long as the subtending ones, in contrast to those of species of the//, nitidum group, where they are usually shorter than the subtending leaves. In addition, H. fasciculatum differs from H. nitidum in its thicker, sometimes spongy bark; its leaves with the lower surface raised, forming two lateral grooves; its inflorescence, which is more corymbiform than cylindric; and its ovoid-ellipsoid rather than cylindric capsules. Both species occur (in the United States) from southern N. Carolina to southern Alabama, but the distribution of//. fasciculatum extends throughout peninsular Florida and into Missis- sippi, whereas H. nitidum subsp. nitidum does not occur south of the Florida panhandle or west of Alabama. 14. Hypericum chapmanii W.P. Adams in Contr. Gray Herb. Harv. no. 189: 22 (1962); Godfrey & Wooten, Aquatic & wetland pis s.e. U.S. Dicots: 346 (1981); Clewell, Guide vase, pis Florida Panhandle: 37 1 ( 1 985); Godfrey, Trees, shrubs & woody vines n. Florida, etc.: 366, f. 176 (1988). Type as for H. arborescens Chapm. non Vahl. Map 3. H. arborescens Chapm., Fl. South. U.S. 2nd ed., suppl. 2: 680 (1892), non Vahl (1791). Type: Adams (1962) failed to locate a Chapman specimen of this species dating from 1 892 or earlier, and I have not seen one either. Herb. Biltmore no. 5735a (see below) serves as a representative specimen until a type is discov- ered. Icon: Godfrey, Trees, shrubs & woody vines n. Florida, etc.: 366, f. 176(1988). Shrub, usually one-stemmed and tree-like, up to 4 m tall, erect, with branches narrowly ascending. Stems orange-brown, 4-lined and ancipitous when young, soon 4-angled, eventually terete; cortex exfoliating in thin papery sheets or plates, exposing reddish brown to cinnamon bark beneath; bark spongy, thick, appearing fluted when torn apart owing to the presence of large vertically aligned laticifers, furrowing and disintegrating to expose stringy covering of the laticifers. Leaves light green (cf. H. fasciculatum), sessile, (8-)l 1- 16(-25) x 5-7 mm, with those in axils as long, linear-subulate, with margin revolute, overarching all but the raised midrib area beneath and forming 2 longitudinal grooves lined with papillae, chartaceous, deciduous at basal articulation, apex narrowly acute, base parallel or slightly expanded; midrib unbranched; laminar glands ± dense, in 2 regular rows beneath and scattered above. Inflorescence 1-3-flow- ered, without accessory flowers, often with 1-3 flowers in axil of leaves at 1-2 nodes below, the whole then shortly cylindric; pedicels absent; bracts foliar. Flowers 12-15 mm indiam.; buds ovoid, acute. Sepals 5, 5-7 x 0.5 mm, unequal, linear-subulate, acute, with margin revolute, 1 -veined, midrib unbranched. Petals 5, bright? yellow, 7- 9 x 3^4.5 mm, c. 1 .3-1 .4 x sepals, oblong-spathulate, with apiculus lateral, acute. Stamens c. 75, longest 5-5.5 mm (or longer?), c. 0.7 x petals. Ovary 3-merous, c. 3 x 1 mm, very narrowly pyramidal- ovoid, acute, placentation parietal; styles 3, 2.5-4 mm long, c. 0.7-1 x ovary, slightly separating at apex in fruit. Capsule c. 6 x 2.4 mm, narrowly pyramidal-ovoid, 3-sulcate. Seeds dull brown, 0.6-0.8 mm long, ecarinate?; testa finely foveolate-reticulate. Flatwoods, depressions, margins of cypress ponds, and borrow pits; lowland. U.S.A. (NW Florida). U.S.A. Florida: *Bay Co., NEofYicksburgh,Adams51 3 (FSU); Franklin Co.?, Apalachicola, near the coast, July-September 1893 (fl), Chapman in Herb Biltmore 5735a (A*, BM, GH, NY*); Gulf Co., 4 km SE of Port St Joe, 1 8 June 1 958, Adams 45 (K); *Santa Rosa Co., Tyson 485 (FLAS); *Liberty Co., c. 5 km SW of Kern, c. 8 km SW of Wilma, Apalachicola Nat. For., 9- 12 m, 13 September 1989 (fr), Orzell & Bridges 12061 (MO). H. chapmanii is apparently a local derivative of H. fasciculatum, differing from that species in its taller single-stemmed habit, thicker stems (100-150 mm as opposed to up to 50 mm) that are less markedly ancipitous when young, spongy bark with large laticifers that give a striated or fluted aspect and darken with age, lighter green leaves that are markedly ascending, and a fewer-flowered inflores- cence. It would be interesting to know how these differences arose and are apparently maintained between two species with similar habitats and with the distributional area of one completely within that of the other. Subsect. 2. Pseudobrathydium R. Keller in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 3(6): 214 (1893) sub sect. Brathydium; W.P. Adams in Contr. Gray Herb. Harv. no. 189: 33 (1962) emend. Type: H. buckleyi M.A. Curtis (holotype). Dwarf wiry shrubs with leaves not articulated at base, persistent or deciduous above base; inflorescence-branching dichasial or absent, acropetal; sepals 5, subequal, persistent; stamens c. 100, persistent; petals 5; styles and placentae 3, placentation incompletely axile. Species no. 15. 15. Hypericum buckleyi M.A. Curtis in Amer. J. Sci.44: 80(1843) ['buckleii']; Chapm., Fl. South. U.S.: 39 (1865); S. Watson, Bibliogr. index N. Amer. hot.: 125 (1878); Coulter in Bot. Gaz. 11: 83 (1886), inA. Gray, Syn.fl. N.Amer. 1:285 (1897); Sargent in Gdn Forest 4: 581, f. 10 (1891); C.K. Schneider, ///. Handb. Laubholzk. 2: 33, f. 222a (1912); R. Keller in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 2nd ed. 21: 181 (1925); Small, Man. s.e.fl: 873 (1933): Svenson in Rhodora 42: 19 (1940); Rehd., Man. cult, trees 2nd ed.: 641 ( 1940); W.P. Adams in Contr. Gray Herb. Harv. no. 189: 37 (1962), in 7. Elisha Mitchell scient. Soc. 89: 70 (1973); Radford, Ahles & Bell, Man. vase, pis Carolinas: 713 (1968); Bean, Trees & shrubs hardy in Br. Isles 8th ed. 2: 414 (1973); Godfrey & Wooten, Aquatic & wetland pis s.e. U.S. Dicots.: 348 (1981); Barker & Cheek in Kew Mag. 11: 65-69, t. 245 ( 1 994); Wilbur inCastanea 60: 1 66-1 67 ( 1 995) ['buckleu]; N. Robson in Cullen et al., Eur. Gdn Fl. 4: 69 (1995) [sphalm. 'buckleiyi'].Type: U. S. A. , N. Carolina, Macon Co., 'inmontibus Carolinae et Georgiae, Pickens Nose', June [1842] (fl), Buckley s.n. (GH-lectotype, P. Adams, 1962; BM!, NY-syntypes). Map 5. STUDIES IN HYPERICUM Icones: Sargent in Gdn Forest 4: 581, f. 10 (1891); Justice & Bell, Wild/Is N. Carolina: 1 18 (1968); Barker & Cheek in Kew Mag. 11: 1.245(1994). Shrub 0.05-0.45 m tall, decumbent, spreading, with branches erect to ascending from decumbent rooting base, forming low compact mats. Stems reddish, 4-lined and ancipitous; cortex exfoliating in strips; bark reddish brown, smooth, thin. Leaves sessile or with pseudopetiole to 1 mm long; lamina 4-25 x 2-12 mm, oblong or elliptic to oblanceolate or obovate, plane, paler beneath, chartaceous, persistent or breaking off at top of pseudopetiole, apex rounded, base cuneate; venation obscure: (2)3(4) pairs of main laterals with- out visible subsidiaries or tertiaries, only midrib prominent; laminar glands dense. Inflorescence l(3-5)-flowered, terminal; pedicels 1.5-3 mm long; bracts foliar. Flowers 20-25 mm in diam.; buds broadly ovoid. Sepals 5, 4-5 x 2.5-3 mm (to 6 x 3.5 mm in fruit), not imbricate, subequal, persistent, broadly elliptic to elliptic-spathulate or obovate, obtuse, plane, basal veins 3, not or obscurely branched. Petals 5, golden yellow, becoming reflexed, 6-10.5 x 3-5 mm, 1 .5- 2 x sepals, oblanceolate, with apiculus lateral, obtuse. Stamens c. 100, longest 6-9 mm, c. 0.8 x petals. Ovary 3-merous, 3—4 x 2-3 mm, narrowly ovoid, acute, placentation incompletely axile; styles 3, 2.5^ mm long, 0.85-1 x ovary, separating in fruit. Capsule 8-12 x c. 5 mm, narrowly ovoid to ovoid-cylindric, acute, rounded- trigonous, exceeding sepals, thinly coriaceous. Seeds 1.5-2 mm long, dark brown, narrowly to broadly carinate; testa finely scalariform. Seepage areas, moist crevices and sometimes ditches and road embankments; 900-1560 m. Eastern U.S.A. (southern Appalachian Mts - N. Carolina and Geor- gia - and in adjacent S. Carolina). U.S.A. N. Carolina: Haywood Co., Mt Pisgah, 14 August 1972 (fr), Herb. Biltmore 1319b (BM, G, H, JE, K, MO); Macon Co., Highlands, Mt Satulah, 25 June 1960 (fl), Adams 528 (K). S. Carolina: Greenville Co., French Broad R. near Caesar's Head, n.d. (fr), Gray s.n. (K). Georgia: ? Co. summit of Thomas Bald, 1560 m, August 1893 (fr), Small s.n. (G, H, MO). Although//, buckleyi differs markedly in habit and leaf-shape from all other 5-petalled species in sect. Myriandra, the large ovoid capsules and relatively broad leaves indicate that its nearest relative is H. prolificum, of which some montane specimens from N. Carolina (e.g. Leonard, Radford & Moore 1 805 (BM)) resemble it most closely. The original spelling, buckleii, was correct until recently accord- ing to the International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Art. 73.1), as Curtis's latinization of Buckley was clearly intentional. There was therefore no alternative to rejecting the usual spelling, buckleyi, pace Adams ( 1 962: 37); and I adopted the form buckleii in The New Royal Horticultural Society Dictionary of Gardening (Robson, 1992), European Garden Flora (Robson, 1995)5 and various herbarium 5 But my last-minute attempt to correct the spelling resulted in the publication of another variant: bucklei\i. 113 labels; and Wilbur ( 1 995) also pointed out this necessary change. In the new (Tokyo) edition of the I.C.B.N. (1994), however, spellings of epithets based on latinizations of modern names have been prohibited retrospectively (Art. 60.1 1), so the form buckleyi is now the obligate one. Barker & Cheek (1994) reached the same conclu- sion; but their statement that the leaves of H. buckleyi have black glandular dots is erroneous. Subsect. 3. Suturosperma R. Keller in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 3(6): 214 (1893). Isophyllum Spach, Hist. nat. veg. Phan. 5: 432 (1836), \nAnnls Sci. nat. (Bot.) II, 5: 367 (1836), non Isophyllum Hoffman (1814). Type: /. drummondii Spach (= Hypericum microsepalum (Torrey & Gray) A. Gray ex S. Watson). Ascyrum b. Isophyllum (Spach) Endl., Gen. pi: 1032 (1840) status ignot. Crookea Small, Fl. s.e. U.S.: 786, 1335 (1903). Type: C. microsepala (Torrey & Gray) Small (= Hypericum microsepalum (Torrey & Gray) A. Gray ex S. Watson). Hypericum sect. Isophyllum (Spach) W.P. Adams in Contr. Gray Herb. Harv. no. 189: 36 (1962), nom. synon. Shrubs or perennial herbs with leaves not articulated at base, persistent or deciduous above base; inflorescence-branching dichasial, mainly acropetal; petals 5 (4-3); stamens 30-95, decidu- ous (Spp. 1 6, 1 7) or persistent; styles and placentae 3(4), placentation incompletely axile (Spp. 16, 17) or ± parietal. Species 16-22. 16. Hypericum apocynifolium Small in Bull. Torrey hot. Club 25: 616 (1898), Fl. s.e. U.S.: 788 (1903), Man. s.e.fl.: 871 (1933); Svenson \nRhodora 42: 15 (1940) pro parte, excl. spec. Harper.; W.P. Adams in Contr. Gray Herb. Harv. no. 189: 37 (1962); Correll & Johnson, Man. vase, pis Texas: 1 064 ( 1 970); Godfrey, Trees, shrubs & woody vines n. Florida, etc.: 371, f. 179e-g (1988). Type: U.S.A., Arkansas, Miller Co., Texarkana, August 1897 (fl & fr), Heller s.n. (NY-lectotype, Svenson 1940); with- out precise locality, Leavenworth s.n. (NY-syntype). Small refers to Texarkana specimens without mentioning Heller, which is probably why Svenson merely 'suspects' it to be the type. Both refer to the Leavenworth specimens from Arkansas (H. nudiflorum var. (3 sensu Torrey & Gray) as additional material. Svenson (1940) may thus be said to have lectotypified //. apocynifolium Small; but, in any case, Adams (1962) definitely states that the Heller specimen is the lectotype. Map 9. H. nudiflorum [var.] (3 sensu Torrey & Gray, Fl. N. Amer. 1: 162 (1838). Map 9 Sect. 20: 16. H. apocynifolium • specimens, D records; 17. H. nudiflorum • specimens. O records. 114 N.K.B. ROBSON H. nudiflorum sensu R. A. Vines, Trees, shrubs & woody vines ofS. W. : 754 (1960); W.P. Adams in J. Elisha Mitchell sclent. Soc. 89: 70 (1973); Clewell, Guide vase, pis Florida Panhandle: 370 (1985) pro parte omnes quoad syn. H. apocynifolium; et auct. plur. Icon: Godfrey, Trees, shrubs & woody vines n. Florida, etc.: 371 , f. 179e-g(1988). Shrub 0.4-0.7 m tall (or taller?), erect, with branches ascending. Stems orange-brown, narrowly 4-winged at first, eventual 1 y 2-lined, cortex exfoliating in strips, exposing red bark; bark turning brown. Leaves bright green, subsessile or shortly broadly petiolate (to 1 mm), 20-40 x 12-20 mm, oblong to elliptic-oblong, with margin plane or rarely recurved, paler or ± glaucous beneath, ± thinly chartaceous, eventually deciduous at lamina base, apex rounded to retuse, base ± broadly cuneate; venation: c. 6 pairs main laterals without intermediates, tertiary reticulation obscure; usually only midrib prominent; laminar glands small, dense. Inflorescence (1)3- 5(-8)-flowered, terminal, without accessory flowers; pedicels 3-10 mm long; bracts 1 .5-3 mm long, triangular-subulate. Flowers c. 1 5 mm in diam.; buds globose. Sepals 5, 3-5 x 1.5-2.3 m, unequal, tardily deciduous, spathulate to elliptic or ovate, rounded to acute, margin plane, basal veins (1)3, unbranched. Petals 5, coppery yellow, 8-10 x 4-6 mm, c. 2 x sepals, oblong, with apiculus lateral, acute, very short. Stamens c. 60-80, longest 4-6 mm, 0.65-0.75 x petals, deciduous. Ovary 3-merous, c. 3 x 1.5 mm, ellipsoid, suba- cute, placentation incompletely axile; styles 3, 1-1.5 mm long, c. 0.5 x ovary. Capsule 6-15 x 4.5-7(-8) mm, cylindric-conic, acute, longer than sepals, thickly coriaceous. Seeds dull brown to blackish, 1 .8-2 mm long, with low ridge; testa finely scalariform- reticulate. Stream banks and moist woods; coastal plain and lower Mississippi valley. U.S.A. (scattered localities in south-eastern Oklahoma, southern Arkansas, western Texas and western Louisiana; also (?) in extreme south-western Georgia and Florida). U.S.A. Arkansas: *DrewCo.,Monticello,Demaree 16231 (NY); *Miller Co., 10 June 1898 (fl), Eggert s.n. (MO). Florida: *Gadsden Co., Aspalaga, Godfrey 53612 (DUKE, FSU, NCSC). Louisiana: Natchitoches Par., Natchitoches, 14 June 1915 (e. fr), Palmer%009 (K); De Soto Par., 3.2 kmW. of Hunter, 10 August 1938 (fr), Correll & Correll 10178 (DUKE*, GH). Oklahoma: *Choctaw Co., Leavenworth s.n. (NY). Texas: without precise locality, n.d. (fr), Wright s.n. (K). According to Adams (1962), H. apocynifolium cannot be distin- guished vegetatively from 17. H. nudiflorum. The few-flowered inflorescence, larger flowers with relatively longer sepals, larger, thicker-walled capsules and seeds with a ridge (not a keel), however, all seem to be constant distinguishing characters of//, apocynifolium, and all indicate an evolutionary position between 2. H. prolificum and 17. H. nudiflorum. I therefore prefer to regard it as a distinct species, as did Adams at first (although not later - Adams, 1973), rather than include it in H. nudiflorum. Adams recorded //. apocynifolium from the Flint River drainage in extreme south-west Georgia and the Apalachicola River bluffs in Gadsden Co., Florida; but specimens from those regions that I have seen belong to //. nudiflorum. H. apocynifolium is most closely related to a form of//, prolificum from Tennessee. It and H. nudiflorum are intermediate between that species and the H. cistifolium group (Spp. 18-21). 17. Hypericum nudiflorum Michx. ex Willd., Sp. pi. 3: 1456 (1802); Michx., Fl. bor.-amer. 2: 78 (1803); Pursh, Fl. Amer. sept. 2: 375 ( 1 8 1 4); Elliott, Sketch hot. S. Carolina 2:32(1821); Choisy, Prod, monogr. Hyperic.: 46 (1821), in DC., Prodr. 1: 548 ( 1 824) pro parte excl. syn. Aiton; Hook. & Arn. in Hook. J. Bot. 1: 199 (1834) incl. var.; Torrey & Gray, Fl. N. Amer. 1: 162 (1838) excl. [var.] p; Darby, Man. Bot. 2: 35 (1841) ['mediflorum']; A. Gray, Man. Bot.: 53 (1848); Chapm., Fl. South. U.S.: 41 (1865); S. Watson, Bibliogr. index N. Amer. hot. 1: 128 (1878); Coulter in A. Gray, Syn. fl. N. Amer. 1: 287 (1897); R. Keller in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 2nd ed. 21: 180 (1925); Small, Man. s.e. fl.: 871 (1933); Svenson in Rhodora 42: 18 (1940); Rehd., Man. cult, trees 2nd ed.: 640 (1940); J.P. Gillespie in Castanea 24: 29 (1958); R.A. Vines, Trees, shrubs & woody vines ofS. W. : 764 ( 1 960); W.P. Adams in Contr. Gray Herb. Harv. no. 189: 36(1962), in/ Elisha Mitchell scient. Soc. 89: 70 (1973) pro parte, excl. syn. H. apocynifolium; Radford, Ahles & Bell, Man. vase. Fl. Carolinas: 7J3 (1968); Correll & Johnston, Man. vase, pis Texas: 1064 (1970); R.C. Clark in Ann. Mo. hot. Gdn 58: 209 (1971); Godfrey & Wooten, Aquatic & wetland pis s.e. U.S. Dicots: 348 (1981); Clewell, Guide vase, pis Florida Panhandle: 372 (1985) pro parte, excl. syn. H. apocynifolium; Godfrey, Trees, shrubs & woody vines n. Florida, etc.: 371, f. 179 a-d (1988). Type: U.S.A., S. Carolina, Berkeley Co., 'Goose Creek & Gafnnet?] place', n.d. (fr), Michaux s.n. (P-holotype, BM! -microfiche; G-photograph). Fig. 17A, Map 9. H. ligustrinum Pursh, Fl. Amer. sept. 2: 375 (1814), in synon. H. nudiflorum [van] (3 ovatum Choisy in DC., Prodr. 1: 548 (1824). Type: U.S.A., S. Carolina, Car. meridionale, Fraser s.n. (G-DC!). ?//. nudiflorum [var.] y ramosum Choisy in DC., Prodr. 1: 548 (1824). Type not seen; not in Herb. DC. Myriandra nudiflora (Michx. ex Willd.) Spach, Hist. nat. veg. Phan. 5: 440 (1836), in Ann. Sci. nat. (Bot.) II, 5: 365 (1836). Brathydium nudiflorum (Michx. ex Willd.) K. Koch, Hort. dendrol.: 67(1853). Hypericum cistifolium sensu Coulter in Bot. Gaz. 11: 86 (1886) pro parte excl. typum. Icon: Godfrey, Trees, shrubs & woody vines n. Florida, etc.: 371, f. 179a-d (1988). STUDIES IN HYPER/CUM 115 Fig. 17 A. H. nudiflorum: (a) habit; (b) leaf (part); (c) sepal; (d) petal; (e) capsule. B. H. cistifolium: (f) habit; (g) sepal; (h) capsule. C. H. microsepalum: (i) habit: (j) sepal; (k) capsule (a, f, i x >/2; c x 2; b, d, e, g, h, j, k x 4). A. Herb. Biltmore 1272b. B. Bouffordet al. 23046. C. Chapman s.n. 116 N.K.B. ROBSON Shrub 0.5-2 m tall, erect, usually loosely branched, with branches ascending. Stems narrowly 4-winged at first, eventually terete, subherbaceous above, becoming brown and woody at base; cortex exfoliating in strips; bark brown. Leaves pale green, subsessile or shortly and broadly petiolate (to 2 mm long); lamina 30-70 x 7-25 mm, ovate-lanceolate or elliptic to linear-oblong, with margin plane and very narrowly pellucid, not or rarely slightly glaucous, thinly chartaceous, deciduous at lamina base, apex obtuse to rounded, base cuneate to subcordate; venation: c. 6 pairs main laterals and some- times intermediates, tertiary reticulation obscure; only midrib prominent; laminar glands dense. Inflorescence 1-c. 45-flowered, without accessory flowers, sometimes with \-l(-c. 40)-flowered dichasia from 1-3 nodes below, the whole corymbiform or some- times rounded-pyramidal; pedicels 1.5-4 mm long; bracts c. 1.5-3 mm long, triangular-subulate. Flowers 15-20 mm in diam.; buds ellipsoid, rounded. Sepals 5, 2-5 x 1-1 .5 mm, unequal to subequal, deciduous, oblanceolate-spathulate or oblong-elliptic to narrowly triangular, obtuse to acute, margins plane, basal veins 3, unbranched. Petals 5, pale or coppery yellow, 6-8 x 3^ mm, 2.5-3 x sepals, oblanceolate-oblong to elliptic-oblong, with apiculus lateral, acute, short. Stamens c. 80, longest 4-5 mm, 0.7-0.8 x petals, deciduous. Ovary 3(4)-merous, c. 3 x 1 mm, very narrowly ovoid-ellipsoid, acute, placentation parietal; styles 3(4), c. 3 mm long, about equal- ling ovary, remaining appressed in fruit. Capsule 3.5-7 x 3-5 mm, broadly ellipsoid to ovoid-globose, acute. Seeds 1.5-2 mm long, black, carinate, conspicuously curved (fide Adams, 1959 ); testa ± scalariform-reticulate. 2n = 18 (n = 9, Hoar & Haertl, 1932). Stream banks, moist woodland (deciduous and pinelands) and swamps, on sand; lowland and plateau (to c. 1000 m). U.S.A. (Virginia to E. Tennessee, south to NW Florida and west to SE Louisiana and Texas). U.S.A. Alabama: no precise locality, 1 832 (fl & fr), Drummond s.n. (K); *Etowah Co., Gadsden, Vasey 385 (F, GH, NY, PH, US). Florida: Wakulla Co., prope St Marks, June 1843 (fl), Rugel 466 (BM, G, K); Wakulla Co., between Bloxham and Sopchoppy, 25 June 1958 (fl), Godfrey 57135 (BM, FSU*,GH*). Georgia: Clarke Co., SE of Athens, River Bend East road, 28 June 1 979 (f\&h), Jones 23296 (BM,G,GH*); Lee Co., Mill Creek, 13 July 1901 (e. fr), Harper 1073 (BM, MO*). Louisiana: New Orleans Par., New Orleans, n.d. (fr), 'Hooker' s.n. (probably co\\. Drummond) (K); St. Tammany Par., Covington, 1 832 (fr), Drummond^ 19 (BM, K). Mississippi: *Stone Co., 0.4 km S. of McHenry, Diener 378 (MISSA, TULANE). North Carolina: Burke Co., Table Rock Mtn, 9 August 1909 (fr), Herb. Biltmore 1001 (G); Chatham Co., 4.8 km S. of Wilsonville, 1 July 1966 (fl), Pence in Radford 44838 (BM, H); Davie Co., near Farmington, 3 July 1 897 (fr), Herb. Biltmore 1272d (JE). South Carolina: Richland Co., Congaree R., 19 June 1855 (fl & e. fr), Hexamer & Maier s.n. (BM); * Abbeville Co., 8 km SW of Antreville, Radford 26052 (UNC); see also type. Tennessee: Grundy Co., near Beersheba Springs, 1 August 1947 (e. fr), Sharp, Shanks & Clebsch 5144 (BM); *SequatchieCo.,W.ofDunlap,510m, 14 July 1938 (fl & fr),Svenson 9554 (BKL, DUKE, MO, PH, TENN). Virginia: Princess Anne Co., Macon's Corner, 8 September 1935 (fr), Fernald & Long 4943 (A*, BKL*, GH*, K, NY*, US*); *Sussex Co., terrace of Nottoway R., c. 5 km NNW of Bethel Church, 9 September 1946 (fr), Fernald, Long & Clement 15307 (MO). Correll & Johnston (1970) record H. nudiflorum from eastern Texas as well as H. apocynifolium; but I have seen no specimens from there, and Adams (1962) did not include Texas in the distribution of this species. He likewise failed to record it from Louisiana, although there are early-nineteenth-century specimens from there, which suggests that it may now be extinct in that state. H. nudiflorum is morphologically intermediate between H. apocynifolium and H. cistifolium. For differentia see these species. Render (1911) observed pistillody in H. nudiflorum. There were c. 3-10 sterile structures per flower, situated between pistil and Map 10 Sect. 20: 18. H. cistifolium • specimens, O records. stamens and mostly boat-shaped. They differed in size and bore ovules, rarely except the upper ones. Stamen tissue was often present, but true anthers were rare. 18. Hypericum cistifolium Lam., Encycl. 4: 158 (1797); Choisy, Prodr. monogr. Hyperic.: 45 (1821), in DC., Prodr. 1: 547 (1824); Torrey & Gray, Fl. N. Amer. 1: 673 (1840); Chapm., Fl. South. U. S.: 41 (1865); S. Watson, Bibliogr. index N. Amer. hot.: 125 (1878) pro parte, excl. syn. H. nudiflorum; Coulter in A. Gray, Syn.fl. N. Amer. 1: 287 (1897); R. Keller in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 2nd ed. 21: 181 (1925); Svenson in Rhodora 42: 17 (1940); Rehd., Man. cult, trees 2nd ed.: 640 (1940); R.A. Vines, Trees, shrubs & woody vines of S.W.: 756 (1960); W.P. Adams in Contr. Gray Herb. Harv. no. 189: 38 (1962), in J. Elisha Mitchell sclent. Soc. 89: 70 (1973); Radford, Ahles & Bell, Man. vase. fl. Carolinas: 713 (1968); R.C. Clark in Ann. Mo. hot. Gdn 58: 209 (1971); R. Long & Lakela, Fl. Trop. Florida: 607 ( 1 97 1 ); Godfrey & Wooten, Aquatic & wetland pis s.e. U.S. Dicots.: 348 (1981); Clewell, Guide vase, pis Florida Panhandle: 371(1 985); Godfrey, Trees, shrubs & woody vines n. Florida, etc.: 369, f. 178 (1988); N. Robson in Eur. Gdn Fl. 4: 69, ff. 10.6, 10.12 (1995) ['//. cistiflorum']. Type: U.S.A., no precise locality or collector (P-LA-holotype; GH-photograph). Fig. 17B, Map 10. H. rosmarinifolium Lam., Encycl. 4: 159 (1797); Willd., Sp. pi. 3: 1450 (1802); Choisy, Prodr. monogr. Hyperic.: 45 (1821), in DC., Prodr. 1 : 547 ( 1 824); S. Watson, BM. index N. Amer. hot. I : 456 (1878); Coulter in A. Gray, Syn.fl. N. Amer. 1: 287 (1897) pro parte, excl. syn. H. sphaerocarpum. Type: U.S.A., Carolina, Fraser s.n. (P-LA-holotype). Brathydium hyssopifoliumSpach, Hist. nat. veg. Phan.5: 445 ( 1 836), in AnnlsSci. nat. (Bot.) II, 5: 365 (1 836); K. Koch, Hort. dendrol.: 67 (1 853), nom. illegit. (Art. 63). Type as for H. cistifolium Lam. Hypericum opacum Torrey & Gray, Fl. N. Amer. 1: 163 (1838); Coulter in Bot. Gaz. 11: 87 (1886), in A. Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Amer. 1: 287 (1897); Sargent in Gdn Forest 5: 304 & t. (1892); Small, Man. s.e.fl.: 871 (1933). Type: U.S.A., Georgia, Mrs Miller s.n. (GH-syntype?); Georgia, Dr Loomis s.n. (GH-syntype?); Ala- bama, Dr Gates s.n. (GH-lectotype, selected here). H. punctulosum Bertol., Misc. Bot. 13: 18, t. 3 f. 2d-e (1853). Type: U.S.A., Alabama, Dr Gates s.n. (GH-holotype?). Bertolini's col- lection at BOLO does not contain an appropriate Gates specimen, judging from the microfiche set. Icon: Godfrey, Trees, shrubs & woody vines n. Florida, etc.: 369, f. 178(1988). STUDIES IN HYPERICUM 17 Shruh (or subshrub), c. 0.5-1 .3 m tall, erect, unbranched or with leaf clusters or short branches from most nodes and sometimes 1-3 ascending branches from lower half of stem. Stems red-brown, 4- lined, the subfoliar lines more prominent or wing-like, becoming terete below; cortex exfoliating in strips; bark reddish brown. Leaves sessile, 15-40 x (2-)4-8(-10) mm, narrowly oblong or narrowly elliptic-oblong to triangular-lanceolate, with margin recurved, densely glaucous beneath, thinly coriaceous, deciduous above base, apex subacute to rounded, base subcordate to cuneate; venation: one pair of ascending near-basal laterals and c. 4-5 pairs of obscure laterals, only midrib prominent the rest often invisible externally; laminar glands small, dense. Inflorescence (7-)15-c. 65-flowered, of regular dichasia, dense, without accessory flowers, sometimes with 3-c. 65-flowered dichasia from 1-2 nodes below and short flowering branches from a further 1 -4 nodes, the whole corymbiform (often rounded) to cylindric; pedicels 1-3 mm long; bracts 2-10 mm long, subulate. Flowers 7-12 mm in diam., buds ellipsoid, acute. Sepals 5, 1-4 x 1-1.8 mm, unequal, persistent, obovate or broadly elliptic to oblong, rounded, margin plane, basal veins 3(-5?), unbranched. Petals 5, bright yellow, 5-8 x 2.5-3 mm, 2 x sepals, oblanceolate, with apiculus lateral, obtuse, short. Stamens c. 30-50, longest 3.5^.5 mm, 0.6-0.7 x petals, at least some persistent at least until fruit matures. Ovary 3-merous, 1.5-2.5 x 1-1.2 mm, narrowly ovoid-conic, obtuse, 3-lobed with valvular depressions, placentation parietal; styles 3, 1-2 mm, 0.7-0.8 x ovary, remaining appressed in fruit. Capsule 4-6 x 3-4 mm, ovoid-cylindric to ovoid-subglobose, obtuse to rounded, 3-lobed by depressions between carpel margins. Seeds mustard-yellow, 0.5 mm long, ecarinate; testa foveolate- reticulate to linear-foveolate. 2n = 18 (n = 9, Adams in Robson & Adams, 1968). Moist soil in pine flatwoods, bogs, swamp and marsh margins, ditches and roadside embankments, on sand; lowland. U.S.A., coastal plain from North Carolina to Louisiana. U.S.A. Alabama: Baldwin Co.Jufc Clark ( 197 1 ) andAdams ( 1959: 13); Mobile Co., Mobile, 1 840 (fl), Gray s.n. (K); *Pike Co., Spring Hill, 1 9 1 9 (fl & fr), Graves s.n. (MO). Florida: Duval Co., near Jacksonville, August (fl & fr), Curtiss 253 (BM, F*, FR, GH*, K, MO*, PH*, US*); Lake Co., c. 6.4 km N. of Altoona, 2 August 1960 (fr), Adams 603 (K); Orange Co., near Taft, 1 June 1952 (fl), Schallert4031 (BM, K). Georgia: Brantley Co., c-. 16 km E. of Waycross, near Highbluff Church, 29 August 1960 (fr), Kuns 261 (WIS); Pierce Co., Logue & Bozeman 2136 (BM, H). Louisiana: St Tammany Par., Covington, 1832 (fl), Drummond 135 (BM, K); *Tangipahoa Par., 3.2 kmW. of Robert, Correll 10511 (F, GH, NY, PH). Mississippi: *Harrison Co., Biloxi, 25 July 1896 (fl & fr), Pollard 1002 (F, GH. MO, NY, US); Jackson Co., N. of Ocean Springs, 20 July 1952 (fr), Demaree 32427 (BM). North Carolina: Onslow Co., SE of Dixon, 7.1 km S. of U.S. 17 on N.C. 210, 24 August 1979 (H & e. fr), Boufford 2 1 552 (BM; CM*); Tyrrell Co., near N.C. 94, 0.8 km S. of Kilkenny, 6 August 1959 (fl), Radford 39250 (K). South Carolina: *Charleston Co., 8 km NW of McClellanville, 4 August 1939 (fl & fr), Godfrey & Try-on 1114 (DUKE, F, GH, MICH. NY, PH, TENN). Texas: *Hardin Co., Honey Island, Village Mills. 31.5 m, 25 September 1987 (fr), Orzell & Bridges 5806 (MO). Adams (1962), following Torrey & Gray (1838), remarked on the capsules of H. cistifolium being lobed due to dorsal (not the usual lateral) compression of the three valves. In this they contrast with the unlobed globose capsules of H. sphaerocarpum. Torrey & Gray (1838: 163) originally omitted H. cistifolium, describing it as a new species, H. opacum Torrey & Gray. Although they realized their mistake on seeing Lamarck's type of//, cistifolium and corrected it (Torrey & Gray, 1840: 673), the name H. opacum remained current in the American literature until Svenson (1940) explained the situation. As a result of this confusion, Coulter ( 1 886a) regarded H. cistifolium as a later homonym of//, nudij lorum Michx. ex Willd. H. cistifolium is closely related to 18. H. sphaerocarpum, having a more south-eastern distribution. The species can be distinguished by leaf size, sepal size and fruit shape. 19. Hypericum microsepalum (Torrey & Gray) A. Gray ex S. Watson, Bibliogr index N. Amer. hot. 1: 456 (1878); Coulter in Bot. Gaz. 11: 82 (1886), in A. Gray, Syn. fl. N. Amer. 1: 284 (1897); Adams & Robson in Rhodora 63: 15 (1961); W.P. Adams in Contr. Gray Herb. Harv. no. 189: 43 (1962), in J. Elisha Mitchell scient. Soc. 89: 68 (1973); Godfrey & Wooten, Aquatic & wetland pis s.e. U.S. Dicots: 341 (1981); Clewell, Guide vase, pis Florida Panhandle: 372 (1985); Godfrey, Trees, shrubs & woody vines n. Florida, etc.: 352, f. 166 (1988). Type as for Ascyrum microsepalum Torrey & Gray. Fig. 17C, Map 11. Isophyllum drummondii Spach, Hist. nat. veg. Phan. 5: 433 (1836), in Annls Sci. nat. (Bot.) II, 5: 367 (1836), non Hypericum drummondii (Grev. & Hook.) Torrey & Gray (1838). Type: U.S.A., Florida, Franklin Co., prope Apalachicola, 1836 (fl), Drw/n/no«J8(P-holotype;BM!,GH,K!,W!). Adams (1962: 43) wrongly stated that Sarothra drummondii Grev. & Hook, was the basionym of this name. It is in fact the basionym of Hypericum drummondii (Grev. & Hook.) Torrey & Gray (sect. Brathys). Ascvrum microsepalum Torrey & Gray, Fl. N. Amer. 1: 157 (1838); A. Gray, Gen. Amer. bor.\:2\2 (1848); Chapm., Fl. South. U.S.: 39 (1865). Type: U.S.A., Florida, 'Middle Florida', Dr Alexander (NY-lectotype, selected here); Georgia, without precise locality, ? (NY-syntype). Hypericum isophyllum Steud., Nomencl. 2nd ed. 1: 788 (1840), nom. illegit. (Art. 63). Brathydium microsepalum (Torrey & Gray) K. Koch, Hon. dendrol: 67(1853). Map 11 Sect. 20: 19. H. microsepalum • specimens, D records; 20. H. sphaerocarpum • specimens. O records. 118 N.K.B. ROBSON Crookea microsepala (Torrey & Gray) Small, Fl. s.e. U.S.: 786, 1335 (1903), Man. s.e.fl.: 868 (1933). Icon: Godfrey, Trees, shrubs & woody vines n. Florida, etc.: 352, f. 166(1988). Shrub 0. 1 5-0.7 m tall (or long), erect or more usually decumbent or ascending, with branches numerous, straggling or ascending. Stems reddish brown, 4-lined and ancipitous when young, eventually 2- lined; cortex exfoliating in strips; bark red-brown. Leaves sessile, 5-10(-15) x 1-3 mm, narrowly oblong or oblanceolate to linear, with margin recurved to subrevolute, paler beneath, thinly coriaceous, deciduous above base, apex rounded to obtuse, base rounded to (usually) cuneate; venation obscure: 1-3 pairs of lateral veins; laminar glands dense to sparse. Inflorescence 1-3-flowered, without accessory flowers, sometimes with single flowers or triads or flow- ering branches from up to 4 nodes below, the whole rounded-pyramidal; pedicels 5-9 mm long; bracts reduced foliar. Flowers 15-25 mm in diam., buds ovoid, acute. Sepals (3)4(5), 3-5 x 1-1.4 mm, persistent, subequal or (when 5) equal, oblong or elliptic to linear, obtuse to acute, margin plane, basal veins 3, unbranched. Petals (3)4(5), bright yellow, 10-12x6-9 mm, 2-2.5 x sepals, unequal or (when 5) subequal, when 4 the larger pair obovate and smaller pair obovate-oblong, with apiculus lateral, obtuse, short. Stamens 60-70, longest c. 6 mm,c. 0.5 x petals. Ovary 3-merous, 3- 3.5 x 1.2 mm, narrowly ellipsoid, scarcely lobed, placentation parietal; styles 3.3 mm long, 0.85-1 x ovary, sometimes separating in fruit. Capsule 6-8 x c. 2.5 mm, cylindric-ellipsoid to cylindric or narrowly ovoid-conic, acute to obtuse. Seeds dark brown, c. 0.9-1 mm long; testa linear-foveolate. 2n = 18 (Lewis, Stripling & Ross, 1962; n = 9, Adams in Robson & Adams, 1968). Low pine flatwoods, moist to wet, on sand; lowland. U.S.A. Northern Florida (Panhandle from Walton to Lafayette coun- ties) and adjacent Georgia. U.S. A Florida: Gadsden Co., Lawrence, 15 March 1940, Harper 129 (K); Jefferson Co., N. side of Aucilla R., S. of Lament, 6 April 1960 (fl), Dress & Hanson in Bailey 2022 (BM, G); Wakulla Co., vicinity of Crawfordsville, Apalachicola National forest, 27 February 1971 (fl), Godfrey 70178 (H). Georgia: Atkinson Co.,fideAdams (1962: 43); *Brooks Co., 1 5 April 1 892 (fl & fr), Lighthipe s.n. (MO); Calhoun Co., fide Adams (1962: 43); *Lowndes Co., 2.4 km W. of Dasher and c. 1 1 km S. of Valdosta, 20 February 1965 (fl), Faircloth 1655 (MO). Although H. microsepalum typically has a tetramerous perianth, Adams ( 1 962) pointed out that the perianth of some flowers on many plants may be pentamerous, or a pair of sepals and/or petals may be partially united (Adams & Robson, 1961). In such flowers the differences in sepal and petal size are almost absent.//, microsepalum is thus clearly in a transitional stage between Hypericum proper and 'Ascvrum'; but it does not bear a close resemblance to the other members of 'Ascyrum'. For example, the pairs of sepals are almost equal, a feature that induced Spach (1836a, b) to distinguish it as I sop hy Hum. Whereas Ascyrum proper (Spp. 25-29) appears to be derived from 1. H. fmndosum, the nearest relative of H. microsepalum would seem to be 17. H. cistifolium. Indeed, all the characters of H. microsepalum can be considered as reduced states of those of H. cistifolium, except the much larger petals. Geographically, the distri- bution of//, microsepalum falls within that of//, cistifolium; and so it is apparently a neo-endemic, maintained as a distinct species by some biological factor, possibly different pollinators attracted by the different size of flower. Adams's comment that H. microsepalum flowers earlier than other species (mainly February to late April but sporadically in May and November) may be relevent in this regard. 20. Hypericum sphaerocarpum Michx., Fl. bor.-amer. 2: 78 ( 1 803); Pursh, Fl.Amer. sept. 2: 378 (1814); Poir.,Encyd. Suppl.3: 1697 (1814) ['sphaerocarpon']; Choisy, Prodr. Monogr. Hyperic.: 46 ( 1 82 1 ), in DC., Prodr. 1 : 548 ( 1 824) [ ' sphaerocarpon' ] ;Torrey & Gray, Fl. N. Amer. 1: 163 (1838) ['sphaervcarpon']', A. Gray, Man. Bot. n. U.S. : 53 ( 1 848); S. Watson, Bibliogr. index N. Amer. hot. 1 : 1 29 ( 1 878); Coulter inBot. Gaz. 11: 87 ( 1 886); R. Keller in Engl.&Prantl,Mtf./yZanzen/am.2nded.21: 181 (1925); Small, Man. s.e.fl.: 871 (1933); Svenson in Rhodora 42: 17 (1940); Gleason, New Britton & Brown III. Fl. 2: 540 ( 1 952); W.P. Adams in Contr. Gray Herb. Harv. no. 189: 39 (1962), in J. Elisha Mitchell scient. Soc. 89: 68 (1973); Steyermark, Fl. Missouri: 1 064 ( 1 970); Utech & Iltis in Trans Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts Lett. 58: 363, map 3 (1970); Mohlenbr., ///. Fl. Illinois fl. pis Hollies to Loasas: 42 (1978); Cooperrider in Castanea 54: 7, f. 1 (1989). Type: U.S.A., Kentucky, 'Hab. in Kentucky. Route de Louisville', n.d. (fl), Michaux s.n. (P-holotype, A-photograph, BM!-micro- fiche; GH-sketch). Map 11. H. nudiflorum sensu Rchb., Icon. Bot. Exot.: 60, t. 87 (1827). Brathydium sphaerocarpum (Michx.) Spach, Hist. nat. veg. Phan. 5: 444 (1836); K. Koch, Hon. dendrol.: 67 (1853). B. chamaenerium Spach, Hist. nat. veg. Phan. 5: 445 (1836), in Annls Sci. nat. (Bot.) II, 5: 365 ( 1 836). Type: U.S.A., Ohio, Herb. Moser (P-holotype); in ditione 'Miami' civitatis Ohio, 1835 (fl), Frank s.n. (BM!, K!). B. chamaerinum Steudel, Nomencl. 2nd ed. 1: 224 (1840), sphalm. Hypericum chamaenerium (Spach) Steud., Nomencl. 2nd ed. 1: 787 (1840). H. cistifolium sensu Coulter in A. Gray, Syn. fl. N. Amer. 1: 287 (1897); Small, Man. s.e.fl.: 871 (1933); pro parte uterque excl. typum. H. sphaerocarpum Michx. var. sphaerocarpum Svenson in Rhodora 42: 17 (1940), autonym; J.P. Gillespie in Castanea 24: 29 (1958); Mohlenbr., ///. Fl. Illinois fl. pis Hollies to Loasas: 43, f. 18 (1978). H. turgidum Small, Fl. s.e. U.S.: 788 (1903), Man. s.e.fl.: 871 (1933); Harper in Geol. Surv. Ala. Monogr. 9: 273 (1928); Rehd., Man. cult, trees 2nd ed.: 640 (1940). Type: Alabama, Madison Co., between Huntsville and Summerville, 7 October 1897 (fr), Canby 14 (NY-holotype; MO-isotype). H. sphaerocarpum var. turgidum (Small) Svenson inRhodora 42: 1 7 (1940); J.P. Gillespie in Castanea 24: 29 (1958); Mohlenbr. & Evans InRhodora 74: 1 46 ( 1 972); Mohlenbr., ///. Fl. Illinois fl. pis Hollies to Loasas: 43, f. 19 (1978). Icones: Rchb., Icon. Bot. Exot.: t. 87 (1827); Mohlenbr., ///. Fl. Illinois fl. pis Hollies to Loasas: 44-^5, ff. 18, 19 (1978). STUDIES IN HYPER1CUM Subshrub (stems woody at base) or rhizomatous perennial herb, 0.22-0.58 m tall, erect or decumbent, unbranched or with spreading to ascending branches from lower half of stem upwards. Stem red- brown, 2-4-lined, the subfoliar lines more prominent, not becoming terete; cortex exfoliating in strips. Leaves sessile, 30-70 x 3-1 5 mm, narrowly elliptic or narrowly oblong to linear, with margin plane to revolute, slightly to densely glaucous beneath, thinly coriaceous, persistent, apex obtuse (or sometimes subacute) to rounded, base narrowly cuneate to parallel; venation: 1 pair of ascending near- basal laterals andc. 4 pairs of obscure laterals or apparently 1 -nerved, only midrib prominent; laminar glands dense, small. Inflorescence a c. 7-70-flowered regular dichasium without accessory flowers, sometimes with small dichasia from 1-2 nodes below and short flowering branches from up to a further 6 nodes, the main flores- cence rounded-corymbiform; pedicels absent or up to 1 .5 mm long; bracts 2.5-5 mm long, triangular-lanceolate. Flowers (10-)12-15 mm in diam., buds broadly ovoid, apiculate. Sepals 5, 2.5-5 x 1.5- 3 mm, persistent, somewhat unequal, broadly ovate to oblong-elliptic, obtuse to acute, margin often subrecurved, basal veins 3, unbranched. Petals 5, bright? yellow, 5-9 x 3-6 mm, 1 .7-2 x sepals, oblanceolate- elliptic to elliptic, with apiculus lateral, apiculate. Stamens 45-85, longest 4.5-6.5 mm, 0.65-0.8 x petals, at least some persistent until fruit matures. Ovary 3-merous, 1 .5-2 x 1-1 .5 mm, ± broadly ovoid, not lobed, obtuse to acute, 1 -locular with intruding placentae; styles 3, c. 4 mm, 2-2.5 x ovary, remaining appressed in fruit. Capsule 4.5- 8 x 4—7 mm, broadly ovoid to depressed-globose, subapiculate to rounded. Seeds blackish brown, 2-2.7 mm long, carinate; 'coarsely reticulate'. Barren embankments, wet or mesic prairies, limestone outcrops, cedar glades and sandy stream banks; lowland. U.S.A., central basin from Iowa, Wisconsin and Ohio to Texas, Mississippi and Alabama; Florida?. U.S.A. Alabama: Hale Co., c. 2.9 km S. of Greensboro by Ala 69 1 , 29 May 1 972 (fl), Krai 46840 (BM, MO); Madison Co., see type of//, turgidum; *Morgan Co., Valhermosa Mt., 28 September 1927 (fr), Harper 39 (A, GH, MO, NY, US). Arkansas: *Logan Co., 1 2 km SE of Paris, Ms 5344 (MICH, SMU); Washington Co., Fayetteville, 6 July I9\5(f\), Palmer 8\W(K,MO). Illinois: ? Co., Beardstown, July 1842 (fl), Geyer s.n. (K); *Champaign Co., near Urbana, 3 July \944(ft),Jones 16445 (MO);WinnebagoCo., Rosendal (Rockford), 12 July 1871 (fl), Cervin s.n. (H). Indiana: *Jasper Co., c. 5 km NW of junction of Roads 16 and 53, 13 July 1940 (fl & fr), Friesner 14557 (GA, MO, NY, UGA); *Know Co., Vincennes, 14 July 1935 (fl), Hermann 6603 (MO). Iowa: *Black Hawk Co., 20 July 1 929 (fl), Burk 578 (MO); Scott Co., Davenport, Duck Creek, July 1886 (fl), Fawcett s.n. (BM). Kansas: *Hempstead Co., McNab, 19 September 1919 (fr), Palmer 16337 (MO); *Osage Co., c. 5 km S. of Lyndon, Horr & Franklin E323 (FLAS, IND, NCSC, SMU, US); Wilson Co., 1896 (fl & fr), Holler 631 (JE, MO). Kentucky: ? Co., Falls of Ohio, 1 842 (fl). Short s.n. (BM. K); ? Co., banks of 119 Kentucky R., July (fl). Peter s.n. (K). Mississippi: *Chicksaw Co., Ray 8548 (MISSA). Missouri: Jasper Co., Joplin, 6 July 1957 (fr), Demaree 39344 (BM); *Madison Co., Black Mountain, S W of Fredricktown, 4 October 1969 (fr), D'Arcy 3832 (MO); St. Francis Co., c. 9 km SE of Cadet, 20 July 1941 (fl & fr),Mewr2088 (BM). Ohio: Franklin Co., Columbus, SciotoR., July (fl & fr), Lesauereux 29 (BM, K); Hamilton Co., Cincinnati, in ditione 'Miami' civitatis Ohio, 1835 (fl), Frank s.n. (BM, K). Oklahoma: *Garvin Co., near Brady, 29 July 1 933 (fl & fr), Palmer 42056 (MO). Pennsylvania: * Alleghany Co., Glenshaw, 25 June 1921, Bright s.n. (CM). Tennessee: Bedford Co., 8 km N. of Shelbyville, 3 July 1958 (fl), Adams 71 (DUKE, F*, FSU*, IA*. IND*, MO*, TEX*, VPI*); Wilson Co., Lebanon State Park, 1 80 m, 22 June 1962 (fl), Demaree 45722 (BM). Texas: north-eastern Texas,./z. no. 189: 41 (1962), in J. Elisha Mitchell scient. Sac. 89: 68 (1973); Radford, Ahles & Bell, Man. vase. fl. Carol inas: 715 (1968); Strasbaugh & Core, Ft. W. Virginia 2nd ed.: 638 (1973); Mohlenbr., ///. Fl. Illinois fl. pis Hollies to Loasas: 33, f. 13 (1978); M.L. & R.G. Brown, Herb, pis Maryland: 644 (1984). Type: U.S.A., Pennsylvania, Montgomery Co., 'on the lower edge of Lansdown grounds, close to the Schuylkill, and not far above Break's island', c. 1814, Barton s.n. (PH-holotype). Map 12. H. fastigiatum Elliot, Sketch hot. S. Carolina 2: 31 (1821). Type: U.S.A., Georgia, Scriven Co., Elliot s.n. (CHARL-holotype). H. bonaparteaeW.P.C. Barton, Fl. N. Amer. 3: 95, 1. 106 ( 1 823).Type as for H. adpressum W.P.C. Barton. Under both species, Barton cites 'Hypericun No. 6. Bart. Fl. Philad.: 74 (1815)'. H. adpressum \ar.fastigiatum (Elliot) Torrey & Gray, Fl. N. Amer. 1: 673(1840). Mvriandra adpressa (W.P.C. Barton) K. Koch, Hon. dendrol.: 66 "(1853). Brathydium fastigiatum (Elliot) K. Koch, Hort. dendrol.: 66 (1853). Hvpericum adpressum var. spongiosum B.L. Rob. in Rhodora 4: 136, t. 37 ff. 10-11 (1902); Svenson in Rhodora 42: 19 (1940). Type: U.S.A., Massachusetts, Bourne, Flax Pond, 15 September 1901 (fr), Kennedy, Williams & Fernald in PI. Exs. Gray. 234 (GH!-holotype; BKL, BM!, F!, MICH, NCSC, PH, TENN, US!, Z!-isotypes). H. adpressum forma spongiosum (B.L. Rob.) Fernald in Rhodora 51: 112 (1949); Fernald in Gray's Man. Bot.: 1012 (1950); J.P. Gillespie in Castanea 24: 28 (1958). Icones: B.L. Rob. \nRhodora4: t. 37 ff. 5-1 1 (1902); Mohlenbr., ///. Fl. Illinois fl. pis Hollies to Loasas: 34, f. 13 (1978). Perennial herb, sometimes woody or spongy at base, (0.2-)0.4-0.8 m tall, erect from creeping rhizomatous base, unbranched until fruit matures or with 1(?2) pairs of branches below inflorescence and often axillary leaf clusters. Stems red-brown, 2-lined and ancipitous above, terete below. Leaves sessile, (15)30-75(-90) x 2-10 mm, narrowly oblong or linear to narrowly elliptic or lanceolate, with margin ± revolute, paler but not glaucous beneath, thinly coriaceous, persistent, apex acute, base narrowly cuneate to parallel, slightly decurrent; venation: c. 14 pairs main laterals, with subsidiaries almost equally strong and dense tertiary reticulation, midrib mark- edly prominent, main laterals less so; laminar glands dense, medium-sized. Inflorescence c. 1 3-60-flowered regular dichasia, without accessory flowers or subsidiary branches, rounded- corymbiform; pedicels 0.5-1.5 mm long; bracts 2-6 mm long, linear-lanceolate. Flowers c. 10-15 mm in diam., buds ellipsoid. Sepals 5, (2-)4-7 x 1-1.5 mm, persistent, subequal, ovate-lanceo- late, acute, margin recurved, often ± deflexed, basal veins 3, unbranched. Petals 5, bright? yellow, 6-8 x c. 3 mm, 1 .5-2 x sepals, obovate-oblanceolate, with apiculus obsolete. Stamens c. 60-80, longest 6-7 mm, 0.85-0.9 x petals, persistent. Ovary 3-merous, 3- 3.5 x 2-2.5 mm, ovoid, not lobed, acute, 1-locular with slightly intruding placentae; styles 3, (l-)2.5-3 mm long, c. 0.7-0.85 x ovary, remaining appressed in fruit. Capsule 3.5-6 x 2-4 mm, ellipsoid to ovoid-ellipsoid, obtuse to rounded. Seeds blackish brown, 0.6-0.7 mm long, slightly carinate; testa scalariform. 2n = 1 8 (n = 9) (Hoar & Haertl, 1932 (also 'var. spongiosum'); Bostick, 1965). Marshes, pond margins, wet ditches, bogs (Carolinas); lowland. U.S.A., east coastal plain from Massachusetts to Georgia (also inland Ga.), Tennessee, Kentucky?, Missouri and south of L. Michi- gan. U.S.A. Connecticut: *New London Co., shore of Shetucket R., 8 August 1 899, Graves s.n. (GH, NEBC). Delaware: New Castle Co., Wilmington (fl), Tokall s.n. (K); Kent Co., Felton, Upland Meadows, July, Canby s.n. (K). Georgia: *Dougherty Co., W. of Pretoria, Thome 5709 (GA, IA). Illinois: *Will Co., Braidwood, Clute20 (NY). Indiana: *JasperCo., 4 km SE ofTefft, Deam 45934 (GH, IND). Maryland: *Nantucket Co., Nantucket, Almanac Pond, 14 August 1883 (fl & fr), Churchill 573 (MO). Massachusetts: Barnstable Co., Bourne, Flax Pond, 15 September 1901 (fr), Kennedy, Williams & Fernald in PI. Exs. Gray. 233 (BM, K, MO, Z). Missouri: fide Adams (1959: map 15). New Jersey: no precise locality or date (fl), Barton s.n. (BM); *Gloucester Co., Hardingville, Long 47122 (PH). New York: *Suffolk Co., Bridgehampton, Svenson 5202 (TENN). North Carolina: North- ampton Co., near Margarettaville, 28 July 1 893 (fl), Heller 1 1 55 (GH*, MO*, PH*, Z). Pennsylvania: Bucks Co., Bristol, 30 July 1 865 (fl), Parker s.n. (K, MO); see also type. Rhode Island: Washington Co., South Kingstown, 13 August 1878 (f\),Congdon s.n. (BM). South Carolina: Clarendon Co., Dingle Pond,c. 3. 2 km S. of US 301, c. 3.6 km N. of Marion, 16 September 1967 (fr), Radford, Bozeman & Leonard 1 1457 (BM, H); *Jasper Co., c. 2.1 km S. of Tillman, Ahles 15675 (NCU). Tennessee: *Coffee Co., S. of Manchester, Svenson 8783 (DUKE, MO, PH, WIS). Virginia: *Sussex Co., Stony Creek, Fernald & Long 10727 (BM, DUKE, GH, MO, US).WestVirginia: Greenbriar Co., White Sulphur Springs, fide Millspaugh (1892: 338). H. adpressum in some respects is intermediate in form between 20. H. sphaerocarpum and 22. H. ellipticum, and its distribution over- laps those of both species. It is more herbaceous than H. sphaerocarpum, with rhizomes and shorter fleshier stems that are sometimes spongy (aerochymatous) at the base, acute leaves and smaller seeds. For differences between H. adpressum and H. ellipticum see p. 122. The variation in H. adpressum is continuous and so there are no grounds for recognizing the wet-habitat form with fleshy aerenchymatous stems ('f. spongiosum') as distinct (see Adams, 1962). 22. Hypericum ellipticum Hook., Fl. bor.-amer. 1: 110 (1831); Torrey & Gray, Fl. N. Amer. 1: 164 (1838); S. Watson, Bibliogr. index N. Amer. hot. 1: 126 (1878); Coulter in Bot. Gaz. 11: 88 (1886), in A. Gray, Syn. pi. N. Amer. 1: 287 (1897); R. Keller in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 2nd ed. 21: 181 (1925); Fernald, Gray's Man. Bot.: 1012 (1950); Gleason, New Britton & Brown III. Fl. 2: 539 ( 1952); W.P. Adams in Contr. Gray Herb. Harv. no. 189: 42 (1962), in/ Elisha Mitchell scient. Soc. 89: 68 (1973); Utech & Iltis in Trans. Wis.Acad. Sci.Arts Lett. 58: 336, map 4, f. 1 (1970); Scoggan in Publs Bot. natn. Mus. nat. Sci. Can. no.7(3): 1096 (1979); Mohlenbr., ///. Fl. Illinois fl. pis Hollies to Loasas: 35, f. 14 (1978); Gillett & Robson in Publs Bot. natn. Mus. nat. Sci. Can. no. 1 1: 4, tt. 1, 15 ff. 1-2, map 1 STUDIES IN HYPER1CLJM 121 Map 13 Sect. 20: 22. H. ellipticum • specimens, O records. ( 1 98 1 ); Cooperrider in Castanea 54: 7, f. 1 ( 1 989); N. Robson in Cullen et al., Eur. Gdn Fl. 4: 69 (1995). Type: Canada, 'Canada to Lake Winnipeg', n.d. (fl), Cleghorn s.n. (K-lectotype, Adams, 1962); Saskatchewan (lat. 54°), 1819-1822 (fl), Richardson s.n. (K!-syntype, BM!); Ontario, Lake Huron, Pentanguishene, 'ex- actly on the borders of the United States', Todds.n. (K?-syntype). The Todd syntype has not been found at K. Map 13. H. sphaerocarpum sensuW.P.C. Barton, Comp.fl. Philadelph. 2: 14 (1818), nonMichx. ( 1803). Brathydium canadense Spach, Hist. nat. veg. Phan. 5: 446 ( 1 836), in Annls Sci. nat. (Bot.) II, 5: 365 (1836). Type: Canada, Michaux s.n. (P-syntype); Canada, Lady Dalhousie s.n. (Fl-syntype). Hypericum brathydium Steud., Nomencl. hot. 2nd ed. 1: 786 ( 1 840). Type as for Brathydium canadense Spach. ?//. canadense var. oviforme R. Keller in Bull. Herb. Boissier II, 8: 189 (1908). Type: U.S.A., Pennsylvania (not found). H. ellipticum forma submersum Fassett in Rhodora 41: 376 (1939). Type: Canada, Ontario, Walford, Pipe Lake, Jack Wilson's Resort, 5 August 1936, Fassett 19172 (WIS-holotype). H. ellipticum forma foliosum Viet, in Nat. canad. 71: 201 (1944); Scoggan in Publs Bot. natn. Mus. nat. Sci. Can. no. 7(3): 1096 (1978). Type: Canada, Quebec, Comte de Portneuf, Riviere du Cap Rouge, 7 September 1941 (st), Marie-Victorin et al. 56602 (MT-holotype; F!, GH!, H!, MO, PH, US!-isotypes). Icones: Mohlenbr., ///. Fl. Illinois fl. pis Hollies to Loasas: 36, f. 14 (1978); Gillett & Robson in Publs Bot. natn. Mus. nat. Sci. Can., no. 11:6, t. 1 (1981). Perennial herb somewhat woody at base, 0. 1 1-0.3(-0.5) m tall, erect from creeping rhizomatous base, unbranched or occasionally branched below. Stem red-brown, 4-lined, subancipitous above. Leaves sessile, 1 1-35 x 3-13 mm, rather broadly to narrowly elliptic or oblong-elliptic or oblanceolate, margin plane to subrevolute, paler but not always glaucous beneath, lower ones eventually decidu- ous above base, apex rounded, base cuneate to shallowly cordate-amplexicaul; venation: 5-7 pairs of main laterals with sec- ondaries almost equally strong and rather dense tertiary reticulation, only midrib prominent; laminar glands rather dense, obscure in direct light, marginal glands dense. Inflorescence ( l-)3-l 5-flowered, regu- larly dichasial, sometimes with flowering branches from 1-2 nodes below, corymbiform; pedicels 1-2 mm long; bracts 4-6(-9) mm, narrowly oblong to linear-lanceolate. Flowers 12-15 mm in diam., buds ellipsoid, rounded. Sepals 5(4), 6-7 x 2-3 mm, persistent, somewhat unequal, oblanceolate, obtuse to rounded, margin plane, basal veins 3, branched. Petals 5(4), pale? yellow, sometimes tinged red, 6-8 x 3.5^1 mm, obovate to oblanceolate, apiculus obsolete or absent. Stamens c. 70-95, longest 4-6 mm, c. 0.7 x petals, persistent. Ovary 3-merous,(0.8-) 1.5-3. 5 x 1-1. 7 mm, narrowly ovoid, acute, 1- locular with intruding placentae; styles 3, 1.5-3 mm, 0.8-1 x ovary, remaining appressed in fruit. Capsule 4—7 x 3.5-5 mm, ellipsoid to globose, obtuse to rounded. Seeds reddish brown, 0.6-0.7 mm long, carinate; testa scalariform-reticulate. 2n = 18 (Gillett, 1975, 'c. 18';n = 9, Hoar&Haertl, 1932), 1 6 ( Love & Love, 1982). 122 N.K.B. ROBSON Stream, lake and pond margins, river flats, wet meadows and swamps; lowland to c. 300 m. Canada (south-western Ontario to southern Newfoundland, extinct further west? - see Richardson's isotype from 'Saskatchewan'), U.S.A. (Minnesota to Maine and south to extreme north-eastern Tennessee, West Virginia, Pennsylvania and northern Delaware). CANADA. New Brunswick: * Aguance, 1 9 July 1 90 1 (fl & fr), Church- ill s.n. (MO); *Bass River, 29 July 1 873 (fl), Fowler s.n. (MO). Newfoundland: Waterford R. between Waterford Bridge and St. John's, 2 August 1911 (fl), Fernald & Wiegand 5843 (BM, GH*, K, NY*, PH*, US*); St. John's, St. George's to Port au Port, Codroy R., South Branch, 1-4, July 1949 (fl), Toumikoski 116 (H). Nova Scotia: Halifax Co., Musquodoboit Harbour, Petpeswick, 31 July-3 August 1930 (fr), Rousseau 35284 (H, K); Yarmouth Co., Arcadia, Trefrey's Lake, 29 July 1920 (fl), Fernald & Long 21855 (K). Ontario: Algoma Distr., Firesand Creek at Hwy 101, 12.8 km E. of Wawa, 7 August 1971, Carton 14702 (H); Kenora Distr., English R., 12.4 km W. of Trans-Canada Hwy, near Cloven Lake, 7 August 1961 (fl & fr), Baldwin 9378 (H); Thunder Bay Distr., 9.6 km S. of MacDairmid, 0.8 km W. of south end of Orient Bay, 18 June 1960 (fr), Carton 8313 (BM). Quebec: Cte de Argenteuil, St-Adolphe d'Howard, 8 August 1 966 (fl & fr), Rolland-Germain 374 17 (BM, H); Chicoutimi Co., vallee de la riviere Ste-Marguerite, 6 August 1964 (fl), Cayouette 7044 (H); Tamiskaming Co., Ottawa R., NE bay of Grand Lake Victoria, road to L. Granet, 1 5 July 1954 (fl), Baldwin 5870 (K). U.S.A. Connecticut: *Hartford Co., Southington, 11 July 1897 (fl), Bissell 344? (MO); *New London Co., Franklin Co., 1 1 July 1906, Wood- ward s.n. (GH). Illinois: Fulton Co., Lewistown, June 1888 (fl), Repoon s.n. (BM). Maine: Penobscot Co., Orono, 1 August 1908 (fl), Fernald 235 (BM, K, MO*, Z). Maryland: *Garrett Co., vicinity of Mount Lake Park, Steele 56 (GH, US). Massachusetts: Essex Co., Florence (Northampton), 24 July 1977 (fr), Ahles 8429 1 (BM, H): Hampshire Co., Andover, July 1 882 (fl), Blake s.n. (H). Michigan: *Chippewa Co., near Saulte Sainte Marie, 14 August 1910(fl & fr), Churchill s.n. (MO); *Chippewa Co., Sugar I., McVaugh 875 1 (MICH, NCSC). Minnesota: *Lake Co., along Baptism R., N. shore of L. Superior, Moore & Huff 18742 (GH, IND). New Hampshire: Hillsboro Co., Pelham, Long Pond, 14 July 1927 (fl), Beanie s.n. (BM, K); Cheshire Co., Surry, Ashuelot R., 9 August 1972 (fr), Boufford 7570 (MO*, Z). New Jersey: Madison Co., Lennox, Oneida Lake, 24 July 1901 (f\),Haberer 147(K).New York: *Hamilton Co., Coles Landing, 6 September 1926 (fr), Wiegand 16674 (GH, MICH, MO); no precise locality or date (fr), Gray s.n. (BM, K). Ohio: fide Adams (1959: map 12) and Cooperrider (1989: f. 1). Pennsylvania: Fayette Co., Ohio Pyle, 29 June 1 902 (fl), Shafer 277 (BM); Forest Co., c. 3.2 km S. of Duhring along Spring Creek, 26 August 1955, Henry s.n. (CM). Rhode Island: Providence Co., Providence, no date (fl), Olney s.n. (K). Tennessee: Johnson Co., Shady Valley Bog (fide Gillespie, 1958); *10 km SW of Mountain City, Shanks & Sharp 7090 (TENN). Vermont: *Franklin Co., Binghamville, Fairfax, 20 September 1964 (fr), Seymour & Charette 22471 (MO); Windham Co., Jamaica, 13 July 1937 (fl), H. & E. Moldenke 9914 (BM, *MO). West Virginia: *Upshur Co., 6 July 1 895 (fr), Pollock s.n. (MO). Wisconsin: Florence Co., BruleR., 1 July 1964 (f\),Iltis 22194 (BM); *SawyerCo., near Hay ward, 1 1 September 1925 (fr), Palmer 28628 (MO). H. ellipticum is related to H. sphaerocarpum but differs from it inter alia by the shorter herbaceous rhizomatous habit, shorter leaves and smaller seeds. A submerged aquatic form with elongate simple stems and shorter, ovate to orbicular leaves (f. submersum Fassett) and one with the axillary branches grown out after fertilization (f. foliosum Marie- Victorin) seem scarcely worth recognizing. Subsect. 4. Brathydium (Spach) R. Keller in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 3(6): 214 (1893) [ 'Eubrathydium ']. Brathydium Spach, Hist. nat. veg. Phan. 5: 442 ( 1 836), in Annls Sci. nat. (Hot.) II, 5: 365 (1836). Type: see below. Type: B. grandiflorum Spach, nom. illegit. =Hypericumdolabriforme Vent, (lectotype, Y. Kimura, 1951). Shrubs or subshrubs with leaves either articulated at base and deciduous (Sp. 23) or not articulated and persistent or deciduous above base (Spp. 23, 24); inflorescence-branching dichasial, mainly acropetal; sepals 5, very unequal to subequal, persistent; petals 5; stamens 120-200, deciduous (Sp. 23) or persistent (Sp. 24); styles and placentae 3(4), placentation incompletely axile (Sp. 23) or parietal (Sp. 24). Species 23-24. Kimura (1951) selected his own combination, Brathydium dolahriforme (Spach) Y. Kimura, as lectotype; but Spach's name, even though illegitimate, should have been used for the species selected. 23. HypericummyrtifoliumLam.,£/icvc/. 4: 180(1797);Choisyin DC., Prodr. 1: 547 (1824); Torrey & Gray, Fl. N. Amer. 1: 161 (1 838); Chapm., Fl. South. U.S.: 40 ( 1 865); S. Watson, Bibliogr. index N. Amer. hot. 1: 127 (1878); Coulter in Bot. Gaz. 11: 85 (1886), in A. Gray, Syn.fl. N. Amer. 1: 286 (1897); R. Keller in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 2nded.21: 180(1925); Small, Man. s.e.fl.: 872(1933); Svenson \nRhodora42: 19 (1940);W.P. Adams inContr. Gray Herb. Harv. no. 189: 35 (1962), in/ Elisha Mitchell scient. Soc. 89: 68 (1973); R.C. Clark in Ann. Mo. hot. Gdn 58: 209 (1971); R. Long & Lakela, FL Trop. Florida: 607 (1971); Godfrey & Wooten, Aquatic & wetland pis s.e. U.S. Dicots: 341, f. 154 (1981); Clewell, Guide vase, pis Florida Panhandle: 372 (1985); Godfrey, Trees, shrubs & woody vines n. Florida, etc.: 356, f. 169 (1988). Type: U.S.A., without precise locality, Herb. B. de Jussieu (P-LA-holotype; GH-photograph). Map 14. H. glaucum Michx., Fl. bor-amer. 2: 78 (1803); Pursh, FL Amer. sept. 2: 376 (1814); Elliott, Sketch hot. S. Carolina 2: 32 (1821); Choisy, Prodr. monogr. Hyperic. : 46 ( 1 821 ), in DC., Prodr. 1: 547 (1824). Type: U.S.A., Florida, n.d. (fl & fr), Michaux s.n. (P- holotype, BM!-microfiche). H. rosmarinifolium sensu Choisy, Prodr. monogr. Hyperic.: 45 (1821), in DC., Prodr. 1: 547 (1824). H. sessiliflorum Willd. ex Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3: 346 (1826). Type; U.S.A., 'inAmericaborealis', ?(B-WILLD-holotype,BM!-micro- fiche). Myriandra glauca (Michx.) Spach, Hist. nat. veg. Phan. 5: 442 (1836), in Annls Sci. nat. (Bot.) II, 5: 365 (1836). Brathydium myrtifolium (Lam.) K. Koch, Hon. dendrol.: 67 (1853). Icon: Godfrey, Trees, shrubs & woody vines n. Florida, etc.: 356, f. 169(1988). Shrub (or subshrub?), 0.3-1 m tall, mostly 1 -stemmed, erect from woody caudex, often unbranched below inflorescence, sometimes with branches in upper half, ascending. Stems glaucous green, 4- STUDIES IN HYPERICUM 123 Map 14 Sect. 20: 23. H. myrtifolium • specimens, O records; 24. H. dolabriforme • specimens, D records. lined and ancipitous when young, soon 4-lined and rounded, becom- ing reddish brown and 2-lined to terete; cortex exfoliating in strips; bark greyish, becoming corky, thick Leaves sessile, spreading, evergreen, (8-) 13-40 x (5-)7-20 mm, oblong-ovate to triangular- lanceolate, margin recurved (especially when dry), paler and usually ± glaucous beneath, sometimes also glaucous above, coriaceous, eventually deciduous at or near semi-articulated base, apex rounded to obtuse or sometimes acute, base subcordate to cordate, ± amplexicaul; venation: 3-4 main laterals, with laxly reticulate sec- ondaries, tertiaries not visible; laminar glands very dense. Inflorescence 7-c. 30-flowered, regularly dichasial, widely branched, sometimes with 1-3 accessory flowers at apical node, with solitary flowers or 3-7-flowered dichasia or flowering branches up to 3 nodes below, the whole hemispherical to subcorymbiform; pedicels to 3 mm long or absent; bracts foliar, reduced. Flowers (15-)20-25 mm in diam.; buds ovoid. Sepals 5, 5-8 x 2-4.5 mm, enlarging somewhat in fruit, imbricate, unequal to subequal, ovate to lanceo- late, becoming foliaceous, acute, margin recurved; basal veins (3)5, branching and reticulating distally. Petals 5, bright yellow, becom- ing apically recurved, 8-15 x 4.5-6 mm, 1 .5-2 x sepals, obovate to oblong-oblanceolate, with apiculus lateral, obtuse. Stamens c. 200, longest 5-9 mm, c. 0.6 x petals, deciduous. Ovary 3(4)-merous, 3- 4 x 1.3-3 mm, narrowly pyramidal-ovoid, acute, placentation incompletely axile; styles 3(4), 4-5 mm, 1 .2-1 .3 x ovary, separating above in fruit. Capsule 5-6 x 3-4 mm, pyramidal-ovoid, 3(4)-lobed or 3(4)-gonous. Seeds blackish brown, c. 1 mm long, narrowly carinate; testa shallowly linear-reticulate. 2n = 18 (n = 9, Adams in Robson & Adams, 1968). Moist pine flatwoods, grass/sedge bogs, margins of evanescent ponds and low roadside ditches, on sandy or peaty soil; lowland. U.S.A. (coastal plain from South Carolina? or Georgia to south- eastern Mississippi, including most of peninsular Florida). U.S.A. Alabama: Baldwin Co., just N. of junction 1-10 by AL 59, 9.6 km S. Stapleton, 8 June 1971 (fl & e. fr), Krai 43081 (BM): Mobile Co., Range Line readjust N. of AL 163, S. of Mobile, 26 May 1973 (fl), Boufford & Ahles 9423 (BM, MO*). Florida: Duval Co., near Jacksonville, June 1 894? (fl & fr), Curtiss 265 (BKL*, BM, F*, FR, G, GH*, K, MISSA*, NY*, PH*, US*); Lake Co., near Eustis, 1-15 May 1894,Mw/i708(G, K);Wakulla Co., US 98c. 20.8 kmW. of Newport, 27 June 1 959 (fl), Dress & Readll53 (BM). Georgia: Sumter Co., 31 August 1900 (fr). Harper 548 (BM, K, MO*); Thomas Co., 4.8 km N. of Pavo, 13 June 1 968 (fl), Adams 28 (K). Mississippi: *Jackson Co., Belle Fontaine Point, Diener 915 (MISSA); *Jackson Co., near Ocean Springs, May 1859 (fl), Hilgard s.n. (MO). Small (1933) recorded H. myrtifolium from South Carolina, and there is a specimen in Herb. De Candolle (G-DC) labelled 'Carol, merid., Fraser'; but this species is not treated by Radford, Ahles & Bell (1968). Adams ( 1 962) included H. myrtifolium in subsect. Centrosperma, and the leaves do have a groove at the base of the midrib beneath. It does not extend along the rest of the lamina base, however, so that the leaves sometimes leave a small zone behind when they fall. In addition, the sepals are persistent after fruit dehiscence, but the stamens are deciduous with the petals and the placentation is incom- pletely axile. All these characters suggest that H. myrtifolium could be intermediate between subsections Centrosperma and Suturosperma, but the habit, leaf shape, larger sepals and numerous stamens indicate a direct relationship with 1. H.frondosum. 24. Hypericum dolabriforme Vent., Descr. pi. nouv.: 45 & f. ( 1 800); Pursh, FI.Amer. sept. : 378 ( 1 8 1 4); Choisy, Prodr. monogr. Hyperic.: 45 (1821), in DC., Prodr. 1: 547 (1824); Torrey & Gray, Fl. N. Amer. 1: 162 (1838); Steud., Nomencl. hot. 2nd ed. 1: 787 (1840); S. Watson, Bibliogr. index N. Amer. hot. 1: 126 (1 878); Coulter in Bot. Gaz. 11: 87 ( 1 886), in A. Gray. Syn.fl. N. Amer. 1: 287 ( 1 897); Britton & Brown, lll.fl. n. states 2nd ed. 2: 532, f. 2889 ( 19 1 3); R. Keller in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 2nd ed. 21 : 1 8 1 ( 1 925); Small, Man. s.e.fl. : 87 1 ( 1 933); Svenson in Rhodora 42: 16 (1940); J.R Gillespie in Castanea 24: 29 (1958); W.P. Adams in Contr. Gray Herb. Harv. no. 189: 40 (1962), in J. Elisha Mitchell sclent. Soc. 89: 68 (1973). Type: U.S.A., Kentucky, 'sur les collines tres arides de Kentucky', n.d. (fl), Michaux (G!-holotype). Map 14. H. procumbens Desf. ex Willd., Sp. pi. 3: 1450 (1802). Type: U.S.A., 'Amer. Sept.', ? in Herb. Willd. 14424 (B-WILLD- holotype, microfiche!). H. procumbens Michx., Fl. bor.-amer. 2:81 (1 803); Pursh, Fl. Amer. sept.: 379 (1814); Choisy, Prodr. monogr. Hyperic.: 45 (1821), in DC., Prodr. 1: 547 (1824). Type: U.S.A., Kentucky, 'in aridis collibus Kentucky', n.d. (fl), Michaux s.n. (P-holotype, BM!- microfiche). Perhaps this is from the same collection as the type of H. dolabriforme Vent. Brathydium grandiflorum Spach, Hist. not. veg. Phan. 5: 443 ( 1 836), in Annls Sci. not. (Bot.) II, 5: 365 ( 1 836); K. Koch, Hort. dendrol: 66 (1853), nom. illegit. (Art. 63). Type as for Hypericum dola- briforme Vent. Streptalon dolabriforme (Vent.) Raf., Fl. Tellur. 3: 80 (1837). Hypericum bissellii B.L. Rob. in Rhodora 4: 136, t. 37 ff. 1-4 (1902). Type: U.S.A., Connecticut, Southington, 30 July 1901 (fl), Bissell 4025 (GH!-holotype), see p. 124 Brathydium dolabriforme (Vent) Y. Kimura in Nakai & Honda, Nova fl. jap. 10:24(1951). Icon: Vent., Descr. pi. nouv.: 45 & f. (1800). Subshrub 0. 1 5-0.5 m tall, decumbent and woody (but not rooting) at base, with short or ± elongate branches at base or throughout stem. 124 N.K.B. ROBSON Stem green?, 4-lined and ancipitous above, 2-lined to terete below; cortex exfoliating in strips. Leaves sessile, widely spreading: lamina (main stem) 20-35 x 3-5 mm, linear-elliptic or linear-oblong to linear, margin recurved to revolute, pale or slightly glaucous? be- neath, subcoriaceous, the lower deciduous slightly above base, apex obtuse to acute, base narrowly cuneate to rounded; venation: only midrib apparent; laminar glands dense. Inflorescence (l-)3-c. 20- flowered, regularly dichasial, ± widely branched, without accessory flowers, rarely with single flowers from axil below, the whole obconic; pedicels 1.5-2 mm long; bracts foliar, reduced, oblong to lanceolate. Flowers c. 15-20 mm in diam.; buds ± ellipsoid, acumi- nate. Sepals 5, 5-8(-15) x 2-3(-8) mm, not enlarging in fruit?, imbricate, very unequal, ovate-lanceolate to lanceolate, ± folia- ceous, acuminate, margin distally revolute; basal veins 3, laterals sometimes branched. Petals 5, 'golden' yellow, 10-13 x 4-5 mm, c. 1.6-2 x sepals, curved-dolabriform, with apiculus conspicuous, termino-lateral, acute. Stamens 120-200, longest 5-7 mm, c. 0.5 x petals. Ovary 3-merous, 2.5-3 x 1 .5-2 mm, ovoid-conic, acuminate, placentation parietal; styles 3, 3.5-4 mm, 1.35-1.4 x ovary, some- times separating above in fruit. Capsule 4— 7(-9) x 3-3. 5(-4) mm, ovoid-conic, rostrate, 3-gonous above. Seeds reddish, 1.5-1.8 mm long, carinate; testa reticulate-scalariform. 2n = 1 8 (n = 9, Adams in Robson & Adams, 1968). Limestone outcrops, cedar glades and dry rocky stream-beds; low- land to c. 500 m in Georgia. U.S.A. (from extreme southern Indiana and north-central Kentucky southward through eastern Tennessee to north-western Georgia; probably introduced into Connecticut). U.S.A. Connecticut: see H. bissellii above, probably introduced. Geor- gia: ? Co., east base of Pigeon Mts, 300 m, 3 August 1900 (fl & fr), Harper 359 (BM, K); *Catoosa Co., 16 km W. of Ringgold, Cronquist 5614 (GA, GH, IND, MO, NY, PH, SMU, UCA, US); Walker Co., Chickamauga, 1 1 July 1899 (fl). Herb. Biltmore 6474a (JE, Z). Indiana: *Crawford Co., vicinity of Wyandotte Cave, 1 3 July 1 899, Blatchley s.n. (IND). Kentucky: * Nelson Co., 19.2 km S. of Bardstown, McFarland 50 (DUKE, GH, IND, MO, NY, PH, TENN, WIS); * Warren/Simpson Co. line, on US 3 1 W, 30 June 1969 (fl & fr), Conrad 236 (MO); *Wayne Co., Monticello, Smith & Hodgdon 401 3 (F, GH, NY, US); ? Co., Estival, 1 83 1 (fl), Rafinesque s.n. (G).Tennessee: Meigs Co., nearDecatur, 13 July 1934(fl),S/wr;;<& Underwood 2293 (BM); Knox Co., near Mascot, 30 June 1958 (fl & fr), Adams 61 (K, MO*). H. dolabriforme is a relict species of which the affinities are not immediately apparent. Adams (1962: 41) claimed it to be most closely related to 20. H. sphaerocarpum, which is similarly semi- woody with linear leaves, axillary leaf-clusters, an almost wholly terminal dichasial inflorescence and somewhat unequal sepals. The capsules of//, dolabriforme, however, are much bigger, the inflores- cence branches more widely spreading, the sepals much more unequal and recurved-acuminate (rarely subrecurved and obtuse to acute), the petals curved-dolabriform, the stamens more numerous (120-200, not 70-95) and the seeds much larger. All these charac- ters, except the linear leaves and large seeds, can however be derived easily from those of 23. H. myrtifolium; and the leaves, though narrow, are of similar texture and colour. The larger seeds need not be an insuperable obstacle to a relationship with H. myrtifolium, which seems to be directly related to 1 . //. frondosum like the 4- petalled 'Ascyrum' species. I agree with Adams (1962: 41 ) that H. bissellii is a synonym of//. dolabriforme. Robinson's illustration could be of//, sphaerocarpum, but the type specimen clearly belongs to H. dolabriforme. Consider- ing that this species is otherwise confined to west or south of the Appalachians, the record from a street in a Connecticut town is likely to have resulted from an introduction. Subsect. 5. Ascyrum (L.) N. Robson, stat. nov. Ascyrum L., Sp. pi. : 787 (1753), Gen. pi 5th ed.: 342 ( 1 754) excl. A. villosum L. et A. crux-andreae L. pro parte quoad syn.; Engl. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 3(6): 208 (1893), op. cit., 2nd ed. 21: 174 (1925) pro parte, excl. A. filicaule Dyer. Type: A. hypericoides L. (= Hypericum hypericoides (L.) Cr.) (lectotype - Britton & Brown, 1913: 528). Hypericoides Adans., Fam. PL 2: 443, 616 (1763); Lam., Tabl encycl.: t. 644 (1796). Type: Hypericum hypericoides (L.) Cr. (= Hypericoides perforata Poir.) (lectotype - N. Robson, 1977a). Ascyrum a. Ascyrum (L.) Endl., Gen. PL: 1032 (1840), autonym status ignot. Type: H. hypericoides (L.) Cr. (see above). Shrubs or wiry shrublets with leaves articulated at base (Spp. 25, 26) or not, deciduous sooner or later at or above base; inflorescence- branching dichasial and/or pseudo-dichotomous, basipetal and/or acropetal; sepals 4, markedly unequal, persistent; petals 4; stamens 30-100, persistent; styles and placentae 2-4, placentation parietal. Species 25-29. 25. Hypericum crux-andreae (L.) Cr., Inst. rei herb. 2: 520 ( 1 766); N. Robson inTaxon 29: 272 (1980); Godfrey &Wooten, Aquatic & wetlandpls s.e. U.S., Dicots: 340 ( 1981 ); Clewell, Guide vase, pis Florida Panhandle: 371 (1985); Godfrey, Trees, shrubs & woody vines n. Florida, etc.: 350, f. 165 (1988); N. Robson in Cullen et al., Eur. Gdn Fl. 4: 69 (1995). Type: U.S.A., Virginia, Clayton 230 (LINN 944/1 -lectotype - N. Robson, 1980). Fig. 18A, Map 15. Ascyrum crux-andreae L., Sp. pi.: 787 (1753) excl. syn., Sp. pi. 2nd ed.: 1107 (1763) excl. syn. Plukenet.; Lam., Encycl. 1: 285 (1783) pro parte, excl. syn. Plukenet. et Raii. Hypericum tetrapetalum [var.] p sensu Lam., Encycl. 4: 153 (1797), fide microfiche P-LA 73/7. Ascyrum stans Michx. ex Willd., Sp. pi. 3: 1473 (1802); Michx., Fl. bor.-amer. 2: 77 ( 1 803); Vent., Jard. Malmaison 2: t. 90 ( 1 805) pro parte, excl. syn. Hypericum tetrapetalum Lam.; Choisy, Prodr. monogr. Hyperic.: 61 (1821) pro parte, excl. [var.] p, in DC., Prodr. 1: 555 (1824) pro parte excl. syn. H. tetrapetalum Lam.; Spach, Hist. nat. veg. Phan.5: 457 (1836), inAnnlsSci. nat. (Bot.) II, 5: 368 (1836); Torrey & Gray, Fl. N. Amer. 1: 157 (1838); A. Gray, Gen. Amer. bor. 1: t. 91 (1848); Chapm., Fl. South. U.S.: 39 ( 1 865); Coulter in Bot. Gaz. 11:81(1 886), in A. Gray, Syn. Fl. N. STUDIES IN HYPER/CUM 125 Map 15 Sect. 20: 25. H. crux-andreae • specimens, O records. Amer. 1: 283 ( 1 897); R. Keller in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 2nded. 21: 174(1925); Small, Man. s.e.fl.: 868 (1933); Fernald, Gray's Man. Bot.: 1007 (1950); W.P. Adams in Rhodora 59: 88, map 4 (1957); J.P. Gillespie in Castanea 24: 27 (1958); R.A. Vines, Trees, shrubs & woody vines ofS. W. : 732 ( 1 960); Correll & Johnston, Man. vase, pis Texas: 1060 (1970); K.G. & M.L. Brown, Woody pis Maryland: 233 (1972). Type: U.S.A., 'Hab. in Carolina', Michaux (P-holotype). A. hypericoides sensu W.T. Aiton, Hort. Kew. 2nd ed.: 430 (1812); Elliott, Sketch hot. S. Carolina 2: 22 (1821). A. amplexicaule sensu Pursh, Fl. Amer. sept. 2: 374 (1814) pro parte, quoad syn. A. stans Willd. A. grandiflorum Raf., Fl. ludov: 87 (1817). Type: U.S.A., Louisiana (no specimen found). Hypericoides crux-andreae (L.) Poir., Tab. Encycl. 3: 201 , t. 644 f. 1 (1823). Ascvrum stans [var.] P ohovatum Chapm. ex Torrey & Gray, Fl. N. Amer. 1: 157 (1838); Chapm., Fl. South. U.S.: 39 (1865). Type: U.S.A., Florida, 'Middle Florida', Chapman s.n. (NY-holotype). A. simplex Zeyh. ex Turcz. in Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou 31(1): 389 ( 1 858). Type: U.S.A., Pennsylvania, Bethlehem, n.d. (fl.), Zeyher s.n. (KW-holotype; BM!-photograph). A. cruciatum St-Lag. in Annls Soc. hot. Lyons 7: 69 (1880), nom. illegit. (Art. 63). Type as for A. crux-andreae L. A. cuneifolium Chapm., Fl. South. U.S. 2nd ed., Suppl. 2: 680 (1892), op. cit., 3rd ed.: 56 (1897); Small, Fl. s.e. U.S.: 785 (1903), Man. s.e.fl.: 868 (1933); Merrill in Castanea 13: 66 (1948). Type: Florida, 1835, Chapman (NY!-holotype). Hypericum stans (Michx.) Adams & Robson in Rhodora 63: 15 (1961); W.P. Adams in Contr. Gray Herb. Harv. no. 189: 44 (1962), in J. Elisha Mitchell sclent. Soc. 89: 68 (1973); Radford, Ahles & Bell, Man. vase, pis Carolinas: 1 1 1 (1968); R.C. Clark in Ann. Mo. hot. Gdn 58: 209 (1971); R. Long & Lakela, Fl. imp. Florida: 607 (1971). H. peltatum sensu T. & M. Eisner &Aneshansley in Procnatn.Acad Sci. U.S.A. 70: 1002 (1973), nomen. Icones: Vent., Jard. Malmaison 2: t. 90 (1805); Godfrey, Trees, shrubs & woody vines n. Florida, etc.: 350, f. 165 (1988). Shrub 0.1-1.0(-1.35) m tall, erect to suberect or rarely decumbent and rooting at base, unbranched or rarely sparsely branched below inflorescence (at least until fruiting), branches suberect. Stems becoming red-brown, 2-4-lined and ancipitous when young, soon narrowly 2-winged; cortex exfoliating in thin strips or flakes; bark thin, reddish brown, not corky. Leaves sessile, ascending to spread- ing, (12-)18-30(-36) x (6-)8-12(-16) mm, oblong to elliptic or rarely obovate to oblanceolate or triangular-ovate, margin plane to subrecurved, paler beneath, sometimes slightly glaucous on both sides, coriaceous, eventually deciduous at basal articulation, apex rounded to obtuse, base rounded to truncate or rarely slightly cordate-amplexicaul; venation: up to 3 pairs of laterals sometimes visible; laminar glands dense. Inflorescence l-3(-7)-flowered from \-4 nodes, sometimes with flowering branches from up to 4 nodes below, the whole ± narrowly cylindric to narrowly pyramidal or occasionally with one pair of pseudo-dichotomous branches; pedicels 3-5 mm long; bracts foliar; bracteoles triangular-lanceolate. Flow- ers 20-30 mm in diam.; buds compressed-subglobose. Sepals 4, markedly unequal, not? enlarging in fruit; outer 9-1 7(-20) x 9-1 4(- 18) mm, broadly ovate to circular, apiculate to obtuse or rounded, base cordate, basal veins (3)5-7, midrib often branched; inner 7-14 x 2-3(^4-) mm, narrowly elliptic to lanceolate, acute to subacute, basal veins 3(-5), midrib sometimes branched. Petals 4, bright yellow, 1 1-18 x 6-10(-12) mm, c. 05-1.2 x outer sepals, obovate, with apiculus lateral, acute. Stamens 80- 100, longest 7-8 mm, 0.45- 0.65 x petals. Ovary 3(4)-merous, (3.5-)4-5 x 1 .5-2.5 mm, narrowly ellipsoid-ovoid, acute, placentation parietal; styles 3(4), (1-) 1.5-2. 5 mm, 0.35-0.5 x ovary, divergent. Capsule 7-9(-10) x 5-6.5 mm, narrowly ellipsoid-ovoid, obtuse (or apiculate fide Small), scarcely lobed. Seeds blackish brown, 0.8 mm long, ecarinate; testa shallowly scalariform. 2n = 18 (n = 9, Adams in Robson & Adams, 1968). Moist to dry pine savannahs and flatwoods, meadows, bogs, marshes, ditches, shores of ponds and lakes, on sandy soil; lowland. U.S.A. (eastern Texas and south-eastern Oklahoma to Florida and northwest to New York (Long Island), New Jersey and eastern Pennsylvania). U.S.A. Alabama: *Barbour Co., by L. Eufaula, 8 km S. of Eufaula, 1 1 September 1968 (fr), Krai 33219 (MO); Talladega Co.?, 'supra Talladega ad fl. Coosa', Sept. 1843 (fr), Rugel s.n. (BM); *Mobile Co., Graves 697 (MO, US). Arkansas: *ClarkCo.,Arkadelphia,60m, I October \93%(fT),Demaree 18422 (MO); Hot Springs Co., Malvern, 4 September 1915 (fl), Palmer&463 (K, MO*); no precise locality or date, Leavenworth s.n (K). Delaware: *New Castle Co., Tatnall 1959 (GH, PENN); Sussex Co., Ellendale, August 1867 (fl), Canby s.n. (H). Florida: Franklin Co., W. of Fla 379, c. 19 km S. of Liberty-Franklin county line, 9 November 1 963 (fr). Ward & Ford 3645 (BM, FLAS*): Hillsborough Co., NE Tampa, Industrial Park, W. of 46th St., intersected by Linebaugh Ave., 13 November 1963 (fr), Lakela 26666 (BM, USF* ). Georgia: BullochCo., SE of Statesboro, 4.9 km N. of Georgia 46 on co. road 204, then right for 1.3 km, c. 65 m, 16 September 1982 (fl & fr), Boufford, Bartholomew & Spongberg 23137 (A*. BM, MO*): Thomas Co., c. 5 km NW of Pavo. 10 August 1958 (fl), Adams 159 (K). Kentucky: 126 N.K.B. ROBSON Fig. 18 A. H. crux-andreae: (a) habit; (b) leaf (part); (c) outer sepal; (d) inner sepal; (e) petal; (0 capsule. B. H. tetrapetalum: (g) habit. C. H. edisonianum: (h) habit. D. H. suffruticosum: habit (a, g-i x '/2; b x 2: c-f x 3). A. Boufford2\405. B. Skean 1600. C. Judd 25 17. D. Curtiss 246. STUDIES IN HYPER1CUM *McCreary Co., Bauer Road, 24 July 1941 (fl), McFarland & James 48 (DUKE, IND, MO, PENN, TENN, US, WVA). Louisiana: *Beauregard Par., Correll&Correll96%\ (DUKE,F,GH); *RapidesPar., l896(fl),Do£fao/is.n. (MO); St. Tammany Par., Covington, June-August 1 832 (fl), Dmmmond s.n. (BM, K). Maryland: "Prince George Co., Hyattsville, 14 August 1910 (fl), Dowell 6464 (GH, MO, NY); *Worcester Co., 0.8 km N. of Ocean City, 1 1 September 1936 (st), Norton s.n. (M). Mississippi: Harrison Co., Gulfport, 5 September 1900 (fl), Tracy 87 (BM); *Ocean Springs, 22 August 1891 (fl), Seymour 91 822 (MO). New Jersey: Atlantic City, 30 August 1 882 (fl), Parker s.n. (K); Burlington Co., c. 9.6 km W. of Chatsworth, 20 August 1948 (fl), Lawrence & Dress 528 (BM). New York: see Adams (1957). North Carolina: "Macon Co., Highlands, 31 July 1975 (fr), Boufford & Wood 77755 (MO); Onslow Co., 8.8 km S. of N.C.4 1 on County road 1 003, S. of Comfort and NE of Richmond City, 22 August 1979 (fl & fr), Boufford 21405 (BM, CM*). Oklahoma: *Le Flore Co., Palmer 20595 (GH). Pennsylvania: *Bucks Co., 28 August 1864, Diffenbaugh s.n. (GH); Philadelphia Co., near Philadelphia, August (fr), Griffith 136 (BM). South Carolina: Marlboro Co. 2.4 km E. of Wallace, 10 August 1956 (fl), Radford 15625a(K); Oconee Co., Whitewater R. 3.2 km NW of Jocasee, 2 September 1956 (fl), Radford 17892 (H). Tennessee: "Coffee Co., Svenson 4246 (GH, IND, PH); *Franklin Co., 10 September 1898 (fl), Eggerts.n. (MO); Grundy Co., 6.4 km N. of Palmer by Savage Gulf off Collins School Road, 2 September 1971 (fr), Krai 43739 (BM). Texas: "Houston Co., Latexo, 22 September 1917 (fl), Palmer 12819 (MO); *Smith Co., along SabineR., near Gumwood, 27 September 1926 (fr), Palmer 31727 (MO). Virginia: Norfolk Co., prope Norfolk, August 1840(fl), Rugel 202 (BM); "Princess Anne Co., near Virginia Beach, Heller 1268 (F, GH, NY, PENN, PH, US). H. crux-andreae, with its tetramerous perianth whorls and very unequal sepals, is directly related to 1. H.frondosum, in which the sepals are very unequal and both perianth whorls are quite often tetramerous. It differs from that species in having (as well as the constantly tetramerous perianth) sessile leaves, a lower habit and smaller flowers at more stem nodes. Adams (1957) showed that Chapman's Ascyrum cuneifolium (A. stans var. obovatum Chapm. ex Torrey & Gray) cannot be separated from typical//, crux-andreae (=A. stans). The low, several-stemmed form with cuneate leaves, longer-pedunculate flowers and shorter sepals varies in the direction of 28. H. suffruticosum, but there is no overlap in variation in these taxa. 26. Hypericum tetrapetalum Lam., Encycl. 4: 153 (1797); Adams &Robson \nRhodora63: 15 (1961);W.P. Adams inContr. Gray Herb. Harv. no. 189: 45 (1962), in/ Elisha Mitchell sclent. Soc. 89: 68 (1973); R. Long & Lakela, Fl. trap. Florida: 606 (1971); Godfrey & Wooten, Aquatic & wetland pis s.e. U.S. Dicots: 340 ( 1 98 1 ); Clewell, Guide vase, pis Florida Panhandle: 372 ( 1 985); Godfrey, Trees, shrubs & woodv vines n. Florida, etc.: 348, f. 164 (1988). Type: U.S.A., Florida, 'Hab. in Florida', ? (P-LA- holotype, GH- photograph). Fig. 18B, Map 12. Ascyrum amplexicaule Michx., Fl. bor.-amer. 2: 77 (1803); Pursh, Fl.Amer. sept. 2: 374 ( 1 8 1 4); Elliott, Sketch hot. S. Carolina 2: 23 (1821); Choisy in DC., Prodr. 1: 555 (1824); Spach, Hist. not. veg. Phan. 5: 457 (1836), in Annls Sci. nat. (Bot.) II, 5: 368 (1836); Torrey & Gray, Fl. N. Amer. 1: 156 (1838); Chapm., Fl. South. U.S.: 39 (1865); Coulter in Bot. Gaz. 11: 81 (1886), in A. Gray, Syn. fl. N. Amer. 1: 283 (1897). Type: U.S.A., Florida, without precise locality, Michaux s.n. (P-holotype:, BM!-micro- fiche). A. stans [van] (3 sensu Choisy, Prodr. monogr. Hyperic.: 61 (1821). Specimen in Herb. De Candolle (G-DC), not located. A. cubense Griseb., Cat. PI. Cub.: 40 (1886); Sauvalle in An. Acad. Cienc. med. fis. nat. Habana 5: 203 (1868), Fl. cub.: 8 (1869). Type: Cuba, Pinar del Rio, 'juxta pineta pr. Pinales, 1860-1864', 127 Wright 2128 (GOET-holotype; BM!, GH!, K!, MO!, NY!, US!- isotypes). A. tetrapetalum (Lam.) Vail in Small, Fl. s.e. U.S.: 785 (1903), Man. s.e.fl.: 868 (1933); Leon & Alain, Fl. Cuba 3: 315 (1953); W.P. Adams in Rhodora 59: 93 (1957). Icon: Godfrey, Trees, shrubs & woody vines n. Florida, etc.: 348, f. 164(1988). Shrub or perennial herb woody at base, 0.2-1 m tall, erect, often unbranched, branches divaricate or ascending. Stems green, (2)4- lined and ancipitous when young, becoming 2-lined to terete; cortex exfoliating in strips or flakes; bark thin, reddish brown, not corky. Leaves sessile, (5-)8-35 x 4-15 mm, oblong-ovate or ovate to triangular-ovate, margin subrecurved, paler beneath, not glaucous, coriaceous, eventually deciduous at basal articulation, apex apiculate or obtuse to rounded, base cordate-amplexicaul; venation: only one pair of basal laterals visible; laminar glands dense, large; inframar- ginal glands dense. Inflorescence l(3)-flowered with branching pseudo-dichotomous, occasionally with short lateral branches from up to 3 nodes below; pedicels 3-12 mm long; bracts foliar. Flowers 20-30 mm or more in diam.; buds compressed-subglobose. Sepals 4, markedly unequal, not? enlarging in fruit; outer7-13(-15) x 5.5- 9(-10) mm, broadly ovate, foliaceous, subapiculate to obtuse, base cordate, basal veins 3(5), unbranched; inner 7-15 x 2-c. 3 mm, narrowly lanceolate, acute, basal veins 1-3. Petals 4, bright yellow, 10-15 (or larger?) x 7-10 mm, 1.2-1.3 x sepals, obovate-oblong, with apiculus lateral, acute to incurved, acuminate. Stamens c. 100, longest c. 4.5-6.5, c. 0.45 x petals. Ovary 3-merous, 3-3.5 x 1.6-2 mm, pyramidal-ovoid to ellipsoid-ovoid, acute, placentation pari- etal; styles 3, 3-3.5 mm, 1-1.2 x ovary, divergent distally. Capsule c. 5-6 x 3.5^1, broadly ellipsoid-ovoid to subglobose, 3-lobed. Seeds blackish brown, c. 0.7 mm long, ecarinate; testa shallowly scalariform. 2n = 18 (n = 9, Adams in Robson & Adams, 1968). Moist low pinelands and roadside ditches, on sandy soil; lowland. U.S.A. (Florida and adjacent Georgia and Alabama), Cuba (Pinar del Rio). U.S.A. Alabama: Baldwin Co., E. side of US 90-98, E. from Mobile by causeway, 7 June 1971 (fl), Krai 43061 (BM). Florida: Duval Co., 4.3 km S. of Nassau Co., line on US route 1 and 23, NW of Jacksonville, 30 May 1973 (fr), Boufford 9265 (BM, MO*); Lake Co., Eustis, 16-30 June 1895, Nash 1977 (DAO*, K, MO*, NCU*, PH*); Sarasota Co., Fla 780, 25.1 km E. of Sarasota, 20 June 1974 (fl), Baltzell 6501 (BM). Georgia: *Glynn Co., Brunswick, 5 April 1939 (fl & fr), Koelz 13466 (MO); *Irwin Co., 6.4 km N. of Ocilla, Wilbur 3074 (FSU, NCSC, SMU); *McIntosh Co., Sapelo Island, Duncan 17970(GA). 128 N.K.B. ROBSON CUBA. Pinar del Rio: Vinales, La Vega, February 1867(fl), Wright 2\28 (BM, GH, MO, NY, S, US). H. tetrapetalum is a derivative of 25. H. crux-andreae, differing from it in the ovate to triangular-ovate leaves, which are strongly cordate- amplexicaul and sometimes grade in form into that of the outer sepals, although they are usually somewhat larger. The terminal pseudo- dichotomous inflorescence is also nearly always diagnostic, but the Alabama specimen cited is intermediate in this respect. These two species overlap in distribution in southern Georgia and northern Florida but do not otherwise intergrade morphologically. 27. Hypericum edisonianum (Small) W.P. Adams & N. Robson in Rhodora 53: 1 5 ( 1 96 1 ); W.P. Adams in Contr. Gray Herb. Harv. no. 189: 44 (1962), in J. Elisha Mitchell sclent. Soc. 89: 68 (1873); D.B. Ward, Rare & endangered biota of Florida 5. Plants: 94 (1980); Godfrey & Woolen, Aquatic & wetland pis s.e. U.S. Dicots: 340 (1981). Type: U.S.A., Florida, Highlands Co., '21 miles [33.6 km] east of Arcadia', Hand 118 (NY- holotype). Fig. 18C, Map 16. Ascyrum edisonianum Small, Man. s.e.fl.: 868 (1933); W.P. Adams in Rhodora 59: 91 (1957). Shrub 0.3-1 .5 m tall, erect, often unbranched below, much branched pseudo-dichotomously above, forming spreading flat-topped crown; horizontal roots bearing adventitious shoots form thickets. Stems red-brown, 4-6-lined and ancipitous when young, soon 2-lined; cortex exfoliating in strips; bark thin, reddish brown to grey, not corky. Leaves sessile, appressed or ± spreading, 15-26 x 5-8(- ll)mm, elliptic, margin subrecurved to subincrassate, paler be- neath, markedly glaucous above only, coriaceous, soon deciduous at base leaving prominent gland-like auricles, apex obtuse to acute, base cuneate to subrounded; venation: up to 4 pairs of laterals sometimes visible: laminar glands dense. Inflorescence 1 -flowered with repeated pseudo-dichotomous branching; pedicels 3-5 mm; bracts foliar; bracteoles lanceolate. Flowers 15-20 mm in diam.; buds compressed-subglobose. Sepals 4, markedly unequal, not? enlarging in fruit; outer (8-)9-13(-17) x (5-)6-8(-9) mm, broadly ovate, acute to subacuminate, base cordate, basal veins 5-7, midrib not or obscurely branched; inner c. 5-6 x 0.6-1.2 mm, linear- lanceolate, acuminate, basal veins 5, midrib unbranched. Petals 4, bright? yellow, (10-) 12-1 8 x (5-)6-l 1 mm, c. 1 .2 x sepals, obovate with apiculus lateral, acute. Stamens c. 70-80, longest 6-7 mm, c. 0.5 x petals. Ovary 3^-merous, 3.5-4 x c. 1.5 mm, narrowly triangular-ovoid, acute, placentation parietal?; styles 3-4, 2-3 mm long, 0.6-0.75 x ovary, wholly appressed. Capsule 5-8 x (3?-)4 mm, triangular-ovoid, acute, 3-4-lobed. Seeds brown to yellow- brown, c. 0.8 mm long, ecarinate; testa 'reticulate' (Godfrey & Woolen). In sandy soil of low prairies, in marshy areas in pine flatwoods and al pond margins; lowland. U.S.A. (cenlral peninsular Florida - Highlands, Glades and De Solo Counlies). U.S.A. Florida: Glades Co., Fla. 17, 9.6 km NW of Palmdale, 7 May 1 975 (fl & e. fr),Baltzell 7285 (BM, FLAS*); Highlands Co., 8 km NE of Old Venus in Old State Road 8 (Childs to Venus), 30 September 1979 (fl), Judd 2517(BM, FLAS*). H. edisonianum is a derivative of 25. H. crux-andreae, from which il can be distinguished by the smaller, thicker, obtuse to acute leaves, the pseudo-dicholomous branching and Ihe paired persislenl gland- like auricles al Ihe base of each leaf. Ward ( 1 980) suggested that H. edisonianum had been isolated on the Lake Wales Ridge of cenlral peninsular Florida during Pleistocene flooding, when much of Florida was benealh sea level. 28. Hypericum suffruticosum W.P. Adams & N. Robson in Rhodora 63: 15 (1961), sphalm. ' suffructicosurn '; W.P. Adams in Contr. Gray Herb. Harv. no. 189: 49 (1962), in / Elisha Mitchell sclent. Soc. 89: 68 ( 1 973); Radford, Ahles & Bell, Man. vase, pis Map 16 Sect. 20: 27. H. edisonianum A specimens, A records; 28. H. suffruticosum multicaule • specimens, O records, also in Massachusetts, Nantucket I. specimens. D records; 29. H. hypericoides: b. subsp. STUDIES IN HYPERICUM 129 Carolina*: 710 (1968); R.C. Clarke in Ann. Mo. hot. Gdn 58: 210 (1971); Clewell, Guide vase, pis Florida Panhandle: 372 (1985); Godfrey, Trees, shrubs & woody vines n. Florida, etc.: 353, f. 167 (1988). Type as for Ascyrum pumilum Michaux. Fig. 18D, Map 16. Ascyrum pumilum Michx., Fl. bor-amer. 2: 77 (1803); Pursh, Fl. Amer. sept. 2: 373 (1814); Elliott, Sketch hot. S. Carolina 2: 21 (1821); Choisy, Prodr. monogr. Hyperic.: 60 (1821), in DC., Prodr. 1: 555 (1824); Spach, Hist. nat. veg. Phan. 5: 463 (1836), in Annls Sci. nat. (Bot.) II, 5: 369 (1 836); Torrey & Gray, Fl. N. Amer. 1: 1 56(1 838); Chapm., Fl. South. U.S.: 39 (1865); Coulter in Bot. Gaz. 11: 79 (1886), in A. Gray, Syn. fl. N. Amer. 1: 283 (1897); Small, Man. s.e.fl.: 867 (1933); W.P. Adams \nRhodora 59: 77 ( 1 957); nonHypericumpumillum Sesse & Mocino ( 1 894). Type: U.S.A., Georgia, without precise locality, Michaux s.n. (P- holotype, BM!-microfiche). A. pauciflorum Nutt., Gen. N. Amer. pis 2: 15(1818); Choisy, Prodr. monogr. Hyperic.: 60 (1821), in DC., Prodr. 1: 555 (1824); non Hypericum pauciflorum Kunth (1822). Type: U.S.A., Georgia, 'e sylvestris Georgiae', Nuttall s.n. (PH-holotype; BM!). A. nummularifolium Banks [in sched.] ex Steud., Nomencl. hot. 2nd ed. : 77(1 840), nomen. Icon: Godfrey, Trees, shrubs & woody vines n. Florida, etc.: 353, f. 167(1988). Q Dwarf shrub 0.05-0. 15(-0.2) m tall, erect, few- to many-stemmed and cushion-like or decumbent and ± matted, branched from near base and sparingly pseudo-dichotomously, branches suberect or ± spreading. Stems becoming red-brown, 4-lined and ancipitous when young, soon narrowly 2-winged; cortex exfoliating in thin strips or flakes; bark thin, reddish brown, not corky. Leaves sessile to subsessile, ± spreading, (3-)4-8(-10) x (l-)2-3 mm, narrowly obovate or oblanceolate to elliptic or oblong-linear, margin plane to subrecurved, paler beneath, sometimes slightly glaucous, subcoriaceous, eventually deciduous above base, apex obtuse, base rounded to cuneate; venation: only midrib visible; laminar glands dense; inframarginal glands dense. Inflorescence 1 -flowered, often with a pair of pseudo-dichotomous branches; peduncle 0.5 mm long; pedicel (5-)7-10(-12) mm long, mostly recurved to reflexed at maturity; bracts foliar; bracteoles linear-subulate. Flowers c. 10-15 mm in diam.; buds compressed-subglobose. Sepals 4 and markedly unequal or 2, enlarging somewhat in fruit; outer (4-)5-8 x (4-)4.5- 6(-8) mm, broadly ovate to broadly elliptic, obtuse to rounded, base truncate to angustate, near-basal veins 3, all branched; inner (when present) minute. Petals 4, pale yellow, (4-)5-8 x (4-)5-6(-8) mm, often unequal, narrowly obovate, with apiculus terminal, obtuse, fugaceous. Stamens c. 30, longest 2.5-4 mm, 0.4-0.6 x petals. Ovary 2-merous, 2-2.5 x 0.6-1 .3 mm, narrowly compressed, cylin- dric-ellipsoid, obtuse, placentation parietal; styles 2, 1.2-1.5 mm, 0.6 x ovary, appressed or divergent above. Capsule 3-5 x 2-3 mm, cylindric-ellipsoid, rounded, compressed. Seeds c. 1 mm long, scarcely carinate; testa finely reticulate. 2n = 18 (n = 9, Adams in Robson & Adams, 1968). Dry sandy open pinelands of the coastal plain: lowland. U.S.A. (southern North Carolina to eastern Louisiana, excluding most of peninsular Florida). U.S.A. Alabama: *Covington Co., Hardin & Duncan 14974 (GA); *Washington Co., Fruitdale, 5 May 1904 (fr), ? (MO). Florida: Bay Co., 3.2 km E. of Lynn Haven, 20 May 1961 (n & fr),Adams 774 (K); Columbia Co., Lake City, 1 1-19 July 1895 (fr), Nash 221 1 (GH*, K, MICH*. MO*, NY*, US*); Duval Co., near Jacksonville, April (fl), Curtiss 246 (BM, F*, FLAS*, GH*, K, MISSA*, MO*, NY*, PH*, US*). Georgia: Bulloch Co., S. of Portal, c. 65 m, 6 May 1982 (fl & fr), Bouffordet al. 22814 (A*, BM, MO*); Camden Co., S. of Kingsland, 12 May 1930 (fl & fr), Moldenke 1 180 (K, MO*). Louisiana: *St. Tammany Par., Bougere 2006 (LSU). Mississippi: *Harrison Co., Biloxi, Tracy 4489 (F, MICH, MO, NY, OS, US); *Jackson Co., May 1930, Donald s.n. (MISSA). North Carolina: *Bladen Co., Wood 8499 (GH). South Carolina: *Colleton Co., 17.6 km NW of Walterboro, Adams 84 (FSU); Jasper Co., US 601, c. 2.2 km N. of junction of Co. Route 27-169, 22 June 1968 (fl), Leonard & Radford 1678 (BM, H). Adams ( 1 957) related H. suffruticosum to 29. H. hypericoides (using Ascyrum nomenclature); but the link seems clearly to be with 25. H. crux-andreae through the reduced form of that species that has been named Ascyrum cuneifolium Chapman, which occurs in extreme north-eastern Florida and Alabama. H. suffruticosum is thus derived from a different part of//, crux-andreae from that which gave rise to 24. H. edisonianum (q.v.). 29. Hypericum hypericoides (L.) Cr., Inst. rei herb. 2: 520 (1776); Adams & Robson in Rhodora 63: 15 (1961); W.P. Adams in Contr. Gray Herb. Harv. no. 1 89: 46 (1962), in Rhodora 64: 237 (1962), in}. Elisha Mitchell scient. Soc. 89: 68 (1973); Radford, Ahles & Bell, Man. vase, pis Carolinas: 710 (1968); R.C. Clark in Ann. Mo. hot. Gdn 58: 209 ( 1 97 1 ); R. Long & Lakela, Fl. trop. Florida: 606 (1971); N. Robson in Taxon 29: 272 (1980); Godfrey & Wooten, Aquatic & wetland pis s.e. U.S. Dicots: 341 ( 1 98 1 ); Clewell, Guide vase, pis Florida Panhandle: 372 ( 1 985); Godfrey, Trees, shrubs & woody vines n. Florida, etc.: 354, f. 168 (1988); N. Robson in Bull. nat. Hist. Mus. Lond. (Bot.) 23: 68 (1993), in Eur. Gdn Fl. 4: 70, ff. 10.7, 10.8, 10.13 (1995). Type as for Ascyrum hypericoides. Maps 16, 17. Ascyrum hypericoides L., Sp. pi: 788 (1753) excl. syn. Hort. Cliff. et Plukenet., 2nd ed.: 1 108 (1763) excl. syn. Plukenet.; Marshall, Arbust. amer.: 14 (1785) ['hypericodes']; Willd., Sp. pi. 3: 1473 (1802); W.T. Aiton, Hort. kew. 2nd ed. 3: 430 (1812) pro pane; Choisy, Prodr. monogr. Hyperic. : 6 1 ( 1 82 1 ), in DC., Prodr. 1: 555 (1824); Griseb. Fl. Br.W.I.:] 12 (1860); Coulter in Bot. Gaz. 11: 80 (1886), in A. Gray, Syn.fl. N. Amer. 1: 283 (1897); Small, Fl. s.e. U.S.: 785 (1903), Man. s.e.fl.: 867 (1933); Urban, Symbol. Antill. 4: 41 1 (1910); Engl. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 2nd ed. 21: 174 (1925) pro parte, excl. syn. A. crux-andreae L.; Fawcett & Rendle, Fl. Jamaica S: 202, f. 79 (1926); Leon & Alain, Fl. Cuba 3: 315 (1953); W.P. Adams in Rhodora 59: 79 (1957), in op. cit.64: 237 (1962); Correll & Johnston, Man. vase, pis Texas: 1060 (1970); R.G. & M.L. Brown, Woody pis Mary- land: 233 (1972); Strausbaugh & Core, Fl. W. Virginia 2nd ed.: 638 (1980). Type: Hispaniola, Hypericoides frutescens erecta, flare luteo Plumier, Nov. PI. Amer. Gen.: t. 7 (1703) (lectotype - Robson, 1980: 272). Fawcett & Rendle (1926: 203) indicated the type as Patrick Browne's specimen from Jamaica (LINN 944.2) named Hypericum angustifolium in Solander's hand with correc- tion toAsc\rum, the correct specific epithet having been added by Sir J.E. Smith; and Adams ( 1 957: 83) designated this specimen as a neotype, it having been added to the Linnaean herbarium only in 1758, after the publication of Specie s plantarum (1753). As I have explained, however (Robson, 1 980), there is no need for the 130 N.K.B. ROBSON Map 17 Sect. 20: 29. H. hypericoides: a. subsp. hypericoides • specimens, O records, A extinct? (Illinois). selection of a neotype, as Plumier's illustration is an appropriate lectotype. A. perforata Lam., Encycl. 1: 285 (1783), nom. illegit. (Art. 63.2) [ 'Ascyre perforce']. Hypericoides perforata Poir., Tab. encycl. 3: 201 , t. 644 f. 2 ( 1 823). Shrub to wiry shrublet (0.05-)0. 1-1 .2(-l .5) m tall, erect or decum- bent to prostrate, unbranched or with ± sparse lateral branches or branched from base and ± diffuse, sometimes mat-forming, lateral branches erect or ± spreading, sometimes also branched pseudo- dichotomously. Stems red-brown, 2-winged, the subsidiary lines only visible when very young; cortex exfoliating in thin strips or flakes; bark thin, reddish brown, not corky. Leaves sessile, spreading to rarely ascending, (5-)7-25(-34) x (1-)1 .5-6(-8.5) mm, oblanceolate to narrowly oblong or linear, margin subrecurved, slightly paler beneath, not glaucous, subcoriaceous, eventually de- ciduous just above base, apex rounded to obtuse, base rounded or usually cuneate with paired basal glandiform auricles; venation: 1- 2 pairs of basal or near-basal veins sometimes visible, tertiary reticulation obscure or not visible; laminal glands dense. Inflores- cence 1-3-flowered from 1-4 nodes, sometimes with flowering branches from up to 10 nodes below, the whole narrowly cylindric to narrowly pyramidal, or sometimes with a pair of inflorescences of the above type developing from one pseudo-dichotomous branch- ing, or branching wholly pseudo-dichotomous; peduncle + pedicel 3-6 mm long, pedicel up toe. 1 mm (i.e. bracteoles touching or very near sepals); bracts foliar; bracteoles triangular-subulate. Flowers 10-15(-20) mm in diam.; buds compressed-globose to compressed- ellipsoid. Sepals 4, markedly unequal, enlarging somewhat in fruit; outer 5-12.5 x (2-)4-12(-13) mm, ovate-suborbicular to narrowly elliptic, obtuse or subapiculate to acute, margin plane, base shallowly cordate to broadly cuneate, basal veins 3, outer pair branched; inner minute or obsolete, up to c. 4 x 2 mm, lanceolate, acute, basal veins 3, outer pair branched. Petals 4, bright to pale yellow, (6-)8- 1 1 (- 1 2) x 2-4(-5) mm, 1(-1 .5) x outer sepals, obovate to narrowly oblong- elliptic, apiculus subapical, obtuse (very short) or absent. Stamens c. 40-50, longest 3-5 mm long, c. 0.5 x petals. Ovary 2-merous, 3-4 x 0.8-1 .5 mm, narrowly ovoid, acute, placentation parietal; styles 2, 0.5-1 mm long, becoming outcurved. Capsule 5-9 x 2-4 mm, narrowly compressed-ovoid to narrowly compressed-cylindric-el- lipsoid, acute. Seeds purple-brown, 0.6-0.8 mm long, ecarinate; testa finely linear-reticulate to linear-foveolate. 2n = 18 (n = 9, Adams in Robson & Adams, 1968). Dry open sandy habitats, especially pinewoods, roadsides and hill- sides, or moist shady woods and thickets, bogs and lake margins; lowland to 840 m (U.S.A., Arkansas), 1 800 m (Guatemala), 1 650 m (Jamaica) or 2900 m (Dominican Republic). U.S.A. (south-east of line: eastern Texas, eastern Oklahoma to southern Missouri and eastward to New York (Long Island) and Massachusetts), eastern Mexico, Guatemala, Honduras Republic, Cuba, Hispaniola, Porto Rico, Jamaica, Bahamas, Bermuda. Intro- duced into the Azores. H. hypericoides is clearly related to 25. H. crux-andreae but can be constantly distinguished by the 2-merous gynoecium, narrower leaves, smaller flowers and more richly branched stems. It is very variable in habit and in leaf and sepal shape and size. The form with erect stems unbranched at the base, narrowly oblong leaves and cylindric inflorescence (mainly in the S. Carolina/Georgia area) is STUDIES IN HYPERICUM morphologically nearest to H. crux-andreae. From this form, two lines of evolution have both resulted in plants with diffuse to prostrate stems, one in the northern range of the species in the U.S.A. (subsp. multicaule) and the other at high altitudes in the Dominican Republic (subsp. pmstratum). The former has been treated as a species (H. stragulum Adams & Robson) and a variety (H. hypericoides var. multicaule (Michx. ex Willd.) Fosberg), but sub- species would seem to be the appropriate rank for this taxon. 29a. Hypericum hypericoides subsp. hypericoides Map 17. Hypericoides frutescens, erecta, flare luteo Plum., Nov. pi. amer.: '51 (1703). Ascyrumfoliis oblongis, fruticosum, minis erectis Burm., PL amer.: 146, t. 152f. 1 (1758). Ascyrum crux-andreae [var.] p angustifolium Nutt., Gen. Amer. Pis 2: 1 6 ( 1 8 1 8); Choisy, Prodr. monogr. Hyperic. : 6 1 ( 1 82 1 ), in DC., Prodr. 1: 555 ( 1 824) pro parte, excl. syn. A. multicaule; Torrey & Gray, Fl. N. Amer. 1: 156 (1838) ['angustifolia]. Type: U.S.A., 'hab. in Carolina', Nuttall s.n. (PH?-holotype). A. linifolium Spach, Hist. nat. veg. Phan. 5: 459 ( 1 836), in Annls Sci. nat. (Bot.) II, 5: 368 (1836); Britton & Millsp., Bahama fl.: 280 ( 1920).Type: U.S.A., Louisiana, Covington, 1 832 (fl), Drummond s.n. (P-holotype; BM!). A. michauxii Spach, Hist. nat. veg. Phan. 5: 460 ( 1 836), in Annls Sci. nat. (Bot.) II, 5: 368 (1836). Type: U.S.A., 'Ascyrum multicaule var.' Michaux (P-holotype). In his second paper, Spach cites his synonym as 'A., amplexicaule var. Michx.! herb.'. I have not seen a specimen. A. oblongifolium Spach, Hist. nat. veg. Phan. 5: 461 (1836), mAnnls Sci. nat. (Bot.) II, 5: 369 (1836). Type as for A. crux-andreae var. angustifolium Nutt. A. montanum Raf., Fl. Tellur.: 1 16 (1838). Type not located. A. plumieri Bertol. in Memorie Accad. Sci. Bologna 4: 77 (1853), Misc. hot. 12: 19, t. 3 f. 3f, g ['plumierii^.Type: U.S.A., Alabama, Gates s.n. (BO-holotype, BM!-microfiche). A. crux-andreae sensu Chapm., Fl. South. U.S.: 38 (1865); Griseb., Cat. PI. Cub.: 40 (1866); Sauvalle, Fl. cub.: 8 (1868). A. macrosepalum S. Brown in Jl N.Y. hot. Gdn 13: 192 (1912); Britton, Fl. Bermuda: 245 & t. (1918). Type; Bermuda, Paget Marsh, 29 November- 14 December 1912 (fr), Brown & Britton 1 136 (NY!-holotype; F!, GH!, MO!, PH, US!-isotypes). A. hypericoides var. typicum Fernald in Rhodora 38: 432 (1936). Type as for A. hypericoides L. A. hypericoides var. oblongifolium (Spach) Fernald in Rhodora 38: 433 (1936), in Gray's Man. Bot.: 1008 (1950); R. A. Vines, Trees, shrubs & woody vines ofS.W.: 754 (1960). Hypericum hypericoides (L.) Cr. var. hypericoides, R. Long & Lakela, Fl. trop. Florida: 606 (1971). Icones: Mohlenbr., ///. Fl. Illinois fl. pis Hollies to Loasas: 18, f. 5 (1978); Godfrey, Trees, shrubs & woody vines n. Florida, etc.: 354, f. 168(1988). Plant erect, with main stem usually unbranched from base, 0.3-1 .5 m tall, freely branched well above ground level. Leaves oblong to linear (broadest at the middle), 7-25 x 1-8.5 mm. Inflorescence- branching dichasial/lateral to pseudo-dichotomous. Habitats of the species, but absent in the the Dominican Republic from above 2000 m. Distribution of the species except for absence north of the line: Virginia, Kentucky, southern Missouri, Oklahoma. 131 U.S.A. Alabama: Dallas Co., 8 km E. of Selma on Dallas road, c. 43 m, 23 September 1965 (fr), Demaree 52975 (BM); Lee Co., Auburn, October 1 896 (fr), Earle & Baker s.n. (Z). Arkansas: Montgomery Co., Mt Ida, S. fork ofOuachitaR.,210m, 1 October 1 962 (fr), Demaree 46620 (BM); Pope Co., Nogo, 11 September 1932 (fr), Merrill 27 (NY). Florida: Hendry Co., Labelle, 19 April 1930 (fl), Moldenke 11019 (BM, K, MO*); Wakulla Co., 1 .6 km N. of St Mark's, 17 October 1958 (fr), Godfrey 57865 (BM, FSU*). Georgia: Clarke Co., Barnet Shoales, 12 April 1925 (st), Maguire s.n. (BM, GA*); Ogelthorpe Co., Lexington, 201 m, 25 September 1965 (fr), Demaree 53008 (BM). Illinois: *Hancock Co., Augusta, July 1842, Mead s.n. (MO) (fide Mohlenbrock & Evans, 1972: 145), extinct? Kentucky: *Hickman Co., Bayou du Chien, 23 August 1923 (fr), McFarland 2 1 3 (GH, MO); *Marion Co., 1 .6-2.4 km SE of New Market, 8 July 1939 (fl), Wharton 4686 (MO). Louisiana: *Caddo Par., Shinners 21177 (GA, SMU): St. Tammany Par., Covington, 1832 (fl), Drummond s.n. (BM, K). Maryland: Dorchester Co., Baltimore, Blackwater National Wildlife Refuge, 20 August 1972 (e. fr), Windier, Kuser & Shastny 4 1 30 (H); *Worcester Co., Fernald, Long & Fogg 5573 (GH, PENN). Mississippi: Harrison Co., Biloxi, 8 July 1900 (fl), Tracy 6897 (BM); *Jackson Co., Ocean Springs, 14 September 1891 (fr), Seymour 91914 (DUKE, F, GH, MO, NCU, SMU, TEX). Missouri: *Butler Co., 19 October 1905 (fr), Bush 3762 (GH, MO, US); *Dunklin Co., Campbell, 2 September 1910 (fr), Bush 6236 (MO). New Jersey: *Cape May Co., S. Seaville to S. Dennisville, 8 August 1937 (fr), Langheim s.n. (MO). North Carolina: Chowan Co., 9.6 km E. of St John's Indian Trail Road, 14 October 1 958 (e. fr), Ahles 5 10 1 1 (H); Orange Co., W. of Chapel Hill, c. 2.25 km from NC54 on Orange Grove road, 3 1 August 1 973 (fr), Boufford 1 1 764 (A*, BM). Oklahoma: *Atoka Co., Hopkins 2850 (OKL); Le Flore Co., Page, W. end of Rich Mtn, Ouachita National Forest, 26 October 1966 (fr), Demaree 53254 (BM); * Wagoner Co., near Wagoner, 3 September 1913 (fr), Stevens 2602 (MO). South Carolina: *Berkeley Co., 16 km NE of Monck's Corners, 13 September 1 939 (fr), Godfrey & Tryon 82 1 7 (DUKE, F, GH, MO, NY, PENN, TENN, US); Chesterfield Co., 9.6 km E. of Patrick, 1 1 August 1956 (fr), Radford 1 5807 (K).Tennessee: *Coffee Co., Norris & Sharp 16269 (TENN); *FranklinCo.,Hungland,6August 1 939 (fr), Svenson 10404 (MO); *Shelby Co., near Memphis, 18 May 1920 (si), Palmer 17532(MO).Texas: * Anderson Co., Wilcox near Balestinge, 1 August 1943 (fr), Barkley 13598 (MO); Brazoria Co., Columbia, 24 March 1 9 14 (fl), Palmer 5006 (K); Wood Co., 6.4 km E. of Mineola, 10 August 1967 (fl), Mears & Kukkonen 2407 (H). Virginia: *MathewsCo., 'Fort Nonsense', S. of Soles, 1 September 1925 (fl), Wherry & Pennell 1261 1 (MO); Princess Anne Co., Creed's, 9 September 1935 (fr), Fernald, Long & Fogg 4941 (K). MEXICO. Chiapas: 54.6 km SE of Comitan, Los Lagos, 1500 m, 18 January 1952 (fl), Carlson 2250 (MEXU, MICH); mun. Tenejapa, Colonia San Antonio, 21 15 m, 8 August 1964 (fr), Breedlove 7050 (BM, F, MICH). Hidalgo: Km. 284 on highway NE of Jacala, Puerto de la Zorre, c. 1500 m, 8 July 1948 (fl), Moore & Wood 3785 (A, MICH): Distr. Zacualtipan, mun. 132 N.K.B. ROBSON Zacualtipan, mountains above Tzincuatlan, 1900 m, 7 November 1946 (fl & fr), Moore 1880 (GH). Michoacan: Morelia, Laguna, 2000 m, Arsene s.n. (JE). Nuevo Leon: Mun. Montemorelos, La Trinidad, 19 August 1939 (fl), Muller 2851 (GH, MICH). Oaxaca: Cordillera, 1200-1650 m, 1840 (fr), Galeotti 920 (K, W). Puebla: Huauchinango, near Catalina, 1650 m, 2 October 1944(fl & fr),Sharp44\ 139(GH);Zacapoaxtla, 13 September 1941 (fl & fr), Miranda 3290 (MEXU). San Luis Potosi: 20 km SE of Zargoza, Mesita de Gallos, 2000 m, 8 July 1 955 (fr), Rzedowski 6090 (MEXU, MICH, US).Tamaulipas: mun. Aldama, c. 40 km NNW ofAldama, 23 July 1957 (fl), Dressier 1976 (GH, MEXU, MICH, MO); vicin. Marmolejo, 12August 1930 (fl). Bartlett 10908 (MICH). Vera Cruz: near Jalapa, 1200 m, 21 June 1901 (fl), Pringle 8515 (BM. C. F, GH, K. MEXU, MO, P, US, W, Z); mun. Chiconquiaco.Guacamaya, 1900m, 1 1 May 1973 (fl), Ventura 8275 (MICH). GUATEMALA. Alta Verapaz: Coban, 1290 m. May 1886 (fr), von Turckheim 88 (GH, JE, K, US, Z); near San Cristobal Verapaz, 1300 m, 6 January 1973 (fl), Williams. Molina & Williams 42219a (F). Baja Verapaz: Sierra de las Minas, near La Union, 1800 m, 18 January 1974 (fl), Williams et al. 43556 (BM). El Quiche: between Chalul and Cotzal, 1800 m, 6 February 1946 (fl). Sharp 4679 (F). Huehuetenango: Trinidad, 13 August 1896 (fl), Seler 3083 (GH, US). Jalapa: between Guisiltepeque and Potrero Carillo, 1800 m, 11 December 1939 (fr), Steyermark 33086 (F). Zacapa: Sierra de las Minas, between Rio Hondo and Finca Alejandria, 1 000- 1 500 m, 1 1 October 1939 (fl), Steyermark 20726 (F). HONDURAS REPUBLIC. Copan: between San Isidro and San Cristobal, c. 16 km S. of Copan Ruinas, 26 August 1975 (fr), A. & A. Molina 30697 (MO). Intibuca: vicin. La Esperanza and Intibuca, 1500-1600 m, 31 January- 12 February 1950 (fl), Standley 25344 (F, US); Kms 9-1 1 between La Esperanza and Marcala, 1600 m, 5 April 1956 (fl), A. & A. Molina 24290 (F, MO). La Paz: 20 km from Marcala, La Chorrera, 1 200 m, 24 March 1969 (fl), A. & A. Molina 24410 (F). BERMUDA. Pembroke Marshes, 1 1 August 1913 (fl), Collins 232 (F, GH, K, US, W); North Shore, 31 August-20 September 1905 (e. fr), Brown & Britton 10 (A, F, K, US). BAHAMAS. Andros: 1.6 km W. of main road, just N. of Love Hill, 7 June 1975 (fl), Hill 3136 (NY). Grand Bahama: Eight Mile Rocks, 5-13 February 1905 (o. fr), Britton & Millspaugh 2380 (F, K, US). Great Abaco: by end of Norman Castle road, near Winding Bay Pond, 7 July 1 969 (fr), Proctor 30665 (BM). New Providence: S. of Delaporte Caves on Blake Road, 9 July 1960 (fl), Webster, Samuel & Williams 10373 (F, GH, US). CUBA. Pinar del Rio: Arroya del Sumidero, 7 & 9 August 1912 (fl), Shafer & Leon 13616 (BM, F, MO, US); Sabanalamar, El Sabalo, April 1950 (fl), Bro. Alain 1323 (G, H, US). Las Villas: Trinidad Mts, San Bias to Buenos Aires, Gavinas, 18 September 1941 (fl), Gonzales 154(BM); nearManacas, 1 1 July 1 936 (f\),Smith & Hodgdon 3096 (US). Oriente: Sierra Maestra supra Daiguiri, c. 1000 m, 29 October 1916 (fl), Ekman III 8172 (F, MICH, US): Santiago, Gran Piedra, April 1949 (fl), Bro. Clemente 6496 (GH, US). HAITI. Massif de la Selle, Morne des Commissaires, near Marc Etabli, 1500 m, 7 December 1941 (fl & fr), Holdridge 878 (BM, MICH, MO, NY, US); vicin. of Mission, Fondo Varettes, c. 1000m, 17 April -4 May 1920(fl & fr), Leonard 3828 (GH, NY, US). DOMINICAN REPUBLIC. Barahona: between Pedernales andAceitial, 8-12 August 1946 (fl), R. & E. Howard 8160 (BM, GH, NY, US); Sierra de Bearuco, near Canote, 15 January 1970 (fl), Terborgh 134 (A). La Vega: prope Jarabacoa, 600 m, June 1912 (fr), Fuertes 1618 (GH, NY, US, W, Z); 5 kmW. of LaCulata (de Constanza), 1470-1500 m, February 1982 (fl & fr), Zanoni et al. 19250 (NY). Monte Cristi: Sabaneta, Lagunas de Cenobf, 15 August 1 929 (fl), Vale ur 1 6 (US). Santiago Rodrfguez: San Jose de las Matas, 180-210 m, 22 April 1931 (fl), Valeur 754 (F, MICH, MO, NY, US); Cabirmar, arroya Los Guanos, 8-4 km al SE de Los Ramones en el camino hacia Manaclas, 630 m, 16 July 1985 Mejia, Pimentel & Garcia 1466 (BM, JBSD*). PUERTO RICO. Prope Utuado in montibus ad Cazuco, 9 March 1887 (fl), Sintenis 6377 (BM, F, GH, K, MO, US, W, Z); Laguna Tortuguero, 17 January 1968 (fl & fr), Howard & Nevling 16952 (A). JAMAICA. Portland: c. 100-200 m W. of Silver Hill Gap, 1050 m, 10 July 1967 (fl & fr), R. & S. Weaver 948 (GH). St Andrews: near Bellevue, c. 1200m, 17 November 1957 (fl), Yuncker 17427 (BM, F, MICH). St Thomas: Blue Mts, between Portland Gap and Blue Mountain Peak, 1 650-2240 m, 1 8 August 1954 (fl), Webster & Wilson 5458 (A, BM, MICH). AZORES (introduced?). Faial: Coastal Branco, 8 October 1962 (fl), Goncalves 740 (BM). Subsp. hypericoides varies in leaf-width, the narrow-leaved form (Ascwum linifolium) being found in the southern States from Loui- siana to Florida as well as in the Bahamas and Bermuda (A. macrosepalum). Britton (1918) suggested that it had been carried to Bermuda by wind or birds from Florida and had there speciated, but the Bermudan plants do not differ from other narrow-leaved forms. The occurrence of this subspecies in the Azores could also be the result of long-distance transport, but it could equally have been introduced by man. 29b. Hypericum hypericoides subsp. multicaule (Michx. ex Willd.) N. Robson in Taxon 29: 273 ( 1 980); in Cullen et al., Eur. Gdn Fl 4: 70 (1995). Type as for Ascyrum multicaule Michx. ex Willd. Map 16. Ascyrum multicaule Michx. ex Willd., Sp. pi. 3: 1472 (1802); Michx., Fl. bor.-amer. 2: 77 (1803). Type: 'Hab. in Virginia, Carolina', Michaux s.n. (extreme r.h. specimen) (P-holotype, BM!-microfiche, GH-photograph). A. crux-andreae [var.] P sensu Choisy, Prodr. monogr. Hyperic.: 61 (1821) pro parte, quoad syn. Ascyrum multicaule. A. helianthemifolium Spach, Hist. nat. veg. Phan. 5: 460 (1836), in Annls Sci. nat. (Bot.) II, 5: 368 (1836). Type: U.S.A., Louisiana, Michauxl (P-holotype). A. spathulatum Spach, Hist. nat. veg. Phan. 5: 462 (1836), in Annls Sci. nat. (Bot.) II, 5: 369 (1836). Type: U.S.A., without precise locality or collector (P-holotype, BM!- microfiche). A. crux-andreae sensu Coulter in Bot. Gaz. 11: 80 (1886). A. hypericoides var. multicaule (Michx. ex Willd.) Fernald in Rhodora 38: 433 ( 1 936), in Gray 's Man. Bot. : 1 008 ( 1 950); W.P. Adams in Rhodora 59: 87 (1957); R.A. Vines, Trees, shrubs & woody vines ofS.W.: 754 (1960); Correll & Johnston, Man. vase, pis Texas: 1080 (1970); Cooperrider in Castanea 54: 7, f. 1 (1989). Hypericum stragulum Adams & Robson in Rhodora 63: 15 (1961); W.P. Adams in Rhodora 64: 236 (1962), in J. Elisha Mitchell scient. Soc. 89: 68 (1973); Radford, Ahles & Bell, Man. vase, pis Carolinas: 711 (1968) ['stragalum']; nee H. multicaule Lam. (1797) nee H. spathulatum (Spach) Steud. (1840). Type as for Ascyrum multicaule Michx. ex Willd. H. hypericoides var. multicaule (Michx. ex Willd.) Fosberg in Castanea 30: 202(1965). H. hypericoides var. multicaule (Michx. ex Willd.) Waterfall in Rhodora 73:553(1911). Icon: Mohlenbr., ///. Fl. Illinois fl. pis Hollies to Loasas: 19, f. 6 (1978). Plant decumbent, with several to many ± branched stems, 0.05-0.3 STUDIES IN HYPERICUM m long, forming mats. Leaves usually oblanceolate (broadest above middle), 10-20 x 3-6 mm. Inflorescence-branching dichasial (1-3- flowered) or lateral. Dry slopes, road embankments and dry to moist rich woods; 70- 840m. Eastern United States (Massachusetts - Nantucket I. to N. Carolina) westward to south-eastern Kansas, Oklahoma and Texas. U.S.A. Alabama: Henry Co., Mt Dale, n.d. (fr),Lecis s.n. (BM); Jackson Co., Bryant, 3 July 1938 (fl), Porter s.n. (BM). Arkansas: Montgomery Co., Ouachita National Forest, Mt Ida, 210 m, 5 October 1960 (fr), Demaree 42916 (BM); Pope Co., Nogo, 1 1 September 1932 (fr), Merrill 27 (NY). Delaware: New Castle Co., Townsend, 12 August 191 1 (fl), Churchill s.n. (MO); *Sussex Co., Long & Bartram 1572 (PH). Distr. of Columbia: Washington, July 1897 (fl). Holm s.n. (H); *Eckington, 14 July 1913 (fr), Painter s.n. (MO). Georgia: Fulton Co., College Park, 300 m, 8 August 1961 (fl), Schallert 850 (BM); Whitfield Co., Dalton, 255 m, 10 August 1900 (fr), Harper 394 (BM, K). Illinois: ? Co., southern Illinois, 1866 (fr), Vasey s.n. (BM); *Pope Co., Golconda, 7 October 1919 (fr), Palmer 16698 (GH, MO, NY, PH). Indiana: *Clark Co., Deam 5414 (IND, NY). Kansas: *Cherokee Co., 7 May 1 897 (st), Hitchcock 1012 (GH, MICH, MO, NY, US). Kentucky: *Bell Co., mountains around Pineville, August-September 1914 (fr), Mac- kenzie 922 (MO, NY). Louisiana: *Caddo Par., July 1909, Cocks s.n. (NO). Maryland: *Ann Arundel Co., Bartlett 1838 (MICH); *Calvert Co., S. of Parker's Creek, 4 August 1956 (fl), Seymour 16854 (MO). Massachusetts: *Nantucket Co., Nantucket I., Pennell 1 1 1 74 (PH). Mississippi: *PanolaCo., 18 April 1898 (fl), Eggert s.n. (MO); *Union Co., 23 September 1891, Seymour s.n. (DUKE). Missouri: Jasper Co., near Prosperity, Center Creek, 10 October 1923 (fl & fr), Palmer 24099 (MO*, Z); Jefferson Co., near Big River, NNE of confluence with Parker Creek, 10.5 km W. of De Soto, c. 600 m, 20 July 1985 (fl), P.H. & T.E. Raven 26758 (BM, MO*). New Jersey: Atlantic Co., Mays Landing, 31 August 1937 (fr), Moldenke 10155 (BM); Burlington Co., c. 2.9 km S. of Chatsworth, 20 August 1948 (fl & fr), Lawrence & Dress in Bailey 558 (BM). New York: *Nassau Co., Ferguson 7798 (GH). North Carolina: Macon Co., Highlands, Ravenel Lake, 27 August 1966 (fl), Bozemann 7970 (BM, H); Vance Co., Ruin Creek on U.S. 1 584, c. 6.4km SWof Henderson, 21 July l956(fr),Ahles 17322 (H). Ohio: * Adams Co., 23 September 1923, Roads s.n. (OS); *Hocking Co., Laurel Twp., SW of Logan, 2 August 1982 (fl), Lammers 4815 (MO). Oklahoma: *Carter Co., Sandy Canyon, 9.6 km E. of Ardmore, 31 October 1942 (fr), Hopkins 6340 (MO); *Garvin Co., Washita R., near Davis, 29 July 1933 (fl). Palmer 42045 (MO). Pennsylvania: *Chester Co., French Creek, July 190- (fr), Eby s.n. (MO); *Lancaster Co., Susquehanna R., 22 August \S6\, Porter s.n. (CM); *York Co., A dams 4380 (GH). Tennessee: *Knox Co., Knoxville, July 1 895 (fr), Ruth s.n. (F, GH, MO); Putnam Co., by T-40c. 8 kmW. of Cookeville and junction Tenn. 42, 7 October 1970 (fl & fr), Krai 41437 (BM). Texas: *Henderson Co., Eustace, Lundell & Lundell 9574 (GH, MICH, NY, SMU); *Tarrant Co., above Bear Creek, W. of Irving, 7 July 1945 (fl), Lundell 14030 (MO). Virginia: *Wise Co., Big Stone Gap, 24 July 1891 (fl), Seymour 91724 (MO); Norfolk Co., prope Portsmouth, July 1840 (fl), Rugel 199 (BM). West Virginia: *Cabell Co., Gilbert 548 (DUKE, F, PENN, PH, SMU, TENN, WVA). 29c. Hypericum hypericoides subsp. prostratum N. Robson in Bull. not. Hist. Mus. Land. (Bot.) 23: 68 (1993). Type: Domini- can Republic, San Juan, Sabana Nueva, Cordillera Central N. of Rio Arriba del Norte, 1950 m, 17-20 September 1944, R.A. & E.S. Howard 9080 (BM!-holotype; GH!, MICH!, NY!, US!- isotypes). Hypericoides frutescens, humi-fusa, flare luteo Plum., Nov. pi. amen: 52(1703). Ascyrum foliis lanceolato-linearibus, higlandulis, ramis diffusis Burm., PL amer.: 146, t. 152 f. 2 (1758). Icon: Burm., PL amer.: t. 152 f. 2 (1758). Plant prostrate, with stems ± numerous, radiating and branching, 133 forming mats. Leaves narrowly oblong to oblong-spathulate, 3-8(- 10) x 1-2.5 mm. Inflorescence-branching pseudo-dichotomous. Open Pinus forest, grassland and open slopes; (1600-)! 800-2900 Dominican Republic (La Vega, Santiago, San Juan, Peravia). DOMINICAN REPUBLIC. La Vega: Constanza, Ci^naga de la Culata, 1 500- 1 600 m, 28 November 1 969 (fr), Liogier 1 7052 (GH, NY, US); vicinity of La Lagunita, 2800-2900 m, 1 9 July 1 967 (fl ), Gastony, Jones & Norris 3 1 7 (GH, NY, US). San Juan: Baoruco, Alto de Toro, 2100 m, 26-27 June 1973 (fl), A. & L Liogier 19751 (NY). Santiago: San Jose de Ocoa, La Horma Arriba, 1900-2000 m, 1 May 1972 (fr), Liogier 18589 (F, NY, US); La Rusilla, 2072 m, 26 March 1964 (fl), Jimenez 4918 (US). Peravia: 42 km al NW de San Jose de Ocoa, nacimiento del Rio Las Cuevas en la bas del Monte Tetero de Mejfa, 1940 m, 30 May 1984 (fr), Mejfa, Pimentel & Garcia 610 (BM, JBSD*). Subsp. prostratum is clearly a higher-altitude derivative of the form of subsp. hypericoides that occurs at lower levels in the Dominican Republic. Although there is a region between 1600 and 2000 m where both subspecies are present, there appears to be little morpho- logical overlap between them. Some specimens of subsp. prostratum have been determined as//. constanzae Urban, but this is a synonym of H. diosmoides Griseb. (sect. 29. Brathys), see Robson (1990: 37). Sect. 21. WEBBIA (Spach) R. Keller in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 3(6): 21 1 (1893). Shrubs or sometimes single-stemmed and arborescent, up to 4 m tall, deciduous, glabrous, without dark glands; branching lateral. Stems 4-lined and ± compressed (ancipitous) when young, not usually becoming terete in first season, ± glandular, especially on lines; cortex dull reddish brown; bark smooth, pale reddish brown to whitish grey. Leaves opposite or abnormally 3-whorled, decus- sate, sessile, free, deciduous at basal articulation; lamina entire, with venation pinnate, closed, with tertiary reticulation dense; laminar glands punctiform; marginal gland dots dense, relatively large; ventral glands absent. Inflorescence up to 30-flowered, with branching dichasial/monochasial from 1-5 nodes, sometimes with flowering branches from up to 7 lower nodes; bracts and bracteoles foliar or ± reduced. Flowers stellate, homostylous. Sepals 5, partly united, persistent, erect to spreading or subreflexed in fruit, with margin glandular; veins 5-7; laminar glands linear to punctiform; marginal glands very small, sessile or on short cilia; submarginal and inframarginal glands absent. Petals 5, persistent, spreading and twisting after flowering, with apiculus obsolete or absent; margin entire; marginal glands absent; laminar glands linear. Sta- men fascicles 3 (i.e. united 2+2+1), distinct, with stamens 36-75; filaments basally united; anthers yellow, gland amber; pollen type L Ovary with 3 (sometimes incompletely) axile placentae, °o- ovulate; styles 3, free, bases divaricate; stigmas subclavate to narrowly capitate. Capsule 3-valves, coriaceous, with valves finely and obscurely striate. Seeds narrowly cylindric or conico-cylindric, not or slightly carinate, apically truncate; testa linear-reticulate to linear-foveolate. BASIC CHROMOSOME NUMBER (x). 10;ploidy4. 134 N.K.B. ROBSON HABITAT. Evergreen Laurus forest, secondary growth after defor- estation, and dry bushland on rocky ground; (20-) 180- 1200 m. DISTRIBUTION. Canary Islands (all islands except Lanzarote and (probably) Fuerteventura), Madeira. 1 species. 1. Hypericum canariense L., Sp. pi.: 784 (1753); Miller, Card. Diet. 8th ed. no. 4 corrig. (1768); Lam., Encycl. 4: 155 (1797); Willd., Sp. pi. 3: 1448 ( 1 802); Buch in Abh. K.Akad. Wiss. Berlin, Phys. Kl. 1816-1817: 366, 371, 380 (1817); Choisy, Prodr. monogr. Hyperic.: 40 (1821), in DC., Prodr. 1: 544 (1824); Trevir., Hyper, sp. animadv.: 8 (1861); Masferrer in An. Soc. esp. Hist, nat 9: 28 (1880); R. Keller in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 3(6): 211(1 893), 2nd ed. 21 : 1 76 ( 1 925); Stefanoff in God. Agr.-les. Fak. Univ. Sofiya 10: t. 2 f. 7 (1932), 11: 145 (1933), 12: 82 (1934), in Pflanzenareale 4: Karte 2a (1933); Lid in Skr. norske Vidensk.-Akad. I Math.-Nat. Kl., N.S. No. 23: 1 19 (1967); Schaeffer, PL Canary Is.: 146, 147 (photograph) (1967); Kunkel in Mitt. dt. dendrol. Ges. 65: 108 (1972); Voggenr. in Dissnes. hot. 26: 655, 688 ( 1 974); Kunkel, Endemismos Canarios: 29 1 ( 1 977); Bramwell, D. & Z.J., Wildfls Canary Is. : 1 62, f. 1 98 ( 1 984); I. Hagemann in Flora 183: 242-252, ff. 1 3-20 ( 1 989); N. Robson in Cullen et al., Eur. Gdn Fl. 4: 70, ff. 1 1 . 1 , 1 1 . 1 1 ( 1 995). Type: Cult, ex Canary Is., 'Crescit in insulis Canariis', Hon. Cliff.: 38 1 , no. 9 (BM!- lectotype; seeWijnands, Bot. Commelins: 109, 1983). Fig. 19, Map 18. H. floribun dum Aiton, Hort. Kew. 3: 104 (1789); Lam., Encycl. 4: 155 (1797); Willd., Sp. pi. 3: 1448 (1802); Buch in Abh. K.Akad. Wiss. Berlin, Phys. Kl. 1816-1817: 372, 380 (1817); Choisy, Prodr. monogr. Hyperic. : 40 ( 1 82 1 ), in DC., Prodr. 1 : 544 ( 1 824); Rchb., Ic. hot. exot. 1: 64, t. 95 (1827); Link in Buch, Phys. Beschr. Canar. Ins.: 153, 167 (1828); Lowe, Fl. Madeira: 76 (1868); Masferrer in An. Soc. esp. Hist. nat. 9: 28 (1880); Menezes, Fl. Archip. Madeira: 29 (1914); R. Keller in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 3(6): 211 (1893), 2nd ed. 21: 177 (1925); Stefanoff in God. Agr.-les. Fak. Univ. Sofiya 10: tt. 1 f. 3, 3 f. 9 (1932), 11: 145 (1933), 12: 82 (1934); Grabham, Pis seen in Madeira: 94 (1934); Lid in Skr. norske Vidensk-Akad., Math.- Nat. Kl., no. 23: 120 (1967); Kunkel, Endemismos Canarios: 293 (1977). Type: Madeira, 1777 (fl), Masson s.n. (BM!-holotype & isotype). H. debile Salisb., Prodr. stirp. horto Chapel Allerton: 396 (1796), nom. illegit. (Art. 63.1). Type as for H. canariense L. H. corymbosum Moench, Methodus, Suppl.: 41(1 802), nom. illegit. (Art. 63.1). Type as for H. canariense L. H. canariense var. montanum Buch in Abh. K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, Phys. Kl. 1816-1817: 382 (1817) ['montana'], nomen. H. canariense var. [p] triphyllum Choisy in DC., Prodr. 1: 544 (1824). Type not found. H. canariense var. [y] salicifolium Choisy in DC., Prodr. 1: 544 (1824). Type not found. Webbia floribunda (Aiton) Spach, Hist. nat. veg, Phan. 5: 409 ( 1 836), in Annls Sci. nat. (Bot.) II, 5: 356 ( 1 836); Webb & Berth., Phytogr. canar. 1: 47, t. 4B (1836). W. heterophylla Spach, Hist, nat veg. Phan. 5: 409 (1836). Type: 'Hypericum canariense Linn.?'. 28- 17 16 Map 18 Sect. 21: 1 . H. canariense • specimens, O record. Limits on Tenerife according to Voggenreiter ( 1974). STUDIES IN HYPERICUM W. platypetala Spach, Hist. nat. veg. Phan. 5:410(1 836). Type: cult. in horto Paris. (P-holotype). This is an error for platysepala, see below. W. canariensis (L.) Webb & Berth., Phytogr. canar. 1: 48, t. 4C (1836); Pitard & Proust, Les lies Canaries: 133 (1909). W. platysepala Spach in Annls Sci. nat. (Bot.) II, 5: 356 (1836); Webb & Berth., Phytogr. canar. 1: 49, t. 4D ( 1 836). Type as for W. platypetala Spach. Hype ricum platypetalum (Spach) Steud., Nomencl. bat. 2nd ed. 1: 789(1840). H. platysepalum (Spach) Walp., Repert. hot. syst. 1: 386 (1842); Masferrer in An. Soc. esp. Hist. nat. 9:28(1 880). H. canariense [van] a typicum Bornm. in Bot. Jb. 33: 452 (1903) ['rypic-fl']; Ceballos & Ortufio, Veg. Fl. for. Canar. occid.: 388 (1951). Type as for H. canariense L. H. canariense [var.] fifloribundum (Aiton) Bornm. in Bot. Jb. 33: 453 (1903) ['floribunda']; Ceballos & Ortuno, Veg. Fl.for. Canar. occid.: 388(1951). H. canariense [var.] y platysepalum (Spach) Bornm. in Bot. Jb. 33: 453 (1903) ['platysepala}. Wehbia canariensis var. [a] typica (Bornm.) Pitard & Proust, Les lies Canaries: 134(1909). W. canariensis [var.] ft floribunda (Aiton) Pitard & Proust, Les lies Canaries: 134(1909). W. canariensis [var.] y platypetala (Spach) Pitard & Proust, Les lies Canaries: 134(1909). Icones: Cooke in Bot. Cabinet 10: t. 953 ( 1 824); Rchb., Ic. hot. exot. 1: t. 95 (1827); Webb & Berth., Phytogr. canar. 1: tt. 4B-4D(1836). Shrub or tree 1^ m tall, erect, bushy, with branches erect or ascending. Stems green to pale reddish brown, 4-lined when young, soon 2-lined, eventually terete, internodes shorter than leaves; bark becoming whitish then pale grey. Leaves sessile; lamina 20-70 x 5- 1 5 mm, narrowly elliptic to narrowly elliptic-oblong, the upper often broader, plane, paler beneath with midrib prominent, not glaucous, chartaceous, deciduous shortly before and during growth of new shoots; apex acute to apiculate-obtuse or rarely rounded, base narrowly cuneate to subangustate; venation: c. 8-1 2 laterals forming looped intramarginal vein, sometimes with subsidiary laterals, ± densely reticulate towards margins, tertiary venation dense and ± obscure; laminar glands dense. Inflorescence up to c. 30-flowered from up to 5 nodes, sometimes with flowering branches from up to 7 lower nodes immediately below or separated by sterile zone, the whole broadly rounded-pyramidal to broadly cylindric; pedicels 4- 10 mm; bracteoles reduced foliar to triangular-subulate. Flowers 20-25(-37) mm in diam.; buds narrowly ovoid to narrowly ellip- soid, acute to subacuminate. Sepals 3-4.5 x 1-2.2 mm, unequal, varying from lanceolate, acute and basally united to oblong or oblong-spathulate, rounded andr. 0.5 united, veins branched distally, laminar glands basally linear, distally punctiform. Petals bright 135 yellow, not tinged red, 12-17 x 5-7 mm, c. 4 x sepals, oblanceolate- unguiculate, cochleariform, rounded. Stamens 10-13 mm long, c. 0.7-0.8 x petals. Ovary 3-4 x 1 .5-2 mm, ellipsoid; styles 8-14 mm, 2.7-4.7 x ovary, basally separated and widely spreading-incurved. Capsule (9-)10-12 x 7-8 mm, pyramidal-ovoid to ovoid-ellipsoid, truncate to retuse, with horn-like persistent style bases, exceeding sepals. Seeds yellowish brown, 1 .5-2 mm long; testa linear-reticu- late to linear-foveolate (cf. Reynaud, 1991, f. 1, 3-6). 2n = 40 (Larsen, 1962; Borgen, 1969; Reynaud, 1986; Dalgaard, 1991). Open rocky slopes, cliffs and ravines, disturbed ground, upper part of litoral zone, relict Laurus forest; (20-)180-900(-1200) m. Canary Islands (all western islands and possibly Fuerteventura), Madeira. The only author to record its presence in Fuerteventura is Voggenreiter (1974: 688, map). Naturalized in the Hawaiian Islands (Maui) and southern California. CANARY ISLANDS. Tenerife: San Diego de monte, 2 June 1855 (fl), Bourgeau 1241 (JE, K); Orotava: The Quinta, St Ursula, March 1929 (fl), Maude s.n. (BM); Montana* de Onaga, Barranco de las Huertas, 4 km above San Andres, 8 April 1975 (fl), /, M. & P. Cannon 4669 (BM). Gran Canaria: Barranco de los Tiles, April \%46(f\), Bourgeau 675 (BM, K); Miraflor, cerca de Teror, 450 m, 14 April 1969 (fl), Kunkel 12747 (BM, H); El Brezal del Palmital, near Moya, 21 July 1972 (fr), Melville & Bramwell 72/6 (K). Gomera: below the Cumbre, 6 April 1861 (fl), Lowe Gl 10 (BM, K); Valle Hermoso, May 1899 (fl), Murray s.n. (K). Hierro: Valverde, to the north, 12 February 1 858 (fl), Lowe H 1 1 8 (BM); W. of Frontera, 2 km E. of Sabinosa, 200 m, 12 April 1977 (fl), Jarvis & Murphy 260 (BM). La Palma: Barranco del Rio, 400 m, 23 March 1905 (fl), Pitard 19 (FR, H, JE); near Los Llanos, Barranco de los Angustias, 600 m, 20 April 1977 (fl), Jarvis, Gibby & Humphries 397 (BM). MADEIRA. Ribeiro de Joas Gomez, 300 & 800 m. May to September 1 865- 1 866 (fl), Mandon 36 (BM, JE, K); Santa, Ribeiro doTristEo gorge, N. side, 150 m, 22 June 1985 (fl & fr), Press 1040 (BM). HAWAIIAN ISLANDS (naturalized). Maui: East Maui, Kula, 960- 1080 m, 18 May 1985 (fl), Hobdy 2394 (BISH). CALIFORNIA (naturalized). Sta Barbara Co., established at Montecito and Santa Barbara (fide Munz, 1974: 519). H. canariense is widely isolated from its nearest relatives in sect. 1. Campylosporus on the African mainland, both morphologically and geographically. Its inflorescence is most similar to that of H. roeperianum, which occurs in West Africa and has densely reticulate leaf venation; and for those reasons I at first regarded it as the nearest relative of H. canariense (Robson, 1981: 68). Hagemann (1989: 242) has pointed out, however, that the growth form off/, canariense is much nearer that of the mainly East African H. revolutum, which also occurs in the Cameroon mountains and Fernando Poo. I agree and now regard the Canary Island plant as most nearly related to the broader-leaved form of H. revolutum in Ethiopia. H. canariense differs from it inter alia by its broader leaves, more branched inflorescence, smaller flowers with relatively small, pale-gland- fringed sepals, narrower and not orange-tinged petals, fewer stamens (the fascicles grouped 2+2-1- 1 ), trimerous ovary with relatively longer, spreading and basally distinct styles, and relatively narrower capsule with linear-foveolate rather than linear-reticulate seeds. The type specimen of H. canariense has broad, rounded sepals, whereas in that of H. floribun dum they are narrow and acute. Spach (1836«, b), immediately followed by Webb & Berthelot (1836), recognized an intermediate state; and, as was his wont, regarded the difference between this group and the rest of Hypericum as worthy of generic rank. Thus, in order of increasing sepalline acuity, Spach and Webb & Berthelot, between them, described Webbia canariensis, W. platysepala, W. heterophylla and W. floribunda. Later workers found W. platysepala to be indistinguishable from W. canariensis, and the intermediate 'species' W. heterophylla was also soon ignored; 136 N.K.B. ROBSON Fig. 19 H. canariense: (a) habit; (b) leaf: (c) flower bud ('canariense'); (d) flower bud ('floribundum'); (e) sepal ('canariense'); (f) sepal ('floribundum'); (g) petal; (h) stamens and ovary; (i) anther; (j) capsule (a x 1/2; b x 1 ; c, d, h x 2; j x 3; e-g x 4; i x 6). All except d, f. Jarvis, Gibby & Humphries 397; d, f. Cannon 4669. STUDIES IN HYPERICUM 137 so H. canariense and H. floribundum assumed a rather spurious distinctness. This view was encouraged by the geographical distri- bution of the extremes: H. canariense in Tenerife, Gomera and Hierro, H. floribundum in Gran Canaria, La Palma and Madeira. Spach's intermediates do exist, however; and because of their exist- ence and rather irregular distribution, it is not possible to recognize more than one variable species, H. canariense L. Sect. 22. ARTHROPHYLLUM Jaub. & Spach, ///. pi orient. 1:44(1842). Shrubs, low, compact and rounded to prostrate, up to r. 0.9 m tall, eventually deciduous below but never leafless, glabrous, sometimes with reddish to dark glands; branching lateral. Stems 2^(6)-lined and ancipitous when young, soon 2-lined, not usually becoming terete in first season, obscurely glandular; cortex greenish to reddish brown; bark smooth, whitish grey. Leaves opposite, decussate, sessile, free or perfoliate, deciduous at basal articulation; lamina entire, with venation pinnate, closed, the tertiary densely reticulate; laminar glands pale, punctiform; marginal glands dots pale, dense, relatively large; ventral glands absent. Inflorescence 1-c. 40-flow- ered, with branches dichasial/monochasial from 1-5 nodes, without lower flowering branches; bracts and bracteoles reduced, entire or black-gland-fringed. Flowers stellate, homostylous. Sepals 5, free or basally connate, imbricate above, persistent, erect in fruit, with margin entire or reddish- to black-gland-fringed; laminar glands linear; marginal glands sessile or on short denticles or submarginal; inframarginal glands absent. Petals 5, persistent, spreading and twisting after flowering, with apiculus obsolete or absent; margin entire; marginal glands absent; laminar glands linear to punctiform or rarely absent. Stamen fascicles 3 (i.e. united 2+2+1), distinct, persistent, with stamens 20-40; filaments basally united; anthers yellow, gland amber; pollen types I, IV. Ovary with 3 axile placen- tae, oo-ovulate; styles 3, free, bases separate; stigmas narrow or narrowly capitate. Capsule 3-valved, subcoriaceous, with valves longitudinally vittate. Seeds narrowly cylindric, ecarinate; testa minutely rugulose. BASIC CHROMOSOME NUMBER (x). Unknown. HABITAT. Crevices in calcareous rocks, 100-1800 m. DISTRIBUTION. S. Turkey, Syria, Lebanon. 5 species. Key to sect. 22. Arthrophyllum 1 Sepals and bracts with marginal, reddish or black glands Sepals and bracts without marginal glands 2(1) Leaves free, lanceolate to narrowly ovate or oblong-elliptic, apex rounded; sepals ovate to oblong, 0.35-0.5 united, marginal glands black '• rupestre Leaves perfoliate, almost completely united, broadly ovate to ob- long-ovate, apex acute; sepals lanceolate, almost free or up to 0.35 united, marginal glands reddish 2. pamphylicum 3( 1 ) Leaves (at least middle and upper) with base cordate-amplexicaul; flowers numerous, in dense corymbiform cymes 3. cardiophyllum Leaves all with base cuneate to rounded; flowers 1-9, solitary or in lax corymbiform cymes ** 4(3) Sepals acute to shortly acuminate, lanceolate; leaves subcoriaceous. venation not or scarcely prominent; flowers usually 2-9 (4. nanum) 5 Sepals rounded to subacute, oblong to ovate; leaves chartaceous, venation prominent on both sides; flowers usually solitary 5. vacciniifolium 5(4) Stems erect, plant bushy; leaves ovate to broadly elliptic or orbicu- lar; inner sepals triangular-lanceolate to narrowly oblong 4a. nanum var. nanum Stems prostrate, plant appressed; leaves broadly to narrowly elliptic; inner sepals ± broadly ovate 4b. nanum var. prostratum 1 . Hypericum rupestre Jaub. & Spach, ///. pi orient. 1: 44, tt. 21 , 22 ( 1 842); Boiss., Fl. orient. 1 : 792 ( 1 867); R. Keller in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 2nd ed. 21: 178 (1925); Stefanoff in God. Agr.-les. Fak. Univ. Sofiya 11: 147 (1933), 12: 82 (1934), in Pflanzenareale IV, 1: Karte 2a (1933); N. Robson in P. Davis, Fl Turkey 2: 368, f. 11/5 (1967); Greuter, Burdet & Long, Med- Checklist 3: 272 (1968). Types: Turkey [Mersin], 'in rupibus abruptisCiliciae', [1834] (fl),/4wc7i6'r873 proparte (P-lectotype, selected here; BM!, G!, K!); 'in rupibus montesTauri', 1 834 (fl), Montbret s.n. (Fl, K!-syntypes). Jaubert & Spach described and illustrated two varieties without attributing their cited specimens to them. The Kew syntypes of both collections include twigs with the upper leaves elliptic ('ovalifolia') and the lower ones suborbicular ( 'rotundifolia'). Fig. 20D, Map 19. H. rupestre [var.] a rotundifolium Jaub. & Spach, ///. pi. orient. 1: 44, t. 21 ( 1 842) ['rotundifolia'].Type (see above): Turkey, Cilicia, 1834 (fl), Montbret s.n. (Fl-holotype; K!). H. rupestre [var.] p ovalifolium Jaub. & Spach, ///. pi. orient. 1: 44, t. 22 (1842) ['ovalifolia}. Type (see above): Turkey, Cilicia, [1834] (fl), Aucher 873 pro parte (P-holotype; BM!, G!, K!). Icones: Jaub. & Spach, ///. pi. orient. 1: tt. 21, 22 (1842). Shrub up to c. 0.3 m(?) tall, erect, bushy rounded, with branches Map 19 Sect. 22. 1 . H. rupestre D; 2. H. pamphylicum A; 3. H. cardiophyllum •; 5. H. vacciniifolium •. 138 N.K.B. ROBSON erect or ± tortuous. Stems 4-lined and green when young; cortex becoming red-brown and flattened in second year, then bark grey. Leaves sessile; lamina 17^5 x 9-15 mm, lanceolate to elliptic or suborbicular, paler beneath, midrib prominent proximally below, ± glaucous beneath, rigidly coriaceous, deciduous during second year; apex obtuse to rounded or (the lower) retuse, base broadly cuneate to subattenuate; venation: c. 8-12 pairs of laterals, scarcely distinct from tertiary reticulation. Inflorescence 9- 1 6-flowered from ( 1 )2(3) nodes, subcorymbiform; pedicels 2.5-6 mm; bracteoles triangular- subulate, margin black-glandular-ciliate. Flowers c. 20-25 mm in diam.; buds elliptic, rounded. Sepals 2-3 x 0.7-1.2 mm, unequal to subequal, 0.4-0.5 united, ovate to oblong-lanceolate or broadly elliptic, subacute to rounded, margin distally or wholly with sessile black glands; veins 5-7, subprominent. Petals bright yellow, not red- tinged, 10-14 x c. 5-7 mm, c. 5 x sepals, obovate to oblanceolate, asymmetrically retuse; laminar glands linear. Stamens 30-40, long- est c. 9-13 mm, almost equalling petals. Ovary c. 3 x 1.5 mm, ellipsoid; styles c. 10-12 mm long, 3^4 x ovary, widely curved- ascending; stigmas narrowly capitate. Capsule c. 1 mm long, exceeding sepals, narrowly ovoid. Seeds not seen. Limestone cliffs; 150m. Turkey (I9el). TURKEY. I9el: Tarsus distr., gorge of Tarsus R. between Ulas and Samlar. 150 m, 5 April 1957 (fl), Davis & Hedge D.26461 (BM, E, K). Exsiccatae ofAucher 873 were labelled 'Syria' in error. H. rupestre appears to be restricted to a small area in vilayet Icel, where it is rare. Apart from the apomorphic black-glandular margins of the bracteoles and sepals and the partial union of the sepals, H. rupestre would seem to be the nearest species in sect. Arthrophyllum to H. canariense morphologically and (except for 2. H. pamphylicum and 5. H. vacciniifolium) geographically. As H. canariense has sepals with minute pale marginal glands, Spp. 1 and 2 ofsect.Arthrophyllum may be regarded as having better developed marginal glands, whereas Spp. 3-5 have apparently lost them. 2. Hypericum pamphylicum N. Robson & P. Davis in Notes R. hot. Gdn Edinb. 38: 1 04 ( 1 980); N. Robson in P. Davis, Fl. Turkey 10: 96 (1988); Greuter, Burdet & Long, Med-Checklist 3: 270 (1986). Type: Turkey, Antalya, Alarahan, 7 km inland from coast road between Manavgat and Alanya, beneath castle, 100 m, 11 May 1979 (fl), Matthew, Baytop & Siitlupinar 9599 (BM!- holotype; E!, ISTF, K!-isotypes). Fig. 20B, Map 19. Shrub c. 0.14-0.25 m tall, with branches decumbent. Stems slightly 2-lined and green when young, soon terete; cortex becoming reddish brown, then bark grey in second year. Leaves in almost completely perfoliate pairs; lamina 18-35 x 14-35 mm, broadly ovate or broadly oblong-ovate, paler beneath, midrib slightly prominent beneath, glaucous, subcoriaceous, deciduous during second year; apex acute to apiculate-obtuse or rounded, base united; venation: 3- 4 pairs of laterals, scarcely distinct from tertiary reticulation. Inflorescence 5-20-flowered from (1)3^4 nodes, hemispheric to subcorymbiform; pedicels 3-4 mm; bracteoles lanceolate-subulate, margin red-glandular-denticulate. Flowers c. 20 mm in diam.; buds elliptic, obtuse to subacute. Sepals 3-3.5 x 0.7-1 mm, unequal, almost free to 0.35 united, lanceolate to narrowly oblong, obtuse to rounded, margin red-glandular-denticulate, veins 5, not or scarcely prominent. Petals bright yellow, not red-tinged, 1 1-12(-14) x 3 mm, c. 4 x sepals, lanceolate to narrowly oblong, rounded; laminar glands striiform. Stamens 21-26, longest 10-14 mm long, about equalling petals. Ovary 3x1.5 mm, narrowly ovoid; styles c. 1 0 mm long, c. 3.5 x ovary, narrowly curved-ascending; stigmas narrowly capitate. Capsule and seeds unknown. Limestone rocks; 100 m. Turkey (Antalya). TURKEY. Antalya: Alarahan, 7 km inland from coast road between Manavgat and Alanya, 100 m, 11 May 1979 (fl), Matthew, Baytop & Sutlupinar 9599 (BM, E, ISTF*, K). H. pamphylicum has been collected only once. It is clearly closely related to H. rupestre, in relation to which all its characters are apomorphic with the possible exception of the red (as opposed to black) glands. 3. Hypericum cardiophyllum Boiss., Fl. orient. 1: 791 (1867); R. Keller in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 2nd ed. 21: 178 (1925); Boul., Fl. Liban: 68 (1930); Stefanoff in God. Agr.-les. Fak. Univ. Sofiya 11: 147 (1933), 12: 82 (1934), \nPflanzenareale IV, 1: 2a (1933); J. Thiebaut, Fl. Lib.-Syr. 1: 139 (1936); N. Robson in P. Davis, Fl. Turkey 2: 367, f. 1 1/4 (1967); Mouterde, Nouv. Fl. Liban. Syrie 2: 521 (1970); Greuter, Burdet & Long, Med-Checklist 3: 265 ( 1 986). Types: Syria, 'Darkusch ad Orontem in via ab Antiochia ad Aleppo', June 1846?, Boissier s.n. (G!- syntype); Turkey, Gaziantep, 'Assy prope Aintab, etiam prope Urfa', 600 m, 24 June 1865 (fl & fr), Haussknecht s.n. (G!- lectotype, selected here; K!-isolectotype). Haussknecht collected this species in two localities, but it is not clear from which the type came; perhaps specimens from both localities were mounted. He subsequently distributed exsiccatae of both collections: 'Ad rupes Assy prope Aintab' (Haussknecht 603) and 'In cacumine Montis Nar Facub, prope Orfa' (Haussknecht 663). These may be duplicates of the lectotype. Map 19. Shrub 0. 12-0.9 m tall, erect, bushy, rounded, with branches erect to ascending. Stems 2-lined and green when young; cortex loosening and becoming whitish in second year, then bark pale grey. Leaves sessile; lamina (15-)20-45 x 10-30 mm, oblong or elliptic to ovate or lanceolate, almost concolorous, midrib scarcely prominent, ± STUDIES IN HYPER/CUM 139 Fig. 20 A. H. cardiophyllum: (a) habit; (b) sepal; (c) petal; (d) capsule. B. H. pamphylicum: (e) habit; (0 sepal. C. H. vacciniifolium: (g) habit; (h) sepal. D. H. rupestre: (i) habit; (j) sepal. E. H. nanum: (k) habit; (1) sepal (a, e, g, k x Vr, all others x 4). A. Post s.n. B. Mathew et al. 9599. C. Siehe 226. D. Davis & Hedge 26461. E. Norris s.n. 140 N.K.B. ROBSON glaucous especially beneath, thinly coriaceous, deciduous before (?) growth of new shoots; apex obtuse to rounded, base truncate to cordate-amplexicaul; venation: 5-6 pairs of laterals, scarcely dis- tinct from tertiary reticulation. Inflorescence c. 1 0-40-flowered from 3(-5) nodes, corymbiform to broadly hemispherical; pedicels 2-3 mm; bracteoles triangular-subulate, margin entire. Flowers c. 16-20 mm in diam.; buds elliptic, obtuse. Sepals 2-4 x 0.9-2 mm, subequal, free, triangular-ovate to oblong-lanceolate, acute to suba- cute or sometimes rounded, entire, glands submarginal; veins 5, not prominent. Petals bright yellow, not tinged red, 9-12 x (2.5-)5-7 mm, 3-4.5 x sepals, obovate to elliptic, rounded; laminar glands striiform to punctiform. Stamens 20-30, longest 9-12 mm, about equalling petals. Ovary c. 1.5-2 x 1-1.5 mm, ovoid; styles c. 9-1 1 mm long, c. 4 x ovary, widely spreading; stigmas narrow. Capsule 4.5 x 2.5-3.5 mm, very narrowly ovoid to cylindric, truncate, with persistent horn-like style bases, exceeding sepals. Seeds yellowish brown, c. 1 .2 mm long. Open calcareous rocks; 500-1000 m. TURKEY. Gaziantep: Osmaniye to Gaziantep, 48 km W. of Gaziantep, 950- 1000m, 24 June 1953 (fl), Huber-Morath 12087 (BASBG); c. 4km N. of Halfeti, 500 m, 24 May 1983 (fl), Sorger%3-5-3> (W);Aintab [Gaziantep], ad rupes Assy prope Aintab, 24 June 1 865 (fl), Haussknecht 603 (BM, E, G, JE, K); Aintab, 15 June 1882 (fr), Post s.n. (BM). Urfa: 5 km NE of Halfeti, 650m, 30April 1980 (e.ft),Sorger 80-14-48 (W);Orfa [Urfa], in rupestribus calcareis, 24 June 1867 (fl), Haussknecht s.n. (BM); in cacumine mentis Nar Facub, prope Orfa, 15 May 1865 (fl), Haussknecht 663 (JE). SYRIA. Latakia |A1 Ladhiqiyah]: ad rupes prope Latakieh, June 1846 (fl), Boissier (K, UPS); no precise locality, 1 846 (fl), Pinard s.n. (BM, H, K); Darkhush [on R. Orontes], June 1865? (fl), Boissier s.n. (G). H. cardiophyllum has most of the characters of H. canariense in miniature or in reduced numbers, except for the corymbiform inflo- rescence and differently shaped glaucous leaves. The truncate to cordate leaf-base and entire acute sepals distinguish it from other species in sect. Arthrophyllum. The flowers are somewhat smaller and more crowded than those of 1 . H. rupestre, and it lacks the dark glands found in that species. 4. Hypericum nanum Poir., Encycl., Suppl.3: 699 (1814); Choisy, Prodr. monogr. Hyperic. : 49 ( 1 82 1 ), in DC., Prodr. 1: 549 ( 1 824); Spach in Annls Sci. nat. (Bot.) II, 5: 357 (1836); Jaub. & Spach, ///. pi. orient. 1: 46, t. 23 (1842); Boiss.,F/. Orient. 1: 792 (1867); R. Keller in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 2nd ed. 21: 178 (1925); Boul., Fl. Liban: 69, t. 68 f. 3 (1930); Post, Fl. Syria 2nd ed. 1: 229 (1932); Stefanoff in God. Agr.-les. Fak. Univ. Sofiya 10: tt. 1 f. 4, 2 f. 8, 3 f.10 (1932), 11: 146 (1933), 12: 82 (1934), in Pflanzenareale IV, 1 : Karte 2a ( 1 933); J. Thiebaut, Fl. Lib. -Syr. 1: 140 (1936); Oppenheimer & Evenari in Bull. Soc. hot. Geneve 31: 324 (1940); Zohary, Fl. Palaestina 1: 222 (1966); Mouterde, Nouv. Fl. Liban Syrie 2: 521, t. 224 f. 4 (1970); Greuter, Burdet & Long, Med-Checklist 3: 269 ( 1 986); N. Robson in Cullen et al., Eur. GdnFl. 4: 70, ff. 1 1.3, 1 1.13 (1995).Type: Lebanon, 'Syria', no precise locality [Cossaye?], de Labillardiere (P-holotype; ?H! - see below). Fig. 20E, Map 20. Icon: Jaub. & Spach, ///. pi. orient. 1: t. 23 (1842) (var. nanum). Map 20 Sect. 22. 4. H. nanum • specimens, D records. Shrub c. 0.15-0.3 m tall, erect, bushy, rounded ('hemispherical'), with branches erect or ± tortuous or sometimes prostrate with stems appressed against rocks. Stems 4-lined and green when young, soon 2-lined to terete; bark greyish to whitish grey. Leaves sessile; lamina 5-20(-25) x 4-15(-18) mm, ovate or broadly oblong-ovate or orbicular to broadly or narrowly elliptic, somewhat paler beneath, midrib prominent beneath, ± glaucous when young, sometimes persistently so beneath, subcoriaceous, deciduous during second year; apex obtuse or subapiculate to rounded or rarely retuse, base rounded to cuneate or more rarely shortly angustate; venation: 4-6 pairs of laterals, scarcely distinct from tertiary reticulation. Inflores- cence 2-9-flowered from 1-2 nodes, rounded-corymbiform; pedicels 4.5-9 mm; bracteoles triangular-subulate, margin entire. Flowers c. 12-20 mm in diam.; buds ellipsoid, rounded. Sepals 2-3(-3.5) x 0.5-1 mm, subequal to unequal, free or up to 0.2 united, triangular- lanceolate to narrowly oblong or rarely ovate, acute or subacuminate to subacute, margin entire or with distal marginal glands ± protrud- ing, veins 5, at least midrib prominent. Petals bright yellow, (6-)8-10(-12) x c. 2-4.5 mm, c. 3^4- x sepals, oblanceolate to narrowly cuneate, asymmetrically retuse; laminar glands striiform to punctiform or absent. Stamens 30-40, longest c. 8-10 mm, about equalling petals. Ovary c. 2-3 x 1-1.5 mm, narrowly ovoid; styles 9-12 mm long, c. 3-5 x ovary, narrowly curved-ascending; stigmas narrow. Capsule 5-6.5(-8) x 3^.5(-6) mm, cylindric-ovoid, apically impressed. Seeds not seen. Calcareous rocks; (750)900-1800 m. Lebanon (Lebanon and Antilebanon mts), Syria (Antilebanon). H. nanum exists in two growth forms which, unless or until they are shown to merge, are best treated as varieties. 4a. Hypericum nanum var. nanum Stems erect, forming rounded bushes. Leaves c. 10-20 mm long, ovate or oblong-ovate or orbicular to broadly elliptic, subapiculate or rounded to retuse. Inflorescence 3-9-flowered. Sepals (2-)2.5- 3.5 mm long, the inner triangular-lanceolate to narrowly oblong. Range of species; 750-1800 m. STUDIES IN HYPER1CUM LEBANON. Qadisha gorge below Becharre [Bsharri|, 900-1050 m, 19 August 1945 (fr),Davis 10149 (BM,K);Cossaye [Kassayer?], ( 1787] (fl),de Labillardiere s.n. (H)-cf. type. Antilebanon: Wadi Jemayli (above Baalbek), 1350-1800 m, 23 June 1943 (fl), Davis 6582 (BM, K); near Rukhby [Rukhbi], 14 July 1890 (fl), Post s.n. (E, K). SYRIA. Antilebanon circa Zebdaine [Zebdani | prope Damascum, decus parientum imminentium vallis Uod e Uom, 1 200 m, 7 June 1 855 (fl), Kotschv 68 (BASBG, BM, K, UPS); Hermon, 1200 m, May 1945? (fl), Norris (BM). The Bsharri collection has larger flowers and leaves than the others, the leaves having a distinct angustate base and (mostly) retuse apex. The collection was originally determined as H. rupestre, and the leaves do resemble those in Jaubert & Spach's ( 1 842) figure of their var. ' ' rotundifolia '; but the sepals and bracteoles are entire as in H. 4b. Hypericum nanum var. prostratum Boiss., Fl. orient. 1: 792 (1867); Post, Fl. Syria 2nd ed. 1: 229 (1932); Rech. f. in Ark. Bot. 5: 292 (1960); Mouterde, Nouv. Fl. Liban Syrie 2: 521 ( 1970). Type: Lebanon, Antilebanon, rochers au bordsdu Barrada entre Bessime [Bassima] et Ain Fige [Ain el Fiji], 18 May 1817 (fl), Gaillardot 1676 (G-holotype; JE!). Stems prostrate, appressed to rocks. Leaves 5-12 mm long, broadly to ± narrowly elliptic, obtuse to rounded. Inflorescence 2-5-flow- ered. Sepals 2-2.5 mm long, the inner ± broadly ovate. LEBANON. Antilebanon: prope A'm Yunun, 1600 m, 21 May 1910 (fl), J.&F. Bornmiiller 11519 (BM, JE); Falita (above Nabh), 1650 m, 21 June 1943 (fl), Davis 6582 (BM, K). SYRIA. Antilebanon: S. of Ain el Fiji, 20 km NW of Damascus along Barada valley, 5 May 1963 (fl), Barkoudah 741 (E). The shape and angustate base of the leaves of the Bsharri population (q.v. supra) suggest that H. nanum is directly related to H. rupestre rather than to H. cardiophyllum, in which the entire sepals, smaller flowers and cordate leaf-bases may therefore be regarded as apomorphic in relation to H. rupestre. 5. Hypericum vacciniifolium Hayek & Siehe in Annln naturh. Mas. Wien 28: 159, t. 1 1 f. 3 (1914); Stefanoff in God. Agr.-les. Fak. Univ. Sofiya 11: 146(1933), 12: 82(1934), \nPflanzenareale IV, 1: Karte 2a (1933); N. Robson in P. Davis, Fl. Turkey 2: 368 (1967); Greuter, Burdet & Long, Med-Checklist 3: 274 (1986); N. Robson in Cullen et al., Eur. Gdn FL 4: 70 (1995). Type: Turkey, Vil. Adana [I?el], Sandjak Mersina, bei Efrenk, 1500 m, Junel912(fl),5/e/i£'226(W-holotype;BM!,E!,JE!,Z!-isotypes). Fig. 20C, Map 19. H. nanum var. uniflorum Bornm. in sched. Icon: Hayek & Siehe in Annln naturh. Mus. Wien 28: 159, t. 1 1 f. 3 (1914). jo Shrub 0.08-0.2 m tall, erect, bushy, rounded, with branches ± tortuous. Stems 2-lined when young, soon terete; bark greyish brown to whitish grey. Leaves sessile or with pseudopetiole up to c. 0.7 mm; lamina 6-15 x 3.5-9 mm, elliptic or oblong-elliptic to obovate, somewhat paler but not or scarcely glaucous beneath, midrib and reticulate venation ± prominent on both sides, chartaceous, decidu- ous during second year; apex obtuse or subapiculate to rounded, 141 base cuneate to angustate or shortly pseudopetiolate; venation: 3-6 pairs of major and minor laterals, ± distinct from tertiary reticula- tion. Inflorescence l-3(-9)-flowered, from 1-2 nodes, rounded-corymbiform when several-flowered; pedicels 4-7 mm; bracteoles triangular-subulate, margin entire. Flowers c. 15-18 mm in diam.; buds ellipsoid, rounded. Sepals 2-4 x 1.3-1.7 mm, un- equal, shortly united, oblong to ovate, subacute to rounded, margin entire, glands submarginal, veins 3-5, not prominent. Petals bright? yellow, 10-12 x 4-5 mm, 3-4 x sepals, oblong-lanceolate, un- equally retuse; laminar glands linear to punctiform. Stamens c. 20, longest c. 11-1 2 mm, about equalling petals. Ovary c. 2.5 x 1.5mm, narrowly ovoid-ellipsoid; styles 8-9 mm long, c. 3-4 x ovary, narrowly curved-ascending; stigmas narrow. Capsule (immature) ovoid. Seeds not seen. Limestone cliffs; 1000-1500 m. Turkey (E. Cilicia). TURKEY. I9el: Mut-Kirobasi,33km, 1260m, 14 June 1 950 (fl), Attila in Hub.-Mor. 1 1489 (BASBG); Mut to Biiyiik Egri Dagh, 1500 m, 12 May 1965(fl),C00^-ovulate; styles free, bases contiguous; . . . 4 „ , _ c,,. . , 5(4) Inflorescence branching dichasial or mixed dichasial/pseudo-di- stigmas narrowly or scarcely capitate. Capsule 3-5(6)-valved, ,. chotomous; plant an erect or straggling shrub or snrublet subconaceous to chartaceous, with valves longitudinally vittate, 5 papuanum rarely also diagonally vittate (Sp. 6) or almost smooth (Sp. 7b) or thin-walled, bacciform and indehiscent (Sp. 10). Seeds cylindric, Inflorescence branching pseudo-dichotomous or, if dichasial, then not or scarcely carinate; testa linear-reticulate to linear-foveolate or Plant a ± diffuse Aizomatous shrublet or suffrutescent herb 6 scalariform or scalariform-reticulate. 6(5) Styles longer than or equalling ovary; fruit capsular 7 BASIC CHROMOSOME NUMBERS (X). 1 2, 9, 8; ploidy 2. Styles shorter than ovary or, if equalling or longer than it (Sp. 10), then fruit baccate 1 1 HABITAT. Wet to dry upland grassland, woodland clearings and disturbed ground; 1 500-4300 m (New Guinea), c. 2800 m (Luzon), 7(°) Plant without black glands; leaves ovate to elliptic or oblong, with at 1800-3997 m (Taiwan), 1800-3300 m (Java, Sumatra), 300-3600 m least some striiform g'ands 6- pulogense (Africa, Madagascar). Plant with at least anther gland black; stems diffuse, wiry; leaves „.,,,. , . ovate to linear, with glands punctiform or somewhat elongate ... 8 DISTRIBUTION. New Guinea (Papua/New Guinea and Irian Jaya), Philippines (northern Luzon), Taiwan, Indonesia (Sumatra, Java), 8(7) Flowers 12-30 mm in diam.; inflorescence branches (when present) Madagascar, Africa (Cape Province to Ethiopia, Sudan Republic, axillary; plant suberect to ascending 9 Zaire and Angola; also Cameroon and Fernando Poo). Flowers 7_,0 mm in diam . inflorescence branches (when present) 1 2 species (+ 1 subspecies) pseudo-dichotomous; plant usually diffuse, ascending to decum- bent (7. H. beccarii) 10 N.B. At a late stage in the work on Part 6, 1 realized that my original ,Jr__. , . _ . . 9(8) Sepals without black laminar streaks or, if with them, then apex idea (Robson, 1973) that the relationships of two Taiwan species obtuse; ,eaves yariable jn size and shape but .f under 15 mm ,ong were with H. pulogense Merr. ( from Luzon) was correct, and that then narrow (l:b = 4-12) 6(i) H. nagasawai they were not, as I had subsequently concluded (Robson, 1977a), related to a Japanese species of sect. 9. Hypericum, H. yezoense SePals with black laminar streaks< aPex acute to subacuminate; Maxim. Indeed, the shrublet or wiry herbaceous habit of these two leaves short (4~n mm lon*> and broad .<'* '<-*•» 6(11) H. nokoense species would be quite anomalous in sect. Hypericum. H. nagasawai Hayata and H. nokoense Ohwi have therefore had to be inserted in 10(8) Leaves broadly oblong to elliptic-oblong or narrowly the numerical sequence of sect. Humifusoideum as Spp. 6(i) and 6(ii) obovate; capsule densely and prominently vittate respectively 7a' beccarii subsp. beccarii Leaves oblanceolate to linear; capsule sparsely and obscurely vittate Key tO Sect. 26 Humifusoideum (almost smooth) 7b. beccarii subsp. steenisii 1 1(6) Fruit capsular, usually erect; styles usually 3-4 12 Flowers solitary, with branching almost always wholly lateral; leaves relatively narrow (lanceolate or narrowly elliptic to linear), Fruit baccate, on reflexed pedicel; styles 4-5 ... 10. peplidifolium sessile; shrub or shrublet 2 12(11) Stems erect, stout; leaves usually sessile 8. natalense Flowers in dichasia with branching lateral or, if solitary, then .... 7 I-, Stems decumbent to ascending, slender; leaves shortly petiolate branching pseudo-dichotomous' or basal; leaves relatively broad .... 9. M ins 7 I.e. with (usually) paired axillary branches continuing growth from uppermost node of flowering branch. Hypericum sewense N. Robson in Blumea 20: 254 (1973), in Steenis, Fl. Males. 1, 8: 21, ff. 14, 1 5 (1974); P. Royen, Alpine Fl. STUDIES IN HYPERICUM 155 VANIMO LORENGAU to a/>w™.y 798 (CANB*, LAE). Milne Bay Distr.: Mt Dayman, Maneau [Maneao] Peak, 2780 m, 19 May 1953 (fl & fr). Brass 2225 1 (A, LAE*, MEL); Mt Maneao, 2250 m, 22 June 1956 (fl & fr), Cruttwell 746 (LAE). Most specimens have a leaf index of 2.5-3.5 and fruiting pedicels 2- 6 mm long, but in the Mt Dayman (Milne Bay Distr.) population the leaves are broader (1. i. = 2.2-3.1) and the fruiting pedicels longer (5-10 mm). On the other hand, a population on the Mt Suckling complex (Central/Milne Bay border) has larger leaves with puncti- form glands and other characters intermediate between H. macgregorli (or possibly H. saruwagedicum) and//, papuanum (e.g. Milne Bay Distr., Raba Raba subdistr., S. end of Goe Dendiwa, 3430 m, 25 June 1972 (fl & fr), Stevens & Veldkamp LAE 54269 (A, LAE). It seems likely that these are hybrids. The complete absence of black glands is usually a good character to separate H. macgregorii from H. saruwagedicum (q.v.), and they apparently remain distinct where their areas overlap in eastern Papua. In one population from Mt Albert Edward (Central Distr.) - Brass 4168 (A, BM, BO, K, L, US), however, the gland pattern in different plants varies from mainly linear to mainly punctiform, thus forming a link between the two species. 4. HypericumbifurcatumN. Robsonin/?/w/m'a20: 256(1973), in Steenis, FL Males. I, 8: 22, if. 15, 18d (1974); P. Royen, Alpine Fl. New Guinea 3: 1474, f. 465 (1982). Type: New Guinea, Morobe District, Huon Peninsula, Cromwell Mts, Mannasat, c. 2340 m, 9 August 1964 (fl & fr), Hoogland9542 (BM!-holotype; CANB!, K!, L!-isotypes; LAE). Map 25. Icon: P. Royen, Alpine Fl. New Guinea 3: 1475, f. 465 (1982). Shrub 0.3-1.5 m tall, with branches ± strict, pseudo-dichotomous and lateral, sometimes also basal and rooting. Stems 2-4-lined when young, eventually terete, eglandular. Leaves sessile; lamina 7-1 3(- 17) x 1.5-6 mm, narrowly ovate to narrowly elliptic-oblong, concolorous, not glaucous, plane, ascending or appressed; apex rounded, base cuneate to rounded; venation: 3-4 pairs of main lateral veins, ± curved-parallel, scarcely branched except near apex and margin, without noticeable tertiary reticulation; laminar glands pale, linear to striiform, sometimes flanked by rows of dots, becom- ing ± interrupted towards apex and margin; intramarginal glands dense, pale. Inflorescence 1 -flowered, with paired strong flowering branches in uppermost axils and often weaker ones in 1-2 axils immediately below, repeated pseudo-dichotomies giving an effect of bifurcations; pedicels 8-15 mm in fruit. Flowers 15-25 mm in diam., stellate; buds narrowly ovoid, rounded. Sepals 4-6(-7) x 1 .5- 2 mm, imbricate, equal, ovate-lanceolate, subacute, entire; veins 7, unbranched; laminar glands pale, all or mostly linear; inframarginal glands pale or reddish. Petals bright yellow, orange- to red-tinged dorsally, 9-14 x 3-5(-6) mm, 2.2-2.3 x sepals, obovate to oblanceolate, rounded, apiculus absent or almost so; laminar glands pale, linear, sometimes interrupted distally; marginal glands absent. Stamens not or obscurely 3-fascicled, c. 25-30, longest (5-)6-8 mm, c. 0.75 x petals; anther gland black. Ovary 2-3 x 1.5-2 mm, ovoid, acute; styles 3, 2-4 mm long, equalling or slightly longer than ovary, divergent; stigmas narrowly capitate; placentae 3, parietal except for axile extreme base. Capsule 6-9(-10) x 3.5-4.5 mm, c. 1 .3 x sepals, ± broadly to narrowly ovoid or ovoid-pyramidal, with valves longitudinally vittate. Seeds yellow-brown, c. 0.7 mm long, slightly carinate; testa densely linear-foveolate. Wet to dry alpine grassland; 1 550-3000 m. New Guinea (Terr. New Guinea - E. Highlands and Morobe Dis- tricts). TERR. NEW GUINEA. Morobe Distr.: Mt Salawaket [Sarawaket], 3000 m, 20 January 1963 (fl & fr), Hartley 1 1 166 (CANB, L, LAE*.); Busu R. and vicinity, 1800-2400 m, 12 May 1937 (fl & fr), Clemens 6268 (A, B). E. Highlands Distr.: Goroke subdistr., Marafunga, 3000 m, 29 August 1963 (fl & fr), Millar & van Royen NGF 1 5969 (CANB, L, SING); Chimbu Divide, Daulo Road Camp, 2400 m, 6 November 1954 (fl), Womersley, Floyd & McKee 6099 (A, K, LAE*). The repeated pseudo-dichotomous inflorescence branching distin- guishes //. bifurcatum from other members of sect. Humifusoideum except sometimes H. papuanum, which has a different pattern of leaf glands and often 4-5 styles. H. macgregorii rarely has one pseudo- dichotomy, but the leaves are smaller, the anther gland amber and the placentation axile. A collection of this species from a relatively low altitude (1500 m) in the Owen Stanley Range (Central Papua) is intermediate in this respect. 5. Hypericum papuanum Ridl. in Trans. Linn. Soc., Bot. 9: 19 (1916); Lauterb. in Bot. Jb. 58: 5 (1922); Steenis in Bull. Jard. hot. Buitenz. 13: 219 (1934); N. Robson in Blumea 20: 257 (1973), in Steenis, Fl. Males. 8: 22, ff. 17, 18c (1974); P. Royen, Alpine Fl. New Guinea 3: 1469, f. 463 (1982); Steenis in Blumea 28: 167 (1982). Types: Irian Jaya, Carstensz Peak, Camps 10-11, 1650-3300 m, 27 January 1913 (fl & fr), Kloss s.n. (BM!- lectotype, selected here; K!-syntype); Carstensz Peak, Camps 1 1-12, 28 January 1913 (fl & fr), Kloss s.n. (BM!-syntype). Fig. 23B, Map 27. H.japonicum sensu Warb. in Bot. Jb. 16: 14 (1893). H. macgregorii sensu Lauterb. in Nova Guinea 8: 843 (1912). H. hellwigii Lauterb. in Bot. Jb. 58: 4 (1922); R. Keller in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 2nd ed. 21: 181 (1925); Steenis in Bull. 160 N.K.B. ROBSON Map 27 Sect. 26: 5. H. papuanum •. Jard. hot. Buitenz. Ill, 13: 219 (1934). Types: New Guinea, Terr. New Guinea, Finisterre-Gebirge, c. 1 200 m, 1 5 October 1 888 (fl), Hellwig 336 (Bt-lectotype, van Royen 1982 'holotype'; WRSL); Irian Jaya, Treub-Gebirge, 2100-2300 m, 25 October 1909 (fl), van Nouhys 1 (WRSLI-syntype); Irian Jaya, Hellwig-Gebirge, 2600 m, 2 December 1912 (fl), Pulle 594 (BO!-syntype); loc. cit., 3 January 1913 (fl & fr), Pulle 890 (BO, L!, WRSL-syntypes). H. habbemense A.C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arbor. 22: 343 (1941). Type: New Guinea, Irian Jaya, 9 km NE of Lake Habbema, 2600-2650 m, October 1938 (fl & fr), Brass 10865 (A!-holotype; BM!, BO!, L!, LAE-isotypes). H. kunaianum Gilli in Annln naturh. Mus. Wien 83: 440 (1980). Type: New Guinea, W. Highlands, Kuna Saw Mill bei Mt Hagen, 1900 m, Sommer 1970 (fl), Dosedla 76 (W!-holotype). Icon: P. Royen, Alpine Fl. New Guinea 3: 1471, f. 463 (1982). Shrub or shrublet 0.1-1.3(-2) m tall, densely or more usually sparsely branched and ± spreading, with branches ascending, ± lax, creeping and rooting at the base. Stems 2^-lined when young, eventually terete, eglandular. Leaves sessile or subsessile; lamina 6- 25(-40) x 3- 1 7 mm, narrowly to broadly ovate or ovate-triangular to elliptic or suborbicular, concolorous, not glaucous, plane, spreading or subimbricate-ascending; apex subacute (or rarely acute) to rounded, base rounded to cordate; venation: 4-5(6) pairs of main lateral veins, ± curved-parallel or divergent, much branched to form lax tertiary reticulation; laminar glands pale, linear towards base and distally striiform to punctiform or wholly striiform to punctiform; inframarginal glands dense, pale and/or black Inflorescence 1- flowered, without or with flowering branches in uppermost axils, or regularly dichasial or mixed dichasial/pseudo-dichotomous; pedicels 4-20 mm in fruit. Flowers 18-26 mm in diam., stellate; buds ovoid to ellipsoid, subacute. Sepals 3-7(-8) x l-2.5(-3.5) mm, imbricate, subequal to unequal, ovate to lanceolate or narrowly oblong or sometimes broadly ovate and foliaceous, acute to rounded, entire; veins 7-9, forking and distally branching; laminar glands pale, linear; inframarginal glands black or absent. Petals bright yellow, not tinged red, 9-15 x 4-9 mm, 2-3 x sepals, narrowly obovate- elliptic, rounded, apiculus short or obsolete; laminar glands pale, wholly linear or distally striiform; marginal glands absent or few to numerous, black, often only in apiculus, not or scarcely prominent. Stamens not obviously fascicled, ( 1 5-)25-40(-50), longest 6-9 mm, c. 0.75 x petals; anther gland amber or occasionally black. Ovary (2-)2.5-3(-4) x 1.5-1.8 mm, narrowly or rarely broadly ovoid, acute; styles 3(4-6), 2-3(^1) mm long, 0.75-1 x ovary, divergent; stigmas narrowly to broadly capitate; placentae 3(4-6), parietal. Capsule (5-)7-9(-10) x 3^4.5 mm, 1.3 x sepals, narrowly or rarely broadly ovoid to ellipsoid, with valves longitudinally STUDIES IN HYPERICUM 161 vitiate. Seeds yellow-brown to dark brown, 0.1-0.9 mm long, scarcely carinate; testa densely linear-foveolate to linear-scalariform. Wet or more rarely dry alpine grassland and bogs, screes, abandoned cultivation; (1200-)! 600-3 800 m. New Guinea (Irian Jaya (Mt Carstensz, Mt Hellwig, etc.) to Terr. New Guinea (Madang District) and Papua (Milne Bay District)). IRIAN JAYA. Central Distr.: Wissel Lake region, S. border of Lake Paniai, foot of Mt Poti, February 1939 (fl & fr), Eyma 4531 (A, BM, BO, L, LAE*); Bale R., 1 8 km NE of Lake Habbema, 2200 m, November 1938 (fl & fr), Brass 1 1361 (A, BM, BO, K, L, LAE*). [Eastern Distr.?]: Mont. Hellwig, 2600 m, 3 January 1913 (fl), Pulle 890 (L). TERR. NEW GUINEA. Sepik Distr.: Telefomin subdistr., Hindenburg Range, Mt Kaban, 3120 m, 7 January 1965 (fl), Henty NGF 20655 (L). W. Highlands Distr.: Wabag subdistr, N. slopes of Sugarloaf complex (along Wapu R.), 2850 m, 1 2 July 1 960 (fl & fr), Hoogland & Schodde 7023 (A, BM, CANB*, L, LAE*, PNH, SING, Z); Hagen subdistr., c. 0.4 km SE of Tomba, c. 2400 m, 1 July 1957 (fl & fr), Sounders 649 (A, BM, CANB*, K, L, LAE*, MEL, US). E. Highlands Distr.: Goroka subdistr., near Yontegi village, between Dunantina R. and Karmanuntina R., c. 1850 m, 12 June 1956 (fl & fr), Hoogland & Pullen 5310 (A, BM, CANB*, K, L, LAE*, MEL, PNH, US); bottom of Mt Erimbari above Chuare, 2400 m, 26 January 1976 (fl), Verdcourt & Johns 4930 (BM, K). Morobe Distr.: Sarawaket Range, SW slope of Mt Enggom, along Zarun Creek, 2400 m, 24 February 1963 (fl & fr), van Royen NGF 16143 (CANB, K, L, SING); Sattelberg, Lambanga, 1500- 1800 m, 14 September 1937 (fr), Clemens 7042a (A, B). Madang Distr.: Saidor subdistr., Naho-Rawa Divide, Sewe, L. Naho, 2700 m, 13 November 1964 (fl & fr), Sayers NGF 21419 (BM, L). PAPUA. Northern Distr.: Mt Simpson, 2880 m, 28 October 1947 (fl & fr), Cruttwell 46 (K). S. Highlands Distr.: Mendi subdistr., W. slopes of Mt Giluwe above Klareg, c. 2640 m, 25 October 1961 (fl & fr), Schodde 1971 (CANB, K, L, LAE, PNH); Turi subdistr., Mt Ambua, 3490 m, 13 October 1966 (fl & fr), Vmk 17433 (L, LAE). Milne Bay Distr.: Raba Raba subdistr., Mt Suckling complex, S. end of Goe Dendeniwa, 3430 m, 25 June 1972 (fl & fr), Stevens & Veldkamp LAE 54269 (A, CANB*, LAE); Maneau Peak, summit of Mt Dayman, 2780 m, 19 May 1953 (fl & fr). Brass 22244 (A, CANB, L, LAE*). H. papuanum is a very variable species in which the extreme forms, although quite distinct in appearance, are linked by intermediates with varying combinations of characters, so that the morphological trends are not co-ordinated. These trends are: (1) Leaves narrowly ovate and ± crowded, with laminar glands mostly linear (in E., W. and S. Highlands mainly) to broadly ovate or suborbicular, not crowded, with laminar glands all punctiform (con- stant in Irian Jaya and east Papua - Northern and Milne Bay Districts). (2) Leaves, sepals, petals and anthers without black glands (mainly eastern) to with black glands, forming a continuous inframarginal row in the leaves (constant in Irian Jaya) and sepals and a continuous marginal row in the petals (rare). (3) Inflorescence 1 -flowered (mainly eastern) to regularly dichasial (mainly western). (4) Styles and placentae 3, with ovary and capsule narrowly ovoid (mainly eastern) to styles and placentae 4-5 with ovary and capsule Map 28 Sect. 26: 6. H. pulogense A; 7. H. beccarii: a. subsp. beccarii •; b. subsp. steenisii 162 N.K.B. ROBSON ± broadly ovoid (mainly western). The occurrence of 6 styles and 5 placentae reported by A.C. Smith (1941) was not confirmed on examination of an isotype of H. habbemense. If correctly observed, this character combination was no doubt teratological in origin. (5) Habit dense with ± ascending branches (widespread) to lax with ± spreading branches (Madang and Morobe Districts). 6. Hypericum pulogense Merr. in Philipp. J. Sci. 5, Bot.: 364 (1910), Enum. Philipp. ft. pi. 3: 75 1923); N. Robson in Blumea 20: 259 (1973), in Steenis, Fl. Males. I, 8: 24, f. 18a, b (1974). Types: Philippine Is, Luzon, Benguet Prov., Mt Pulog, January 1909 (fl & fr), Curran, Merrill & Zschokke Philipp. For. Bur. 16097 (USMectotype, selected here; BM!, L!, PNHf, US!- syntypes); Benguet Prov., Mt Pulog, May 1909 (fl), Merrill 6577 (K!, PNHt, US!-syntypes). Syntypes also include McGregor 8875 and 8880 (both PNH). Map 28. Icon: Steenis, Fl. Males. I, 8: 23, f. 18a, b (1974). Shrublet or woody herb 0.2-0.4 m tall, diffuse?, with branches erect or ascending to decumbent from slender branching rhizome. Stems 2(4-6)-lined or narrowly 2-winged when young, sometimes eventu- ally terete, eglandular. Leaves sessile or very shortly petiolate; lamina 8-12(-20) x 3-7 mm, ovate to elliptic or oblong, glaucous beneath, plane (except margin?), spreading or ascending; apex obtuse to rounded, margin recurved (at least when dry), base broadly cuneate to rounded or subcordate; venation: c. 4 pairs of main lateral veins, divergent-incurved, slightly branched to form obscure tertiary reticulation; laminar glands pale, shortly striiform to punctiform, subprominent beneath; intramarginal glands dense, pale. Inflores- cence 1 -flowered, without or with flowering branches in uppermost axils, or 3-10-flowered and regularly dichasial; pedicels 4-6 mm in fruit Flowers 20-25(-30) mm in diam., stellate; buds narrowly ovoid, subacute to obtuse. Sepals 4-6 x 1.8-2.4 mm, imbricate, equal to subequal, lanceolate to oblong or elliptic-oblong, apiculate to rounded, entire; veins 5, unbranched; laminar glands pale, linear to punctiform; inframarginal glands pale, dense or rather sparse. Petals bright yellow, not tinged red, 10-12(-14) x 4-6 mm, 2-2.5 x sepals, narrowly oblong-ovate, rounded, with apiculus small, glan- dular; laminar glands pale, numerous, basally linear, distally striiform to punctiform; marginal glands few?, pale. Stamens not obviously fascicled (5-fascicled/ufe Merrill), c. 30-60, longest c. 9 mm, c. 0.75 x petals; anther gland amber. Ovary 3-4 x 2 mm, ± broadly ovoid, obtuse; styles 3, c. 5-5.5 mm long, c. 1 .5 x ovary, divergent; stigmas not or scarcely capitate; placentae 3, axile. Capsule 5-8 x 4-5 mm, narrowly to rather broadly ovoid, 1.3-1.5 x sepals, with valves longitudinally and diagonally vittate. Seeds yellow-brown to dark brown, 0.5-1 mm, not carinate; testa densely scalariform. Summit grassland and open places in mossy forest; 2400-2800 m. (see Jacobs, 1972). Philippine Islands (northern Luzon). PHILIPPINES. Luzon: Mountain Prov., Mt Pulog, 2550-2650 m, 30 January 1968 (fl & fr), Jacobs 7231 (K, L); Mt Tabayoc, 2400-2500 m, 15 February 1968 (fl), Jacobs 7437 (K, L). H. pulogense, which is known from only Mts Pulog and Tabayoc, is isolated morphologically as well as geographically. Having at first related it (correctly) to the H. nagasawai complex of Taiwan but in a distinct section, Pulogensia (Robson, 1973), I subsequently real- ized that it has affinities with the New Guinea members of sect. Humifusoideum, which it resembles in leaf and flower. The absence of black glands in it occurs also in some populations of its apparently nearest relative, 5. H. papuanum (q.v.), and the variation between pseudo-dichotomous and dichasial inflorescence branching also occurs in that species. The Mt Tabayoc specimen has slender, more decumbent stems than those from Mt Pulog, and in those characters it approaches 1 .H. beccarii from Sumatra and Java. 6(i). Hypericum nagasawai Hayata in J. Coll. Sci. Univ. Tokyo 30(1): 38(1911), Icon, pi Formos. 1: 81, t. 18 (191 1); Makino & Nemoto, Fl. Japan: 543 (1925), 2nd ed.: 749 (1931); Sasaki, List pi. Formosa: 295 (1928); S. Susuki in Masamune, Short fl. Formosa: 141 (1936);Y. Kimura in Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 54: 82, f.l (1940), in Nakai & Honda, Novafl. jap. 10: 225, ff. 75, 76.1 (1951); N. Robson in Li et al., Fl. Taiwan 2: 636, t. 431 (1976); Li X.-W. in Fl. R. P. Sinicae 50(2): 70 (1990). Type: Taiwan, Chaiyi, Mt. Morrison [Alishan] ad 13094 ped. [3928 m] ['top of Mt. Yushan' on specimen], 2 November 1905 (fl), Nagasawa 754 (TI!-holotype). Map 28a. H. attenuatum sensu Hayata in J. Coll. Sci. Imp. Univ. Tokyo 25( 1 9): 59(1908). H. randaiense Hayata in J. Coll. Sci. Imp. Univ. Tokyo 30( 1 ): 39 (1911), Icon, pl.formos. 1: 81, t. 17 (191 1)); Makino & Nemoto, Fl. Japan: 295 (1925), 2nd ed.: 752 (1931); Sasaki, List pi. Formosa: 295 (1928); S. Susuki in Masamune, Short fl. Formosa: 141 ( 1936); Y. Kimura in Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 54: 84, f. 2 (1940), in Nakai & Honda, Nova fl. jap. 10: 226, f. 76.3 (1951). Type: Taiwan, Nantou, Randaisan [Luantashan], 8 August 1908 (fl), Kawakami & Hayata s.n. (TI!- holotype). H. nagasawai var. typicum Y. Kimura in Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 54: 82 (1940), in Nakai & Honda, Novafl. jap. 10: 225 (1951). Type as for H. nagasawai. H. nagasawai var. nigrumY. Kimura in Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 54: 82, f. Ic (1940), in Nakai & Honda, Novafl. jap. 10: 225 (1951). Type: Taiwan, Nantou, Prov. Taityu, inter Noko et Boarun, 1 6 June 1930 (fl), Kudo & Mori 2308A (TAI! -holotype). H. taiwanianumY. Kimura in Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 54: 84, f. 3 (1940), in Nakai & Honda, Novafl. jap. 10: 227, f. 76.6 (1951). Type: Taiwan, Taichung, Mt. Silvia [Tugitakayama], 3000 m, 13 July 1924 (fl), S. Ohasi in Herb. Simada 1214 (TI!- holotype). H. hayatae Y. Kimura in Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 54: 85, f. 5 (1940), in Nakai & Honda, Nova fl. jap. 10: 228, f. 76.4 (1951). Type: Taiwan, Taichung, Hakku-taisan [Paikoutashan], 9 August 1908 (fl), Mori s.n. (TI! -holotype). H. suzukianum Y. Kimura in Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 54: 86, f. 6 ( 1 940), in Nakai & Honda, Novafl. jap. 10: 228, f. 76.2 (1951). Type: Taiwan, Taichung, Prov. Taityu, Kunigigaoko [Kunugioko], 27 July 1936 (fl), Suzuki in HTU 1 18999 (TAI). H. taiwanianum var. taiwanianum Y. Kimura in Nakai & Honda, Novafl. jap. 10: 227 (1951), autonym. H. taiwanianum var. ohwiiY. Kimura in Nakai & Honda, Novafl. STUDIES IN HYPER/CUM 163 Map 28a Sect. 26: 6(i). H. nagasawai •. jap. 10: 228 ( 1 95 1 ). Type: Taiwan, Ilan, Painan-ambu, n.d. (fl), S. Ohwi s.n. (TI!- holotype). Icones: Hayata, Icon, pl.formos. 1: t. 18 (191 1); N. Robson in Li et al., Fl. Taiwan 2: t. 431 (1976). Perennial herb or deciduous shrublet, 0.05-0.35 m tall, suberect to ascending from creeping branching rooting base, with stems solitary or ± caespitose, unbranched or ± branched above, wiry. Stems 2(4)- lined, eglandular; internodes c. 5-15 mm, shorter than leaves. Leaves sessile or subsessile; lamina (3-)8-25 x 3-12 mm, ovate or oblong to elliptic or oblanceolate or linear, glaucous or sometimes minutely papillose beneath, chartaceous to subcoriaceous; apex acute to rounded, margin entire, recurved, base cuneate to angustate; venation: 3-4 pairs of main laterals from lower third of midrib, sometimes forming ± marked submarginal vein, tertiary venation lax or obscure; laminar glands pale, somewhat elongate to puncti- form, rather sparse, prominent above; intramarginal glands black, dense or irregular. Inflorescence 1-1 1 -flowered from 1-2 nodes, sometimes with flowering branches from 1-2 nodes below, the whole subcorymbiform; pedicels 4-8 mm; bracts and bracteoles 2- 6 mm long, lanceolate to linear, entire. Flowers 15-30 mm in diam., ± stellate; buds ovoid to ellipsoid, obtuse. Sepals 5, equal, 3-7.5 x 0.8-2.5 mm, in bud and fruit, ovate-lanceolate to ± narrowly oblong, obtuse to acute, entire or rarely with 1-2 glandular cilia; veins 5, outwardly branched; laminar glands pale or rarely black, striiform to punctiform or rarely linear; marginal glands black and sometimes pale, regular or irregular, immersed or rarely on cilia, or absent. Petals 5, bright yellow, not tinged red in bud, 8-1 7 x 4-7 mm, 2-2.5 x sepals, obovate or oblong-obovate to oblanceolate, usually entire, laminar glands pale and rarely black, linear to punctiform, or rarely absent, marginal glands black, sessile or occasionally on cilia, distal and few or subapical and solitary. Stamens 40-80, not or obscurely fascicled, longest 4.5-8 mm, 0.5-0.8 x petals; anther gland black. Ovary 3-locular, 2-2.5 x 1-1.5 mm, narrowly ovoid to ellipsoid- ovoid; styles 3, 3.5-7 mm, 1.3-3 x ovary, ± spreading from near base; stigmas narrowly or scarcely capitate. Capsule (5-)6-7 x 3.5- 5 mm, c. 1.5 x sepals, narrowly to broadly ovoid; valves narrowly longitudinally vittate. Seeds dark brown, c. 1 mm, not or scarcely carinate, apiculate; testa finely scalariform-reticulate to linear-fo- veolate. 2n = 36 (n = 18, Hsu, 1968). Stony or rocky slopes, roadsides and open areas of conifer forests and subalpine woodland; 2300-3997 m. Taiwan (central mountains). TAIWAN. Ilan: Chi-li-tin to Nanfu-shan-chuang, 21 August 1969 (fl), Hsu 5930 (TAI); in Ml. Nanko-taisan, July 1933 (fl), Ohwi 4095 (K). Hsinchu: Mt. Isawa, 18 July 1932 (fl), Sasaki in HTU 077131 (TAI); Mt. Taiha, on top, 5 July 1934 (fl), Suzuki in HTU 077087 (TAI). Taichung: Mt. Tugitaka, 19 August 1930 (fl), Onutna 12 (TAI); Souyuan-akou (Piyanan- ambu), S. slope of Mt. Layeh-wei-shan, 200-2300 m, 10 July 1963 (fl), Shimizu & Chuang 20142 (E). Nantou: southern flank ofYushan, 3860 m, 30 October 1992 (fl), Kirkham & Flanagan ETOT170 (K); Ten-tzu to Nen-kao, 12 August 1971 (fl), Huang, Hsieh & Kao 5825 (TAI). Chiayi: Arisan [Alishan], 2500 m, July 1914 (fl), Faurie 536 (BM); Pai-yunn Hostel to top of Mt. Morrison [Alishan], 3550-3997 m, 6 September 1969 (fl), Hsu 6283 (TAI). Hualien: Ko-Nan-Kuan, 16 July 1966 (fl), Chuang & faze 4268 (TAI, US); fromTayn Lin to pass at Ko-nan Kuang, 3000 m, 8 August 1966 (fl), van Steenis 20700 (L). CULTIVATED. England: Kew, seed ex Formosa, Yashiroda 88, 16 Au- gust 1 934 (fl), Anon. (K). Ireland: Co. Meath, Kells, I.F.S., cult. Marquess of Headfort, seed coll. Formosa ex Yashiroda 88, 13 August \936(ft),Anon. (K). H. nagasawai is quite closely related to//, pulogense, differing from it inter alia by the more slender habit, the frequently narrower leaves and the black glands on the anthers and elsewhere. The variation from the mainly northern broad-leaved form with sepals and styles about 1 .3 times as long as the ovary (H. nagasawai) to the southern narrow-leaved form with acute sepals and styles 2 or more times as long as the ovary (H. randaiense) appears to be continuous; and indeed the trends in leaf-form, sepal-shape and style-length are only partially correlated. It is not possible, therefore, to recognize H. randaiense as a distinct species. Similarly, plants described as H. suzukianum and//, hayatae, respectively, are more extreme forms of trends within H. nagasawai; and the occasional forms with black- glandular-ciliate sepal margins (H. taiwanianum) are linked to the more typical forms by specimens with one or two glandular cilia on each sepal margin. 6(ii). H. nokoense Ohwi InActa Phytotax. Geobot. 6: 48 ( 1937);Y. Kimura in Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 54: 85, f. 4 (1940), in Nakai & Honda, Nova fl. jap. 10: 226, f. 76.5 (1951); N. Robson in Li et al., Fl. Taiwan 2: 639 (1976); Li, X.-W. in Fl. R. P. Sinicae 50(2): 69 (1990). Type: Taiwan, Hualien, Mt. Nokogoe, in Karenko, June 1933 (fl), Ohwi 2951 (KYO-holotype); loc. cit., June 1933 (fl), Ohwi 2958 (K!, KYO, Tl-paratype). Map 28b. Icon: Y. Kimura in Nakai & Honda, Nova fl. jap. 10: 226, f. 76.5 (1951). 164 N.K.B. ROBSON Map 28b Sect. 26: 6(ii). H. nokoense • Perennial herb 0.05-0.1 m tall (sometimes longer and straggling), suberect to ascending from creeping, branching and rooting base, with stems ± caespitose, sometimes mat-forming, unbranched or ± branched above. Stems 2-4-lined or sometimes becoming almost terete, eglandular; internodes 2.4-6 mm, usually longer than leaves. Leaves sessile or with petiole up to 1 mm; lamina 4-12x1 .5-6 mm, ovate (below inflorescence) to elliptic or narrowly oblong or obovate, markedly glaucous and sometimes minutely papillose beneath, subcoriaceous; apex rounded, margin entire, base cuneate-angustate; venation: 2-3 pairs of main laterals from lower 1/3 to 2/5 of midrib, tertiary reticulation obscure; laminar glands pale and sometimes black, punctiform, dense to sparse; intramarginal glands black, dense. Inflorescence l-5(-7)-flowered, from apical node, without lower branches, subcorymbose; pedicels 1-1.5 mm; bracts and bracteoles 3-3.5 mm long, entire or with prominent marginal glands. Flowers 12-18 mm in diam., ± stellate; buds ovoid to ellipsoid, acute. Sepals 5, equal, erect in bud and fruit, 3-5 x 0.8-1.2 mm, lanceolate to narrowly oblong, acute to subacuminate, entire; veins 3-5, unbranched; laminar glands pale and black, linear to striiform; marginal glands black, irregular, submarginal. Petals 5, bright yel- low, not tinged red in bud, 7-11 x 2-3(^.5) mm, c. 3 x sepals, obovate or oblong-lanceolate to lanceolate, laminar glands pale and usually black, linear to punctiform, marginal glands absent. Stamens c. 40-43, obscurely '3'-fascicled, longest 5-8 mm, c. 0.7 x petals; anther gland black. Ovary 3-locular, c. 2 x 1 mm, ovoid?; styles 3, free, 4-6 mm, 2.5-3 x ovary, spreading from base; stigmas not enlarged. Capsule 6-7 x c. 4 mm, c. 1 .5-2 x sepals, narrowly ovoid; valves longitudinally vitiate. Seeds not seen. Mountain slopes; 1800-1900 m. Taiwan (Nantou, Hualien). TAIWAN. Nantou: Sakahen to Kiraikei, 2 1 August 1929 (fl), Sasaki in HTU 077267 (TAI). Hualien: Mt. Luan-shan, 17 October 1967 (fl), Huang 4218 (TAI); Mt. Chin-shuei-shan, 21 June 1941 (fl), Nakamura 5355 (TAI). No single character separates H. nokoense from H. nagasawai (from which it appears to have been derived by reduction); but the combi- nation of small and relatively broad leaves, acute sepals usually with black laminar glands, and styles more than twice as long as the ovary appears to distinguish it. The leaf glands are not wholly black (pace Ohwi and Kimura). 7. Hypericum beccarii N. Robson in Blumea 20: 260 (1973), in Steenis, FL Males. I, 8: 25 (1974). Type: Sumatra, Barat, Tadangsche Bovenland', G. Singgalan [Singalang] June-July 1878 (1. fl & fr), Beccari 337 (BM!-holotype; K!, L!, MEL!- isotypes). Map 28. H.japonicum var. pinnatinervium Bakh. f. in Backer & Backh. v. d. Brink, FL Java 1: 382 (1963), nom. illegit. descr. angl. (Art. 36.1). Perennial (or sometimes annual?) herb c. 0.02-0.45 m long, branch- ing irregularly, wiry, with branches from near base, weak, decumbent or ascending (erect fide Bakh. f.), creeping and rooting. Stems 4-6- lined when young, often becoming 2-lined, eglandular. Leaves with petiole 0.2-1.5 mm long; lamina 2.5-10.5 x 0.5-6 mm, broadly oblong or elliptic-oblong to oblanceolate or linear, glaucous be- neath, plane (sometimes except margin), spreading; apex subacute or apiculate to rounded, margin not or slightly recurved, base rounded to cuneate; venation: 3(4) pairs of main lateral veins, ± parallel-incurved, branched to form tertiary reticulation dense and conspicuous near apex and margin; laminar glands pale, irregularly punctiform; intramarginal to marginal glands irregular, pale and/or black. Inflorescence 1 -flowered, with flowering branches in one or both uppermost axils; pedicels (2-)5-17 mm in fruit. Flowers c. 1- 10 mm in diam., stellate; buds narrowly ovoid, obtuse. Sepals 2.5-5 x 0.6-1 .4 mm, imbricate or not, unequal to equal, elliptic-oblong to linear, rounded to apiculate or subacute, entire to irregularly glandu- lar-ciliate; veins 5, branching and reticulating; laminar glands pale, shortly striiform to punctiform; inframarginal to marginal glands black, spaced. Petals yellow, not tinged red, 3-7 x 2-2.5 mm, 1.2- 1.4 x sepals, oblong-oblanceolate, rounded, with apiculus glandular or glandular-ciliate; laminar glands pale or black, few, near apex, punctiform, or absent; marginal glands black, 1-2, subsessile or on cilia, sometimes continuing as a row of inframarginal to submar- ginal glands. Stamens clearly (?) 3-fascicled, c. 15-22, longest 2.5-5.5 mm, c. 0.75-0.85 x petals; anther gland black. Ovary 1.5 x c. 1 mm, ± narrowly ovoid, acute; styles 3, c. 1 .5 mm long, placentae 3, axile. Capsule 3-5.5 x 2-3.5 mm, ± narrowly ovoid, 1.3-1.2 x sepals, with valves longitudinally vittate or almost smooth. Seeds reddish brown, 0.7-0.9 mm, not carinate; testa densely and shallowly linear-reticulate. Damp places in open vegetation; 1800-3000 m. Sumatra (N., W.-central), Java (W.). H. beccarii is more closely related to 5. H. papuanum than to 6. H. STUDIES IN HYPER1CUM pulogense, in particular to the small, more diffuse form from Irian Jaya (which includes the type). The most primitive characters occur in the central Sumatran populations on G. Talamau and G. Singalang, those on Java (on G. Papandajan only) and northern Sumatra being dwarfer with a cuneate leaf base. The northern Sumatran population, which also differs in its narrower leaves and almost smooth capsules, is worthy of distinction as a subspecies. 7a. Hypericum beccarii subsp. beccarii 165 Leaves with petiole 0.2-1 mm long; lamina 4-1 0 x 2-6 mm, broadly oblong or elliptic-oblong to narrowly obovate; apex rounded- apiculate to rounded, base rounded to cuneate; laminar glands ± prominent. Sepals 3.5-5 x 1-3 mm, ± broadly imbricate. Petals 5- 7 mm long; laminar glands (when present) black. Stamens c. 20-22, longest 4.5-5.5 mm. Capsule 4-5.5 x 2.5-3.5 mm, densely and prominently vittate. 1 500-3000 m. Sumatra (W. -central, on GG. Singalang, Talang, Talamau and Kerintji), Java (G. Papandajan). SUMATRA. Jambi: Talang, Taloe, 1500 m, 15 June 1917 (fl & fr), Bunnemeijer 1050a (BO); Talamau, NW slope, 2700 m, 25 May 1917 (fl & fr), Bunnemeijer 843 (BO). Barat: G. Koerintji, 2400 m, 10 May 1920 (fl), Bunnemeijer 10398 (BO); G. Indrapura, 3000 m, 11 January 1914 (fl), Matthew s.n. (K). JAVA. Priangan: G. Papandajan, c. 2450 m, 21 January 1930 (fl & fr), van Steenis 4080 (L). Specimens with broad leaves and large flowers (from G. Talamau and G. Singalang) approach H. papuanum most closely. The Javan and G. Indrapura populations are dwarfer with smaller, cuneate-base leaves, relatively shorter pedicels and sepals more often with glandular cilia, but they cannot otherwise be separated from those further north. 7b. Hypericum beccarii subsp. steenisii N. Robson in Blumea 20: 261 (1973), in Steenis, Fl. Males. 1, 8: 25 (1974). Type: Sumatra, Gaju and Alas Lands, Mt Losir, bivouac 4 to 5, 2700-2800 m, 3 1 January 1937 (fl & fr), van Steenis 8514 (L!-holotype; A!, K!- isotypes). Leaves with petiole 0.5-1.5 mm; lamina 2.5-10.5 x 0.5^ mm, oblanceolate to linear; apex rounded to subacute, base cuneate; laminar glands not prominent. Sepals 2.5-5 x 0.6-1.4 mm, not imbricate. Petals 3-6 mm long; laminar glands (when present) pale. Stamens c. 1 5-20, longest 2.5-^.5 mm. Capsule 3-4.5 x 2-3 mm, sparsely and obscurely vittate (almost smooth). Along streamlets in open vegetation; 2700-3314 m. Sumatra (N.). SUMATRA. Aceh: Gunung Leuser National Reserve, between and below G. Leuser West top and Middle top, 3200 m, 10 April 1975 (fl), de Wilde & deWilde-Duyfies 1 6325 (K); Gajo Lands, G. Kemiri, E. side, bivouac 2 near top, 3100-3314 m, 7 March 1937 (fl), van Steenis 9599 (L). 8. Hypericum natalense J.M. Wood & M.S. Evans in J. Bot. Land. 35: 487 (1897); R. Keller in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 2nd ed. 21: 177 (1925); Burtt Davy, Man. pi Transvaal 1: 25 (1926); Bredell in Bothalia 3: 579 & map (1939); N. Robson in Kew Bull. 12: 440, map 2 ( 1 958); Killick & Robson in FL southn Afr. 22: 19 (1976). Type: Natal, Estcourt District, near bank of Mooi river, 1200-1500 m, 26 October 1888 (fl & fr), Wood 4034 (NH-holotype; BM!, BOL, G, K!, Z!-isotypes; PRE-photograph). Fig. 24A, Map 29. H. woodii R. Keller in Bot. Jb. 58: 193 (1923), in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 2nded. 21: 179 (1925). Type: Natal, near bank of Mooi river, 1 200 m, 26 October 1 888 (fl & fr), Wood NH 788 (Bt-holotype). Keller's type is from the same collection as that of Wood & Evans. H. natalense van petiolatum Bredell in Bothalia 3: 580 ( 1 939). Type: Natal, Camperdown District, no precise locality, Franks NH 12968 (NH-holotype; PRE-photograph). Perennial woody herb 0.2-0.45 m tall, fasciculate, with branches 1- many from underground rootstock, erect, much branched. Stems 4-lined and ancipitous when young, soon terete, eglandular. Leaves sessile or rarely to 0.5 mm petiolate; lamina 9-20 x 5-12 mm, broadly elliptic to obovate, paler but not glaucous beneath, plane, spreading; apex obtuse to rounded, base cuneate to rounded; vena- tion: 1-3 pairs of main lateral veins, much branched to form fairly 166 N.K.B. ROBSON Map 29 Sect. 26. 8. H. natalense • specimens, D records; 9. H. wilmsii A specimens, A records; 10. H. peplidifolium • specimens, O records. conspicuous tertiary reticulation; laminar glands pale, punctiform; intramarginal glands spaced, black. Inflorescence 1 -flowered, with (usually) paired flowering branches from 1-2 or more (up to 10) nodes below; pedicels 4-10 mm in fruit. Flowers c. 10-14 mm in diam., stellate; buds ellipsoid, obtuse. Sepals 4-8 x 1.5-4 mm, imbricate, unequal, elliptic to obovate or spathulate, rounded- subapiculate to rounded, entire; veins 5, branched and reticulating; laminar glands pale, dense, shortly striiform to punctiform; infra- marginal glands few, mostly subapical, black. Petals yellow, not tinged red, 6.4-7 x 1.7-2.5 mm, c. 0.9-1.5 x sepals, elliptic to oblong or spathulate, rounded, apiculus subterminal, obscure to obsolete; laminar glands few, pale or absent; marginal glands absent or few, black, near apex. Stamens irregularly 3-fascicled or not fascicled, c. 30, longest 3-5 mm, c. 0.5-0.7 x petals; anther gland black. Ovary 2.5-3 x 2 mm, ovoid-cylindric, obtuse; styles 3-^-(5), 2-2.5 mm long, 0.8-0.9 x ovary; stigmas narrowly capitate; placen- tae axile. Capsule 5-6 x 3 mm, ovoid-cylindric, 1.25-1.35 x sepals, with valves longitudinally vittate. Seeds yellow-brown, 0.7-0.9 mm, not carinate; testa scalariform-reticulate. Damp places in grassland; 300-1650 m. Eastern Transvaal, Swaziland, Natal (Midlands), eastern Cape Prov- ince. STUDIES IN HYPERICUM 167 Fig. 24 A. H. natalense: (a) habit; (b) leaf; (c) sepal; (d) petal; (e) capsule. B. H. wilmsii: (f) habit; (g) capsule; (h) sepal. C. H. peplidifolium: (i) habit; (j) sepal;(k) petal; (1) 'berry' (a, f, i x Vr, b x 2; e, h, 1 x 4; c, d. g, j, k x 5). A. Medley Wood 625 1 . B Exell, Mendon^a & Wild 1 24. C. Newman & Whitmore 19. 168 N.K.B. ROBSON TRANSVAAL. Pilgrim's Rest Distr., Mac Mac, pre-July 1884 (fl), Mudd s.n. (K). SWAZILAND. Mbabane, Poliniane R., Compton 26489 (NBG*).8 NATAL. Pietermaritzburg Distr., mountain top before Hela Hela, 2 November 1969 (1. fl), Strey 9221 (K); Pietermaritzburg Distr., Howick [Falls], 300 m. 1893 (fl), Junod 217 (Z); Umvoti Distr., Greytown, 968 m, October-November 1931 (fl), Wylie s.n. (K); Houtbosh, 1875-1880 (fl), Rehmann 6306 (Z); Estcourt Distr. (see type); Mpendhle Distr., Litani area, Elandshoek Valley, 1650 m, 26 December 1984 (fl & fr), Milliard & Burn 1804(K). CAPE PROVINCE. Griqualand, Mt Fletcher Distr., Mt Fletcher, No- vember 1913 (fl), Jacottet & Jacottet 570 (Z);Tsolo Distr., Payne 14 (GRA*); Umtata Distr., Baziya, 600 m, pre 1885 (fl & fr), Baur 582pp. (K); Kentani Distr., October, Pegler 1 17 (GRA*). H. natalense is related to 4. H. bifurcation, differing from it in being less woody with stems more branched basally and laterally, so that there are lateral branches bearing repeated pseudo-dichotomies from usually several lower stem nodes. In addition, the leaves are thinner and spreading and the leaf laminar glands are punctiform, not linear. Despite the wide geographical separation, however, there can be no doubt of the close relationship of these two species. 9. Hypericum wilmsii R. Keller in Bull. Herb. Boissier II, 8: 179 (1908) in clav., in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 2nd ed. 21: 1 8 1 ( 1925); Bredell in Bothalia 3: 579 (1939); N. Robson in Kew Bull. 12: 440, map 2 (1958), in Exell & Wild, Fl. Zamb. 1: 383 (1961); Killick & Robson in J. Ross, Fl. southn Afr. 22: 20 (1976). Type: Transvaal, Lydenburg District, bei der Stadt Lydenburg, January 1888 (fr), Wilms 136 (W!-holotype; PRE!, fragment). Fig. 24B, Map 29. H. rupestre sensu H. Perrier inArchs Bot. Bull. mens. 1: 9, 1 1 ( 1 927) pro parte quoad descr., nee Jaub. & Spach (1 842) nee Bojer ex R. Keller (1925). H. nigropunctatum Norl. in Bot. Notiser 1934: 103, t. 8 (1934). Type: Zimbabwe, Inyanga, c. 3 km occidentum versus a monte Inyangani, c. 1900 m, 8 December 1930 (fl & fr), Fries, Norlindh & Weimarck 3634 (LD!-holotype; BM!, PRE!, SRGH!-isotypes; K!-photograph). H. bojerianum sensu H. Perrier in Not. Syst. Paris 13: 269 (1948), in Mem. Inst. sclent. Madagascar 1: 1 13 (1949), in Humbert, Fl. Madag., Hyperic.: 4, f. I 14-17 (1951), pro parte omnes excl. typum. See Robson (1958: 440). H. aethiopicum sensu Jacot Guill., Fl. Lesotho: 211 (1971) (as H. aethiopicum subsp. sonderi) pro parte?, see p. 169. Icon: Humbert, Fl. Madag., Hyperic.: 5, f. I 14-17 (1951). Perennial herb, 0.06-0.2 m tall, spreading or straggling, with branches ± numerous from taproot, decumbent or ascending, branched, sometimes rooting. Stems 2-lined and ± ancipitous above, otherwise terete, eglandular or densely black-gland-dotted. Leaves with petiole to 2 mm long or rarely almost sessile; lamina (3-)6-10 x 2-7 mm, ovate or elliptic to obovate or suborbicular, plane spreading; apex rounded, margin slightly recurved, base rounded to cuneate; venation: 2-4 pairs of main lateral veins, branching to form dense inconspicuous tertiary reticulation; laminar glands pale, punc- tiform; inframarginal glands dense, all or mostly black. Inflo re. scence 1 -flowered, with paired flowering branches from uppermost and sometimes next lower nodes; pedicels 3-10 mm, erect in fruit. Flowers 9-12 mm in diam.; buds ellipsoid, obtuse. Sepals 4-7 x 1- 2 mm, imbricate, unequal, all oblong or outer ones obovate, obtuse 8 An asterisk (*) after records of South African specimens of sect. Humifusoideum indicates that they have been seen by Killick but not by me. or apiculate to rounded, entire; veins 3, branched and reticulating; laminar glands pale, punctiform; inframarginal glands numerous to few, black or rarely absent. Petals bright to primrose yellow, occa- sionally tinged red, 5-9 x 2-3.5 mm, c. 1.3 x sepals, oblong to obovate, apiculus subterminal, obscure; laminar glands pale or rarely some black streaks; marginal glands sparse, black, near apex. Stamens irregularly 3-4-fascicled or not fascicled, 1 8-30, longest c. 4-6 mm, c. 0.7 x petals; anther gland black. Ovary 2.5^4- x 2 mm, obtuse; styles 3^4, ( 1 .5-)2-2.5 mm long, c. 0.65 x ovary, divergent; stigmas narrowly capitate; placentae 3-4, axile. Capsule 5-6 x 3-5 mm, ellipsoid, 0.8-0.9 x sepals, erect, with valves longitudinally vittate. Seeds yellowish brown, 1-1 .5 mm, not carinate; testa linear- foveolate. Damp places and on mountain slopes; 1200-2000 m (Zimbabwe), 1200-1500 m (South Africa), 1200-2500 m (Madagascar). Zimbabwe (E.), Transvaal, Orange Free State, Lesotho?, eastern Cape Province, Madagascar. ZIMBABWE. Eastern: Umtali Distr., Emgwa, 1980 m, 2 February 1955 (fl & fr), Exell, Mendonfa & Wild 124 (BM, SRGH); Umtali Distr., Himala- yas, Banti North, 1950 m, 4 March 1964 (fr), Wild 45 19 (K, SRGH); Inyanga Distr., N. side of Pungwe Gorge, 3 February 1957 (fl & fr), SeagriefCAH 1 026 (K, SRGH*). TRANSVAAL. Lydenburg Distr. (see type of H. wilmsii). ORANGE FREE STATE. Bloemfontein, Thaba Mchu, Roberts 2350 (PRE*). LESOTHO (see below). Mafeteng Distr.: Likiele, Mt Ha-moya-pela, 6 January 1916, Dieterlen 1 222 (PRE*); Catai R., Ha-Ma-Khonofane, Dieterlen 1293 (PRE*). CAPE PROVINCE. Herschel, Majubanek, near Sterkspruit, December, Hepburn 92 (GRA*). Aliwal North: Doctor's Drift, 1233 m, 8 December 1933, Gerstner 137 (PRE p.p.*); Elandshoek, c. 1356 m, October, Bolus 153 (PRE*, SAM*). Queenstown: no precise locality, 1200-1500 m, November- December (fl), Galpin 1629 (PRE*). Somerset East: Cradock Distr., Mt Zebra Park, 13 November 1953, Brynard 291 (PRE*); Somerset East, 6 March 1866 (fl & fr), Bolus 319 (K, TCD*). MADAGASCAR. Centre (mountains to S. of Imerina): Ankaratra au N. de Antsirabe, Perrier 14626 (P*); Betafo, a 1'W. de Antsirabe, Perrier 3467 (P*); S. Betsileo, environs d'Ambalavao, Perrier 14625 (P*); massif d' Andringitra, au S. d'Ambalavao, Perrier 3663 (P*). H. wilmsii is intermediate in form and distribution between 8. H. natalense and 1 0. H. peplidifolium, occurring to the west and north of the former and the south and east of the latter. In habitat it is near H. peplidifolium, but the capsule is dry, dehiscent and usually erect. The exceptional characters (black-glandular stem, black-striped petals, recurved fruiting pedicels) are all found only in Zimbabwe. The leaves of the Madagascar plants tend to be relatively broader than those on the mainland. STUDIES IN HYPERICUM Jacot Guillarmot ( 1 97 1 ) did not include H. wilmsii in her Flora of Lesotho, re-identifying most of Bredell's records as//, aethiopicum; but Killick cites them as H. wilmsii without comment. 10. Hypericum peplidifolium A. Rich., Tent.fl. abyss. 1: 9 (1847); Oliv., Fl. trop. Afr. 1: 155 (1868); Engl., Pflanzenw. Ost.-Afr. C: 274 ( 1 895), in Mildbr., Deutsch Zentr. -Afr. Exped. 1 907- 1 908 2: 560 (1913); De Wild., PL Bequaert. 1: 242 (1922), 5: 404 (1932); Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 2nd ed. 21: 177 (1925); Staner in Revue Zool. Bot. afr. 23: 221 (1933), 24: 218 (1933), in Bull. Jard. hot. Etat Brux. 13: 68 (1934); Nod. in Bot. Notiser 1934: 101 (1934); Robyns, FL Sperm. Pare Nat. Albert 1: 618 (1948); Andrews, FL Anglo-Egyptian Sudan 1: 212 (1950); Exell & Mendon9a, Consp. Fl. Angol. 1: 370 (1951); Milne-Redh., Fl. trop. E. Afr. Hyperic.: 9 (1953); Hutch. & Dalz., Fl. W. trop. Afr. 2nd ed. (ed. Keay) 1: 287 (1954); N. Robson in Kew Bull. 12: 443, 445, map 2 (1958), in Exell & Wild, Fl. Zamb. 1: 383. t. 73C (1961); Cufod. in Bull. Jard. hot. Etat Brux. 29: Suppl.: 588 (1959); Spirlet, Contr. Fl. Congo, Rwanda, Burundi, Guttiferae: 4 (1966); Moggi & Pisacchi in Webbia 22: 264, f. 9, map 5 (1967); Bamps in Boutique, Fl. Congo, Rwanda, Burundi Guttiferae: 3 (1970), in Bull. Jard. hot. natn. Beige 41: 433 (1971), in Distr. Afr. PL 3: map 67 (1971); Agnew, Upland Kenya Wild Fls: 187 & f. (1974); Robson in Bamps, Robson & Verdcourt, Fl. trop. E. Afr. Guttiferae: 31 (1978); Troupin, Fl. Rwanda 1: 299, f. 63-3 (1978). Type: Ethiopia, 'Abyssinia', Quartin-Dillon & Petit s.n. (P-lectotype, Moggi & Pisacchi, 1967). Fig. 24C, Map 29. H. peplidifolium var. robustum Baker f. in Trans. Linn. Soc. London, II (Bot.) 4: 6 (1864). Types: Malawi, Mt Milangi [Mlanje], October 1 891 (fl & fr), Whyte 143 (BMMectotype, selected here; K!-isotype); Mt Milanji, September 1891 (fl), Whyte s.n. (BM!-syntype). H. peplidifolium forma ovatum Engl. in Bot Jb. 19, Beibl. 47: 40 (1894). Types: Tanzania, Kilimanjaro, Marangu, 1550 m, Volkens 697 (Bt-syntype), Volkens 698 (Bt-syntype); Usambara Mts, Mlalo, Hoist 47 (Bt-syntype); Usambara Mts, Lutindi, Hoist 3266 (Bt-syntype). H. peplidifolium forma pa rvifolium Engl. in Bot. Jb. 19, Beibl. 47: 40 (1894), Pflanzenw. Ost-Afr. C: 274 (1895) ['parvifolia']; Chiov. in L.A. Savoia-Aosta, Espl. Uaba-Uebi Sceb.: 389 (1932). Types: Tanzania, Kilimanjaro, Marangu, 2000-2500 m, Volkens 829 (Bt-syntype); Kisinika [Kifmika], 2800 m, Volkens 1157 (Bt-lectotype, selected here; BM!, K!-isolectotypes). The BM and K specimens of this number are said to have come from Mawenzi at 3000 m. H. peplidifolium var. oblongifolium Engl. in Bot. Jb. 19, Beibl. 47: 40 (1894); Pflanzenw. Ost-Afr. C: 274 (1895). Type: Tanzania, Kilimanjaro, Kibo, 3100 m, Volkens 1545 (Bt-holotype; BM!, K!-isotypes). H. peplidifolium var. ovatum (Engl.) Engl., Pflanzenw. Ost-Afr. C: 274 (1895) ['ovflto'], in Annali 1st. Bot. Roma 7: 20 (1898). H. peplidifolium forma robustum (Baker f.) Engl., Pflanzenw. Ost- Afr. C: 274 (1895) ['robusta']. H. peplidifolium var. diestelianum Engl. in Bot. Jb. 40: 555 (1908). Type: Cameroon, Cameroons Mtn, Buea, Diestel s.n. (Bt-holotype). H. peplidifolium var. ovatum forma humileRiva in sched. ['humilis'] (cf. Moggi & Pisacchi, 1967: 264). H. peplidifolium var. anagallidifoliumChiov. in sched. (cf. Moggi & Pisacchi, 1967: 264). 169 //. sp. C. sensu Milne Redh., Fl. trop. E. Afr. Hyperic.: 13 (1953). H. humbertii sensu Spirlet, Contr. FL Congo, Rwanda, Burundi, Guttiferae: 5 (1966) pro parte quoad, spec. Troupin 2669 (fide Bamps, 1970: 3). Icones: Moggi & Pisacchi in Webbia 22: 265, f. 9 (1967); Agnew, Upland Kenya Wild Fls: 187 (1974). Perennial herb, wiry or rarely woody, up to 0.6(-0.9) m tall but often much less, 0.1-0.9 m in diam., tufted, with branches ascending to prostrate, sometimes rooting at proximal nodes or budding from horizontal roots, rather slender. Stems wholly terete or sometimes slightly 2-lined above, eglandular or (in S. of range) black-gland-dotted. Leaves with petiole 0.5-1.5 mm long; lamina 3-26 x 2-20 mm, ovate to elliptic or obovate or rarely suborbicular, spreading; apex rounded to obtuse, margin plane, base rounded to cuneate; venation: 2-3 pairs of main lateral veins, branching to form rather inconspicuous tertiary reticulation; laminar glands pale and sometimes a few black, punctiform; intramarginal glands dense, black. Inflorescence 1 -flowered, terminal, often with 1 or 2 flower- ing branches from uppermost 1 (2) nodes, branching rarely repeatedly pseudo-dichotomous; pedicels 4-40 mm long, reflexed in fruit. Flowers 8-15 mm in diam.; buds ovoid to ellipsoid, obtuse. Sepals 4-5 x 3-4 mm, imbricate, very unequal, the inner ones narrower, obovate to elliptic or oblong or lanceolate, obtuse or apiculate to rounded, entire; veins 3, branching and reticulating; laminar glands pale and occasionally some black, punctiform; inframarginal glands dense, all or mostly black. Petals bright to primrose yellow, often tinged red, 7-8(-14) x 2-4 mm, c. 1.7 x sepals, obovate; laminar glands pale or very rarely also black; marginal glands round most of margin, black, sometimes also submarginal. Stamens obscurely 3(4-5 )-fascicled or irregular, 20-40(-60), longest 5-6 mm, c. 0.75 x petals; anther gland black. Ovary 2.4-3 x 1.4-1.9 mm, ovoid to broadly ellipsoid, acute to obtuse; styles 5(4), 2.5-4 mm long, c. 170 N.K.B. ROBSON 1-1.3 x ovary, divergent; stigmas scarcely capitate; placentae 5(4), axile. 'Capsule' bacciform, indehiscent, 6-11 x 5-9 mm, c. 2 x sepals, broadly ovoid to subglobose, smooth. S^dsyellowish brown, 0.6-0.8(-1) mm, not carinate; testa finely reticulate-scalaritbrm. 2n = 16(1. &O. Hedberg, 1977). Marshes, swamps, streamsides, roadsides, pastures, temporary leys and abandoned cultivation in upland and moorland grassland; 1100-3750 m (W., NE and E. tropical Africa), 600-2350 m (S. tropical Africa). Cameroon, Fernando Poo, Ethiopia, Sudan Republic, Zaire, Rwanda, Burundi, Uganda, Kenya, Tanzania, Malawi, Zambia, Mozambique, Zimbabwe and Angola. CAMEROON. Adamawa: Mambela Distr., Ngel Nyaki, 1650 m, 20 January 1958 (fl & fr), Hepper 2811 (K); Bamenda, Bambalue Forest Reserve, 2100 m, 3 September 1952 (fl). Savory UCI 400 (K); Cameroon Mtn, S. side, Mann's Spring, 2190m, 25 March 1947 (fl), P. W. Richards 952\ (K). EQUATORIAL GUINEA. Fernando Poo: Moka [Mioka], 1500 m, 27 September 1959 (fl & fr), F. Melville 689 (K). ETHIOPIA. Arssi: Galama Mts, c. 30 km ESE of Asella, c. 3 km E. of Boraluco, Chillalo Awraja, 3750 m, 7 September 1967 (fl), Hedberg 4194 (K). Bale: Dincho. 3120m, 17 April 1970(fl), Gilbert 1781 (EA, K). Eritrea: Hamasan, Asmara and Taclesan, 5 May 1892, Terraciano & Pappi 285 (Fl). Gammu-Gofa: Cencia, 16 March 1938 (st), Vatova 2073 p.p. (Fl). Gojjam: Choke Mts, vicinity of upper Ghiedeb valley, near N. peak, Arnt Makereke, c. 3600 m, 14 August 1957 (fl), Evans & Hellier in Camb. U. Bot. Exped. 529 (K). Gondar: Simien Mts, Geech area, 3500 m, 4 September 1968 (fl), B. & E. Nievergelt 1 166 (EA). Harerghe: c. 50 km due W. of Harar, NW face of Gara Mullata Mtn, 2500-3000 m, 14 February 1962 (fl), Burger 1472 (K). Illubabor: just outside Gore on Mettu road, c. 1900 m, 7 December 1970 (fl & fr), Danish Bot. Exped. 1970 590 (C*, K). Keffa: c. 15 km NW of Bonga on Wush-Wush road, c. 1 800 m, 1 7 August 1 965 (fl & fr), de Wilde 7775 (K, WAG*). Shoa: Entoto Hill, just N. of Addis Ababa, 2650 m, 28 November 1972 (fl & fr),Danish Bot. Exped. 1972-73 1382 (C*, K). Sidamo: Garbicho, nearWondo, 2400 m, 3 1 January 1954 (fl & fr), Mooney 5677 (K).Tigray: am Rand der Aker, 1650-2400 m, 10 October 1862 (fr), Schimper 544 (BM, K, Z). SUDAN REPUBLIC. Equatoria: Imatong Mts, Gilo, 1800 m, 29 June 1947 (fl), MacLeay 1 17 (BM). KENYA. Turkana: W. Suk, Kapenguria, 2100 m, 13 May 1932 (fl & fr), Napier 1927 (K). Rift Valley: Nakuru Distr., Eastern Mau Forest Reserve, camp 10, 2650 m, 1 September 1949 (fl), Maas Geesteranus 6016 (K, Z). Central: Mt Kenya, N. sector, 2850 m, 30 July 1949 (fl & fr), Schelpe 2476 (BM). Nzanza: Trans-Nzoia Distr., Mt Elgon, 3360 m, 24 February 1935 (fl), Taylor 3660 (BM). Southern: Narok Distr., Masailand, Oldevesi Lemoko, c. 72 km N. of Aitong, c. 2070 m, 28 April 1961 (fl & fr), Glover, Gwynne & Samuel %12(K). UGANDA. Northern: Karamoja Distr., Moroto Mtn, 2550 m, January 1959 (fl), Wilson 650 (K). Western: Toro Distr., Fort Portal, the fort, 1525 m, 12 May 1953 (fl & fr), Osmaston 2899 (K); Kigezi Distr., Kabale-Bufundi road, 2100 m, 12 October 1929 (fl), Snowden 1502 (BM, K). Eastern: Bugishu Distr., Sipi, 1650 m, 30 August 1932 (fl & fr), Thomas 397 (K). Buganda: Masaka Distr., Minzilo, 30 October 1925 (fl), Maitland 1 197 (K). ZAIRE. Lacs Edouard et Kivu: Rutshuru, mont Katale, December 1937 (fl & fr), Lebrun 9 1 85 (BR*, K, P*); Ruanoli - Lamia ridge, 2700 m, 5 August 1952 (fl), Ross 852 (BM). Lac Albert: Nioka, 1800 m, 4 July 1946 (fl), Taton 130 (BM, BR*, K); mont Korovi, 2100m, 24 June 1958 (fl & fr), Bamps2?>\ (BR*, K). Haut-Katanga: Pare National de 1'Upemba, Lusinga, de Witte 501 2 (BR*); Marungu Mts, environs de Kasiki, r. Lunangwa, 2300 m, February 1970, Lissowski, Malaisse & Symoens 10666 (EBV*). RWANDA. Cyangugu: Kirambo, R. Karunduru, Rangiro, foret de Nyungwe, 1600 m, 13 June 1978 (fl), Raynal 20524 (BM, P*); Ruhengeri, Mushas, Zappelli 38 (BR*). BURUNDI. Muramoya, Nyabiagondo, 2 1 00 m, 2 1 January 1 966 (fl & fr), Lewalle 305 (BM, BR*, K); Ngozi, Becquet 867 (BR*). TANZANIA. Lake: Ngara, Bushubi, Kaza, 1500 m, 15 May 1960 (fl), Tanner 4987 (K). Northern: Kilimandjaro-Sud, c. 1800 m, 12 January 1934 (fl & fr), Schlieben453Q (BM, K, Z);Arusha Distr., Ngurdoto Crater National Park, Leopard Point, 1620 m, 19 March 1966 (fl & fr), Greenway & Kanuri 12440 (K). Tanga: W. Usambaras, Lushoto - Shume road, Magamba forest, 1800 m, 1 March 1953 (fl & fr), Drummond & Hemsley 1362 (K). Western: Sumbawanga Distr., Rukwa Escarpment, Nsangu, c. 2000 m, 2 January 1962 (fl), Robinson 4872 (K). Eastern: Morogoro Distr., Mgeta, Kibuko, March 1955 (fl), Semsei 2043 (K). Southern Highlands: Mbeya Distr., Mbeya Mtn, 2100m, 13December \962(f\&fr), M.Richards 17012(K);KyimbilaDistr., 1350 m, August 1910 (fl), Stolz 263 (K, LU, Z). Southern: Songea Distr., Matengo Hills, Miyau, 1620 m, 2 March 1956 (fl & fr), Milne-Redhead & Taylor 8941 (K); Ungwe-Thal, 1300 m, 25 November 1931 (fl), Schlieben 1452 (BM.Z). MALAWI. Northern: Nyika Plateau, Lake Kaulime, 2150 m, 24 Octo- ber 1 958 (fl & fr), Robson 338 (BM, K); Vipya, Chikangawa, 22 January 1 956 (fl), Chapman 358 (BM). Central: Dedza Mtn, 23 October 1956 (fl & fr), Banda 291 (BM, SRGH). South: Shire Highlands, Ndurandi, December 1893 (fl & fr), Scott-Elliot 8483 (BM, K); Mt Mlanje, W. Tuchila, 1800 m, 6 July 1956 (fl & fr), Newman & Whitmore 19 (BM, K). MOZAMBIQUE. Zambezia: Gurue, sope do pico Namuli, 24 Septem- ber 1944 (fl), Mendonca 2257 (BM, LISJC). ZIMBABWE. Eastern: Inyanga, Trias Hill, December 1919 (fl & fr), Philomene i n Eyles 5181 (K, SRGH); Inyanga prope villam Inyanga Down in convalle prope flumen Tranga, c. 1 800 m, 30 January 193 1 (fr), Norlindh & Weimarck 4732 (BM, LU); Rhodes Inyanga Estate, 16-20 November 1931 (fl), Brain 6917 (K, SRGH). ZAMBIA. Northern: Abercorn [Mbala], Lake Chila, 29 December 1954 (fl), M. Richards 3786 (K). Eastern: Nyika Plateau, c. 4 km from [N. Rhodesian] Rest House, 2100 m, 22 October 1958 (fr),Robson261 (BM, K). Western: Mwinilunga, 17 November 1937 (fl & fr), Milne-Redhead 3283 (K). ANGOLA. Benguela: Ganda, c. 1300 m, November 1937 (fl), Pittard 99 (BM). H. peplidifolium is variable in habit and in size of parts, but none of the named infraspecific taxa is worthy of recognition. The tallest plants with rather woody, ascending stems occur in the southern part of its area (Malawi, Zimbabwe, Mozambique), and the tendency towards 4 rather than 5 styles is greater there, too. Indeed, Mendonqa 2257 (Mozambique, Zambezia) varies towards//, natalense, whereas Brain 6917 (Zimbabwe) has 4 styles and varies towards H. wilmsii. In general, however, the bacciform fruit on reflexed pedicels will distinguish H. peplidifolium from its nearest relatives. Just as H. wilmsii has eglandular stems in South Africa and black-gland-dotted stems in Zimbabwe, so H. peplidifolium has black-gland-dotted stems in Mozambique and Zimbabwe and eglandular stems elsewhere. A similar character change is found in H. aethiopicum (sect. 27. Adenosepalum, p. 180). The significance of this concentration of gland-dotted stems in the Zimbabwe-Transvaal region is unclear to me. Sect. 27. ADENOSEPALUM Spach in Annls Sci. nat. (Bot.) II, 5:357(1836). Shrubs, shrublets or wiry to soft herbs up to 2.5 m tall, deciduous when woody, glabrous or with simple hairs, with dark (black) glands nearly always on leaves (sometimes all pale in Sp. 15), usually on sepals and anthers and sometimes on petals and stems (black or rarely red); branching below inflorescence lateral. Stems 4-lined and ± ancipitous or 2-lined at first or wholly terete, eglandular or rarely red- or black-gland-dotted; cortex exfoliating in strips or sheets; bark smooth and finely striate, sometimes flaking irregularly. Leaves opposite or very rarely and abnormally 3-whorled, decussate, sessile or rarely very shortly petiolate, free, deciduous at base or persistent; lamina entire or rarely undulate to serrulate with prominent glands, with venation pinnate, open (laterals ending freely) or ± closed (upper or all laterals incurved and uniting), with tertiary venation ± densely reticulate; laminar glands punctiform; marginal gland-dots STUDIES IN HYPER1CUM 171 dense or rarely ± sparse; ventral glands absent. Inflorescence \-c. 6(5) Sepals with pale and black laminar glands 22. cuisinii 200-flowered, with branching dichasial (first node) then monochasial, ,, . 0 , ... ... , ... r Sepals with only pale laminar glands 23. lanugmosum from 1-8 nodes often with subsidiary branches from lower nodes; bracts and bracteoles reduced, transitional in form to sepals. Flowers 7(5) Leaves (20-)30-60 mm long, the base narrowly cuneate toangustate, stellate, homostylous. Sepals 5, free or up toe. 0.2 united, persistent, almost always with prominent marginal black glands; shrub, strag- erect in fruit, with margin subentire to glandular-denticulate or - gling to sPreading ^low ... ... 1. glandulosum ciliate; veins 3-7; laminar glands pale and/or black, linear to Leaves 6-20(-30) mm long, the base ± broadly cuneate to cordate punctiform; marginal and/or inframarginal glands black, when mar- with immersed submarginal black glands; shrubs (rarely) or ginal often flat-topped. Petals 5, persistent and twisting together subshrubs or herbs 8 round developing capsule or occasionally separately, with apiculus 8(7) Leaf apex acute to obtuse; plant a subshrub to 0 4 m with stem present, subapical or apical, acute to apiculate, or absent, margin branched; inflorescence dense 2. abilianum with ± prominent glands or entire; marginal glands black or absent; laminar glands pale, linear to punctiform and/or black, punctiform Lcaf apex rounded or' if subacute to obtuse' then Plant a herb , .-f c. s • i c •„ j T i 1 /• 4Tx branched at base, usually without stem branches; inflorescence ± to elongate-punctiform. Stamen fascicles 5, united 2+2+1 (i.e. 3 ) or rarely 2+1 + 1 + 1 (i.e. '4') but sometimes indistinct, persistent, totalling c. 20-70 stamens; filaments united very shortly; anthers 9<8) Petals with only marginal black glands; stem eglandular,± branched; yellow, gland black or very rarely amber; pollen types I, X. Ovary shrubs or subshrubs or suffruticose herbs ... ... 10 with 3 loosely to completely axile placentae, each ¥-ovulate; styles Petals with laminar as well as marginal black glands; stem often 3(4), free with bases discrete; stigmas scarcely capitate or usually black-gland-dotted, usually unbranched; perennial herb, sometimes small. Capsule 3(4)-valved, subcoriaceous to chartaceous, with with woody base (6. aethiopicum) 12 valves narrowly longitudinally vitiate. Seeds narrowly cylindric, not ,n,0> c » fe 10(9) Sepals entire to subentire with marginal black glands, 4.5-8 mm or scarcely connate, with apical expansion; testa almost smooth or long. jnflorescence 1-c. 25- flowered from 1-3 nodes 1 1 shallowly linear-reticulate to li near- foveol ate or finely scalariform. Sepals black-glandular-denticulate to -ciliate, 3-3.5 mm long; inflo- BASIC CHROMOSOME NUMBERS (X). 10, 9, 8; ploidy 2, 4. rescence c. 60-flowered from 3^ nodes 5. afrum HABITAT. Among rocks (often calcareous) or scrub, open grass- 11(10) Leaves with base rounded to cordate-amplexicaul, sessile, (5-)7-22 land, along streams, in marshes or wet ground; sea level to 2400 m mm wide, margin undulate; slender erect shrub or subshrub with (Europe, Mediterranean, NW Africa, Macaronesia), 1 800-3000 m branches ± strict ... ... 3. conjungens (SW Arabia, NE Africa), 1 100-3900 m (E. Africa), 2000 m (An- Leaves with base cuneate to rounded, usually shortly petiolate, 2.5- gola), 135-1850 m (SE Africa). 7(-8) mm wide, margin plane; ± spreading much-branched shrub „ ,,,.,- with branches usually ± ascending 4. kiboense DISTRIBUTION. Canary Is., Madeira; Europe N. to N. England and S. Norway, E. to S. Finland, Poland, Byelorussia; Ukraine; Georgia 1 2(9) Stems black (rarely amber)-gland-dotted; sepals entire to subentire and NE Turkey; SW Turkey, Cyprus and the Levant; N. Africa and with marginal glands immersed to prominent ... adjacent Arabia, Ahoggar Mts; NE Africa and adjacent Arabia 6a. aethiopicum subsp. sonderi (Asir); E. and SE Africa; Angola. Stems eglandular; sepals with margin distally or wholly black- elandular-denticulate to -ciliate .... 24 species (+ 3 subspecies and 2 hybrids). ... . ... . 6b. aethiopicum subsp. aethiopicum Key to sects 27. Adenosepalum and 28. Elodes 1 Plant completely glabrous 2 Plant with indumentum on at least young stem or leaves 13 2(1) Bracts and bracteoles densely glandular-auriculate 3 Bracts and bracteoles without gland-fringed auricles 4 3(2) Inflorescence curved-pyramidal or corymbiform to capitate, all or at least partial inflorescences dense; stem and lamina of leaves and sepals without black glands 17. montanum Inflorescence broadly pyramidal to subcorymbirbrm, lax; stem and lamina of leaves and/or sepals with black glands 18b. annulatum subsp. intermedium 4(2) Plant a shrub with leaves triangular-lanceolate, acute to subacute, ± deeply cordate-amplexicaul 16. reflexum' 5(4) Plant a shrub with leaves not having this combination of characters or a subshrub or herb 5 Plant a low herb with stems weak, decumbent or diffuse; sepals obtuse to rounded 6 Plant a shrub or subshrub or herb with stems wiry, erect to decum- bent; sepals aristate or acute to rounded (subsect. \.Aethiopica) ... 1 'See also lead 15. 13( 1 ) Bracts and bracteoles entire to regularly glandular-ciliate but with- out auricles, or if glandular-auriculate then leaf pairs connate .. 14 Bracts and bracteoles densely glandular-auriculate or with crowded longer-stalked glands at base; leaf pairs free (subsect. 4. Adenosepalum excl. Sp. 16) 25 14(13) Plant a shrub; stem tomentose to puberulous; leaves glabrous or rarely villous-pilose 15 Plant a perennial herb; stem and leaves both with indumentum 16 15(14) Leaves glabrous, entire, base cordate to rounded; stem densely villous-tomentose 16. reflexum Leaves villous-pilose and/or with protruding marginal glands and/or base cuneate; stem glabrous or ± densely villous-tomentose Ix. x joerstadii 16(14) Flowers pseudo-tubular; stamen filaments in each fascicle c. 0.65 united; sepal marginal glands reddish (sect. 28. Elodes) 1. elodes Flowers stellate; stamen filaments in each fascicle basally united; sepal marginal glands black 17 17(16) Leaf pairs free; inflorescence usually lax (subsect. Pubescentes) 18 Leaf pairs all or mostly connate; inflorescence ± congested (subsect. Caprifolia) 23 172 N.K.B. ROBSON 18(17) Sepals (dorsally) and inflorescence branches villous or tomentose 19 Sepals and upper parts of inflorescence (at least above bracteoles) glabrous 20 19(18) Sepals 5-10 mm long, linear-lanceolate to lanceolate, apex long- (usually eglandular-) aristate, margin entire to subentire 7. pubescens Sepals 3-5(-6) mm long, lanceolate to ovate or broadly elliptic, apex acute to shortly aristate and usually glandular, margin with prominent sessile glands or glandular cilia 9. tomentosum10 20(18) Stem spreading to appressed-puberulous; leaves papilliform- puberulous 8. psilophytum Stem pubescent to tomentose with spreading hairs; leaves pubescent to tomentose 21 21(20) Sepals and petals with only pale laminar glands ... 10. somaliense Sepals and petals usually with some black laminar glands 22 22(2 1 ) Stems erect, not rooting; leaves triangular-lanceolate to narrowly oblong, at least lower condensed-tetrastichous; flowers c. 25 mm in diam. ... ... 11. collenettiae stem glandular or not; stem and leaves glabrous to densely pubes- cent 30 30(29) Petals red-tinged dorsally; stem usually densely black (rarely red) - gland-dotted; leaves and sepals sometimes with laminar black glands 18c. annulatum subsp. afromontanum Petals not red-tinged (rarely red-veined) dorsally; stem eglandular or rarely sparsely black-gland-dotted; leaves and usually sepals without laminar black glands 18b. annulatum subsp. intermedium 3 1 (27) Stems erect to ascending, strigose-pubescent; leaves sessile, 1 2-35 mm long 19. delphicum Stems procumbent, weak, pilose; leaves petiolate, 8-15 mm long 20. athoum 32(26) Sepals with laminar black glands, margin always glandular-ciliate 33 Sepals without laminar black glands, margin sometimes eglandular and denticulate or entire 23. lanuginosum 33(32) Sepals 3.5-5 mm long, margin long-glandular-ciliate (stalk more than 2 x gland); leaves sessile, 15-55 mm long; stems erect to decumbent but not rooting 21. atomarium Stems ascending to prostrate, sometimes rooting; leaves narrowly oblong to elliptic or oblanceolate, neither condensed nor manifestly tetrastichous; flowers 9-13 mm in diam 12. sinaicum Sepals 2.5-3.5 mm long, margin medium- to short-glandular-ciliate (stalk 2 x gland or less); leaves sometimes petiolate, 2-15(-23) mm long; stems decumbent to diffuse-ascending, rooting 23(17) Sepals acute to subacuminate, mostly oblong to elliptic, marginal 22. cuisinii glands sessile or some on very short cilia 24 Subsect. 1. Aethiopica N. Robson in Bull. nat. Hist. Mm. Sepa s aristate, narrowly lanceolate, with marginal elands all on T j m *.\ *** *t\ /inr>->\ <-r IT i • • TT- L - { . .e ,. Lond. (Bot.) 23: 69 (1993). Type: H. aethiopicum Thunb. short to long cilia or fimbnae 15. caprifohum J* (see p. 90). 24(23) Leaves broadly elliptic to suborbicular, finely bullate, lower pairs (always?) free 13. coadunatum Shrubs or subshrubs or perennial herbs, completely glabrous; leaves free; bracts and bracteoles not glandular-auriculate. Species 1-6. Leaves ± broadly elliptic or broadly oblong to obovate, not bullate, all pairs connate 14. naudinianum 1. Hypericum glandulosum Aiton, Hort. kew. 3: 107 (1789), 2nd 25(13) Leaves scabrid beneath; plant otherwise glabrous ed 4. 428 (1812);Vahl, Symb. Bot. 2: 86 (1791); Willd., Sp. pi. 3: 1464 (1802); Buch in K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin Abh. 1816-1817: Leaves pruinose or scabrellous to pubescent or villous on both sides; 366, 380 (1817); Choisy, Prodr. monogr. Hyperic.: 53 (1821), in stem pruinose or scabrellous to pubescent or pilose or rarely (22. DC., Prodr. 1: 551 (1824); Link in Buch, Phys. Beschr. Canar. cuisinii and 23. lanuginosum both in part) glabrous 26 Ins : 1 53 j 66 ( 1 828); Webb & Berth., Phytogr. canar. 1: 44, t. 3 26(25) Bracts and bracteoles densely glandular-auriculate 27 ( 1 836); Spach in Annls Sci. nat. (Bot.) II, 5: 357 ( 1 836); Lowe, Fl. Madeira: 76 ( 1 868); Masferrer in An. Soc. esp. Hist. nat. 9: 27 Bracts and bracteoles not auriculate but often with longer glandular j p. ^ & p^^ ^ ^ Canaries, m(} 909); Menezes, cilia towards base 32 . ~n,,n,A^ c. t or- /- i A i c- ; Fl. Archip. Madeira: 29 (1914); Stefanoff in God. Agr.-les. Fak. 27(26) Stem and leaves puberulous to pubescent; rootstock not creeping or Univ. Sofiya 11: 148 (1933), 12: 82 (1934), in Pflanzenareale rooting; stem sometimes gland-dotted; leaves, sepals and petals 4( ] ): Karte 2b ( 1 933); Grabham, Pis seen in Madeira: 95 ( 1 934); sometimes with laminar black glands 28 Ceballos & Ortuno, Veg. Fl.for. Canar. occid.: 387 (1951); Lid in Stem and leaves strigose-pubescent to pilose or villous; rootstock Skr. norske Vidensk.-Akad. I, Math.-Nat. Kl., N.S. no. 23: 120 creeping and rooting; stem, leaves, sepals and petals without laminar (1967); Bramwell, D. & Z., Wildfls Canary Is.: 162, f. 42, t. 199 black glands 31 (1974); Voggenr. in Dissert. Bot. 26: 655, 689 (1974); Kunkel, 28(27) Sepals acute to subacute, (4-)5-8 mm long; petals (8-)10-15 mm Endemismos Canarios: 294 (1977); N. Robson in Cullen et al., long; stems 0.2-0.75 m long, if decumbent then not rooting (18. Eur. Gdn FL 4: 72 (1995>- TyPe: Madeira, without precise annulatum) 29 locality, Cook's First Voyage, fl. 1768, Banks & Solander s.n. (BM !-holotype). Dryander (the actual author ofHortus kewensis) Sepals rounded, 2.6-4.5 mm long; petals 6-8 mm long; stems 0.04- dtes om rr. hot. syst. 1: 383 (1840); Coss., Notes pi. crit.: 99 (1851); Amo, Fl. Iber. 6: 32 (1878); Willk. & Lange, Prodr. fl. hispan. 3: 591 (1878); Coss., ///. Fl. Atlanticae 2: t. 101 ff. 14-17 (1892); R. Keller in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 2nd ed. 21: 180 (1925); Stefanoff in God. Agr.-les. Fak. Univ. Sofiya 10: 58, t. 3 f. 30 (1932), 11: 163 (1933), 12: 84 (1934), in Pflanzenareale 4(1): Karte 4a (193); Ramos in Trab. Dep. Bot. Univ. Complut 12: 54 (1983); Burdet, Charpin & Jacquemoud in Candollea 39: 788 (1984); Greuter, Burdet & Long, Med-Checklist 3: 265 (1986); Ramos inActa hot. Malacit. 11: 169, f. 9d (1986); Motero-Mesa & Perez-Raya, Fl. Sierra Nevada: 183 (1987); Ramos in Castroviejo et al., Fl. iberica 3: 182, t. 52 (1993). Type: Spain, Granada, Sierra Nevada ( 'Sa. Nevada valles'), July 1 837, Boissier s.n. (G-lectotype, A. Ramos, 1980); loc. cit. ('In montis humidis regni granatensis praecipue in parte inferiore Sierra Nevada'), 600-1200 m, 1837, Renter s.n. (G-syntype). Fig. 27C, Map 36. H. hirsutum Asso, Syn. Stirp. Arag.: 107 (1779), non L. (1753). Icones: Boiss., Voy. Bot. Espagne 1: t. 35 (1839); Coss., ///. Fl. Atlanticae 2: t. 101 ff. 14-17 (1892). Perennial herb 0.2-1 m tall, erect or ascending from creeping and rooting base, with ± woody taproot, basal branches few, diffuse, upper branches few, curved-ascending, or usually absent, rarely branched all down stem, the whole plant except inflorescence ± densely crisped-pubescent or (some leaves) puberulous. Stems red- dish, wholly terete or sometimes (2)4(6)-lined in upper parts of STUDIES IN HYPER1CUM inflorescence; internodes mostly exceeding leaves. Leaves sessile, all pairs except lowermost ones connate; lamina (15-)20-50 x (9-) 12-24 mm, elliptic to oblong or ovate-oblong, subconcolorous, not glaucous, plane, spreading; apex rounded to obtuse, margin plane, base with sinus between pairs acute to obtuse or (in lowermost) cuneate; venation: 3 pairs of lateral curved-ascending from lower 0.25-0.5 of midrib; tertiary reticulation dense, plane not bullate/ impressed; laminar glands pale, fairly dense, scattered, small, not prominent and sometimes black, sparse, scattered; intramarginal glands black, rather dense, irregular. Inflorescence c. 10-80-flow- ered from 1-4 nodes, densely curved-corymbiform to rounded-pyramidal, becoming monochasial after first flower, some- times with flowering branches from up to 4 nodes, the whole then laxly cylindric; pedicels 3-5 mm; bracts and bracteoles linear- triangular, apex aristate, black-glandular-fimbriate, at least bracteoles with gland-fringed auricles. Flowers c. 12-15(7-20) mm in diam.; buds cylindric, subacute. Sepals 5-7 x 0.7-1.7 mm, subequal, narrowly lanceolate, aristate, with margin glandular- ciliate and arista gland-tipped; veins 5, branched and reticulating towards margin and distally; laminar glands pale, punctiform and (mostly) black, shortly linear to punctiform, often dense; marginal glands black, on short to long cilia. Petals bright? yellow, tinged or veined red, 8-1 1 x 3-4- mm, c. 1.6 x sepals, oblong-lanceolate to oblanceolate, rounded, without apiculus; laminar glands pale, punc- tiform to shortly striiform, distal; marginal glands black, in dense row, distal. Stamens (25?-)35-45, clearly 3-fascicled, longest 7-9 mm, c. 0.9 x petals; anther gland black. Ovary 3-locular, c. 2 x 1 mm, narrowly ovoid; styles 3, (3.5-)4-5 mm, 1.5-2.5 x ovary, spreading-incurved or spreading. Capsule 3.5-4 xc. 2.5 mm, ovoid, 0.6-0.75 x sepals, enclosed by petals twisting together. Seeds yellow-brown, c. 0.6 mm long; testa very finely scalariform (almost smooth). 2n=18 (Reynaud, 1986), 16 (Love & Kjellqvist, 1974); n=9 (Reynaud, 1986). Streamsides, flushes and shaded places; 200-2000 m. Spain (south-east: Andalucia, Murcia, Valencia, Castilla Nueva, Aragon). SPAIN. Granada: Sierra Nevada, Rio Jenil, 20 July 1 85 1 (fl), Bourgeau 1097 (K); Darro, 19 July 1883 (fl), Nilsson 1519 (BM). Jaen: Sierra de Cazorla, Cueva del Peurco, 1070 m, 6 July 1951 (fl), Heywood 1040 (BM, RNG). Murcia: Sierra Carrascoy, December 1855 (fl), Guirao in Bourgeau s.n. (BM). Albacete: Sierra de Alcaraz, 2 km before turning to Riopar on C415 from Alcaraz, c. 1 100 m, 7 August 1982 (fl), Goyder & Jury 338 (BM, RNG); prope Alcaraz et Segura, 1000-2000 m, July 1890 (fl), Porta & Riga II 400 (K). Valencia:/?^ Ramos (1993: 182). Castellon: Sierra de Segorbe, 351 m, August 1891 (fl), Reverchon s.n. (BM, FR). Cuenca: Solan, orillas del Rio Cuervo, 14 August 1942 (fr), Cabalhro s.n. (K, MA*). Teruel: prope Castelseras ad ripas aquosas fluminis Guadalupe, 30 July & 1 September 193 1975 (fl), Loscos Cent. I, 25 (FR). Burgos: Miranda de Ebro, orillas del Rio Ebro, August 1929 (fl), Losa in Duffour 5855 (BM). H. caprifolium is easily distinguished from the North African 14. H. naudinianum by the aristate sepals. From the scanty available evidence, the chromosome number is smaller (2n=16, not 18). Subsect. 4. Adenosepalum (see p. 90). Type: H. montanum Shrubs or perennial herbs with indumentum to base of inflores- cence, or rarely stem or leaves or whole plant glabrous; leaves free; bracts and bracteoles usually glandular-auriculate. Spp. 1 6-24. 16. Hypericum reflexum L.f., Suppl. pi: 346 (1781); Aiton, Hon. kew. 3: 106 (1789), 2nd ed. 4: 179 (1812); Lam., Encycl. 4: 162 (1797); Willd., Sp. pi. 3: 1458 (1802); Buch in Abh. K. Wss. Berlin 1816-1817: 362, 37 1 , 380 ( 1 8 1 7); Choisy, Prodr. monogr. Hyperic.: 53 (1821), in DC., Prodr. 1: 551 (1824); Rchb., Iconogr. hot. exot. 1: 60, t. 86 ( 1 827); Buch, Phys. Beschr. Canar. Ins. 153 (1828); Webb & Berth., Phytogr. canar. 1: 44 (1836); Spach in Annls Sci. nat. (Bot.) II, 5: 357 ( 1 836); Masferrer mAn. Soc. esp. Hist. nat. 9: 27 ( 1 880); Bornm. in Bot. Jahrb. 33: 453 ( 1 903); Pitard & Proust, Les lies Canaries: 1 33 ( 1 909); R. Keller in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 2nd. ed. 21: 179 (1925); Stefanoff in God. Agr.-les. Fak. Univ. Sofiva 10: 58, t. 1 f. 5 (1932), 11: 149 (1933), 12: 83 (1934), in Pflanzenareale 4(1): Karte 2b (1933); Ceballos & Ortuno, Veg. Fl.for. Canar. occid.: 387 (1951); Bramwell, D. & Z., Wildfls Canary Is: 70, f. 44 (1974); Kunkel, Endemismos Canarios: 296 (1977); Kunkel, G. & M.A., Fl. Gran Canaria 4: 44, t. 165 (1979); N. Robson in Cullen et al., Eur. Gdn Fl. 4: 72 (1995). Type: Canary Islands, no loc., 1778 (fl), Masson s.n. (BM!-holotype). The younger Linnaeus's 'Habitat in Barrancas Americae' must be regarded as a lapsus calami. Fig. 28B, Map 37. H.foliosum sensu Brouss. ex Webb & Berth., Phytogr. canar. 1: 45 (1836) in synon. H. reflexum var. leiocladum Bornm. in Bot. Jb. 33: 453 (1903) ['leioclada ']; Pitard & Proust, Les lies Canaries: 133 (1908); Lid in Skr. norske Vidensk.-Akad. I, Math.-Nat. Kl., N.S. no. 23: 122 (1967). Types: Canary Islands, Gran Canaria, Tafira, Beo Guiniguada, c. 400 m, n.d., Bornmiiller2l53 (JE-syntype); Gran Canaria, Caldera de Bandama, 17 May 1900, Bornmuller 352 (JE-syntype). H. reflexum var. myrtillifolium Bornm. in Bot. Jb. 33: 453 (1903) ['myrtillifolia']; Pitard & Proust, Les lies Canaries: 133 (1908) Map 37 Sect. 27: 13. H. coadunatum A (see also Map 36); 16. H. reflexum (limits on Tenerife according to Voggenreiter, 1974) specimens •, record O. 194 ['myrtifolia']. Type: Canary Islands, Teneriffe, ad mare prope Taganana, n.d., Bornmuller s.n. (JE-holotype). H. reflexum var. lanuginosum Pitard in Pitard & Proust, Les lies Canaries: 133 (1908) ['lanuginosa'], in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 9: 210 (191 1); Lid in Skr. norske Vidensk.-Akad. I, Math.- Nat. Kl., N.S. no. 23: 122, f. 9b (1967). Type: Canary Islands, 6 specimens cited; Tenerife, Guimar Barranco de Badajoz, 400 m, n.d., Pitard s.n. (TUB-lectotype, selected here). Icones: Rchb., Iconogr. hot. exot. 1: t. 86(1827); Bramwell, D. &Z., Wild/Is Canary Is: f. 44 (1974); Kunkel, G. & M.A., Fl. Gran Canaria4: t. 165(1979). Shrub 0.5-1 m tall, densely and divaricately branched below, ± bushy, with branches erect to ascending, the whole plant (usually except stems) glabrous. Stems red-brown, compressed (sometimes shallowly 2-lined) and densely villous-tomentose or rarely sparsely puberulous to glabrous when young, soon terete, eventually gla- brous; internodes shorter than leaves; cortex exfoliating in usually internodal sheets; bark dark red-brown, smooth. Leaves sessile; lamina 10-25 x 3-12 mm, narrowly elliptic or narrowly oblong to ± broadly triangular-lanceolate, concolorous or slightly paler beneath, chartaceous, not or slightly glaucous, glabrous, plane, spreading or somewhat deflexed; apex acute to subacute, margin entire, base cordate to rarely rounded and ± deeply amplexicaul; venation: 2(3) pairs of laterals curved-ascending from lower 0.25(-0. 35) of midrib, tertiary reticulation dense and manifest but not prominent; laminar glands pale, dense to rather sparse, unequal, ± prominent; intramarginal glands all black or a few pale, dense but sometimes irregular. Inflorescence c. 5^K)-flowered from up to 3 nodes, with- out flowering branches from lower nodes, curved corymbiform and dense or rarely lax and rounded-pyramidal; pedicels 2.5^ mm; bracteoles (and bracts at uppermost 2-3 nodes) narrowly triangular- lanceolate to linear, with rather sparse black-glandular cilia. Flowers c. 15-20 mm in diam.; buds narrowly ellipsoid, acute. Sepals 3.5-6 x 1 -2 mm, subequal, free or to c. 0. 1 5 united, lanceolate to narrowly oblong, acute to subacuminate, with sessile marginal glands or margin glandular-ciliate; veins 3, laterals branching; laminar glands pale, striiform to usually punctiform; marginal and inframarginal glands black, round- or flat-topped, immersed to sessile or on short (rarely long) cilia. Petals rather pale bright yellow, not tinged red, 10-12(-14) x 4-5 mm, c. 2.5 x sepals, oblong-oblanceolate, ob- liquely truncate to rounded, apiculus obsolete or absent; laminar glands pale, few, linear (rarely) or striiform to punctiform; marginal and inframarginal glands all black or some pale, not prominent. Stamens c. 25, longest 9-10 mm, c. 0.8-0.9 x petals; anther gland amber. Ovary 2-2.5 x 1-1 .5 mm, narrowly ovoid; styles 6-7 mm, c. N.K.B. ROBSON 3 x ovary, widely spreading-incurved. Capsule 4-5 x 2.5-3.5 mm, ovoid-ellipsoid, shorter than or equalling sepals, enclosed by petals twisting together. Seeds yellow-brown, c. 0.6 mm long; testa shallowly linear-foveolate. 2n= 18 (Larsen, 1962;Borgen, 1969; van Loon & de Jong, 1978, as var. lanuginosum; Reynaud, 1986). Damp cliffs and walls, around springs and along rocky streams in open localities; 150-1600 m. Canary Islands (all western islands, i.e. not Fuerteventura or Lanzarote). CANARY ISLANDS. Tenerife: in rupibus convallis Bufodero, 1 6 April 1 855 (fl), Bourgeau 1 239 (K); in vicinitate pagum Santa Ursula, Barranco de la Crux, c. 200 m, 1 8 July 1 933 (fl), Asplund 855 (BM, K); Monte Verde, c. 20 km along Orotava - Canada road, 1300 m, 29 August 1971 (fl), Chicken 8 1 (BM). Gomera: Barranco de la Laja, 28 May 1 894 (fl), Murray s.n. (K); near Benchijiqua, 600 m, 9 May 1977 (fl), Jarvis 638 (BM). La Palma: no specimens of H. reflexum s.s. seen, only two of H. xjoerstadii (q.v.). Gran Canada: prope Tafira, 400-500 m, 1 6 May 1 900 (fl & e. fr), Bornmuller 35 1 (H); Risco Blanco de Tirajana, 14 May 1975 (fl), Bramwell & Humphries JC240(BM);ValledeAgache,SWside, 1000m, 1 August I960 (fl), Andrews R40 (K). H. reflexum is apparently not closely related to 1 . H. glandulosum, although the occurrence of intermediates (Ix. H. x joerstadii) suggests that they hybridize. The nature of these intermediates might be revealed by cytological investigation, as the species can have different chromosome numbers, viz. H. glandulosum 2n=40, 1 8, H. reflexum 2n=18. H. reflexum is variable, but there are no breaks in variation such as would warrant the recognition of plants with glabrous stems (var. leiocladum Bornm.)12 or short, ovate or ovate-elliptic leaves (var. myrtillifolium Bornm.) as distinct taxa. H. reflexum is the basic species to which the H. montanum group (Spp. 17-24) is related. The chromosome numbers so far recorded for species in this group are all 2n=16 or 32. 17. Hypericum montanum L., Fl. Suec. 2nd ed.: 266 (1755), Sp. pi. 2nd ed.: 1 105 (1762); Oeder, Fl. Danica 1: t. 173 (1764); Smith, Engl. Bot. : t. 37 1 ( 1 797?); Ucria, Hon. reg. panorm. : 326 (1809); Choisy, Prodr. monogr. Hyperic.: 54 (1821), in DC., Prodr. 1: 55 1 ( 1 824); Spach, Hist. nat. veg. Phan. 5: 392 ( 1 836), in Annls Sci. nat. (Bot.) II, 5: 357 (1836); Rchb., Ic. fl. germ, helv. 6: t. 347 f. 5187 (1844); Syme, Engl. Bot. 3rd ed.: 158, t. 275 (1863); Boiss., Fl. orient. 1: 807 (1867); Willk. & Lange, Prodr. fl. hispan. 3: 593 (1878); Batt. & Trab., FL Algerie, Dicots. 1: 182 (1888); Maire in Mem. Soc. Sci. nat. Maroc, no. 7 (1924); Hayek, Prodr. fl. pen. bale. 1: 539 (1925); R. Keller in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 2nd ed. 21: 1 19 (1925); Hegi, ///. Fl. Mittel.-Europa 5(1): 524, t. 183 f. 3, ff. 2009, 2010 (1925); Jahand. & Maire, Cat. Pis Maroc 2: 482 (1932); Stefanoff in God. Agr.-les. Fak. Univ. Sofiya 10: 58, t. 3 f. 36 (1932), 11: 165 (1933), 12: 85 (1934); Gorshk. in Shishkin & Bobrov, Fl. U.R.S.S. 15: 245 (1949); Guinea, Viscaya Paisaje veg.: 219 & map (1949); Ross-Craig, Drawings Br. Pis 6: t. 15 (1952); Grossh., Fl. Kavk. 2nd ed. 6: 174, Karta 192 (1962); N. Robson in Davis, Fl. Turkey 2: 385 (1967), inTutin et al., Fl. europaea 2: 265 (1968); Hulten, Atlas vdxt. utbred. Norden: 317, map 1231 (197 1 ); Kask inEestiN.S. V. Floora 8: 28, ff. 6-8 ( 197 1 ); Franco, Nova Fl. Portugal 1: 450 (1971); Stjep.-Vesel. in Josifovid, Fl. Srbije 3: 112, t. 32 f. 3 (1972); Fournier, Quatre flores France 2nd ed.: 455 (1977, repr. 1990); Meusel, Vergl. Chor. Zentraleur. Fl. Texte 2: 23, Karten 2: 284 (1978); Mennema, 12 But seep. 175. STUDIES IN HYPER1CUM 195 Fig. 28 A. H. montanum: (a) habit; (b) leaf (lower surface) and part of stem; (c) bract; (d) sepal; (e) petal; (0 capsule. B. H. reflexum: (g) habit; (h) leaf (lower surface) and part of stem; (i) sepal; (j) petal; (k) capsule (a, b, g x Vr, h x 2; c-f, i-k x 3). A. Font Quer her maroc. 1928 268. Lacaita 6392. B. Bourgeau 80, Asplund 855. 196 N.K.B. ROBSON Quene-Brot. & Plate, Atlas Netherl. Fl. 1: 132 (1980); Pignatti, Ft. Italia 1: 346 (1982); I. Hagemann in Flora 173: 1 17, ff. 19, 39 (1983); Ramos in Trab. Dep. Bot. Univ. Complut. 12: 54 (1983), inActabot. Malacit. 11: 169, f. 9c (1986); N. Robson in Wild Fl. Mag. no. 403: 17 (1985); Lid, Norsk-Svensk-Finsk FL: 3 1 6, 74 1 ( 1 985); Greuter, Burdet & Long, Med-Checklist 3: 269 (1986); Clapham, Tutin & Moore, Fl. Br. Isles 3rd ed.: 116 ( 1 987); Haeupler & Schonf., Atlas Farn. -u. Bliitenpfl. Bundesrep. Deutschl.: 330, Karte92(1988); Perring & Walters, Atlas Br. FL, repr. amend.: 59 ( 1 990); Stace, New FL Br. Isles: 256 ( 1 99 1 ); N. Robson in Cullen et al., Eur. Gdn FL 4: 72 (1995). Type: Sweden, Skane?, 'in montibus Westrogothiae 213. Scaniae', Herb. Linn. 943.39 (LINN'.-lectotype, selected here; SBT[labelled by Linnaeus, fide Jarvis]-syntype). Although Linnaeus's protologue includes references to Bauhin's Pinax and Historia, Columna's Ekphrasis and Fuch's Historia, the absence of this plant from the first edition of Species plantarum (1753) suggests that either Linnaeus had not seen material of it by that date or (more likely) that he had overlooked it. From the relatively full treatment of//, montanum in both FL suecica 2nd ed. and Species plantarum 2nd ed., however, it would seem that by 1755 he had obtained such material. The only specimen of this species in the Linnaean Herbarium (LINN) is unannotated, apart from the name; but there seems little doubt that it is one of the specimens mentioned in Fl. suecica. It is therefore the most appropriate lectotype. Fig. 28A, Map 38. H. elegantissimum Cr., Stirp. austr. 2: 63 (1763). Type: Austria, 'In Gatterholzel, Dornbach & alibi non infrequens', Crantz (BP!- holotype). H. glandulosum Gilib., Fl. Lituan. 2: 205 (1782), nom. illegit. superfl. (based on H. montanum L.). H. confertum Moench, Meth. hot.: 129 (1794), nom. illegit. superfl. (based on H. montanum L.). H. montanum [var.] (3 triphyllum Choisy, Prodr. monogr. Hyperic.: 54 (1821), in DC., Prodr. 1: 552 (1824). Type: France, Fontainebleau, Anon. (G-DC!-holotype). H. montanum [var.] (3 scabrum Koch, Syn. fl. germ. helv. 1: 135 (1835); Hayek, Prodr. fl. pen. Bale. 1: 539 (1925); Hegi, ///. FL Mittel-Europa 5(1): 525 (1925); Maire in Bull. Soc. Hist. nat.Afr. Nord 27: 216 (1936) et auct. plur. Type not stated. H. montanum [var.] p sensu Ledeb., Fl. rossica 1: 450 (1842) = var. caucasicum Boiss. (see below). H. tauricum sensu hort. ex Ledeb., Fl. rossica 1: 450 ( 1 842) in synon. H. montanum [var.] (3 caucasicum Boiss., FL orient. 1: 807 (1867); Parl., FL Hal. 5: 532 (1875); Woronow in Kuzn., Busch & Fomin, FL Cauc. crit. Ill, 9: 46 (1906); Hegi, ///. FL Mittel-Europa 5(1): 526 (1925) ['var. caucasicum Parl.']; Grossh., FL Kavk. 3: 70 (1932), 2nd ed. 6: 174 (1962). Types: Turkey, Trabzon, vallee d'Of (Lazistan), vers 200 m, 27 June 1866 (fl & fr), Balansa 86 (G! -lectotype; E!-photograph); Georgia, Guria, n.d. (fl), Szowits s.n. (LE-syntype; G!, E! -photograph). Adenosepalum montanum (L.) Fourr. in Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon N.S., 16:353(1868). Map 38 Sect. 27: 17. H. montanum specimens •. records O; limits according to literature. STUDIES IN HYPERICUM 197 Hypericum montanum forma humifusoides Kuntze in Flora 1880: 305 ( 1 880). Type: Germany, Saxony, Spitzberg bei Wurzen, 1 879, Kuntze (NY-holotype). H. montanum [var.] a typicum G. Beck, Fl. Nieder-Osterr.: 531 (1892); Hegi, ///. Fl. Mittel-Europa 5(1): 525 (1925). Type as for H. montanum L. H. montanum var. scaberulum G. Beck, Fl. Nieder-Osterr.: 531 ( 1 892), nom. illegit. superfl. (based on//, montanum var. scabrum Koch). H. ciliatum var. pseu dociliatum R. Keller inAlbov, Prodr.fl. colchic.: 42 (1895). Type: Georgia, Guria, jugum Adzharo-Imereticum, 1893, Ardasenov s.n. (G?-holotype). H. montanum forma ternatum Borbas, A Balaton Tudom. Tunul. Ered. 2. Szakasz: 403 (1900). Type not indicated. H. perfoliatum var. pseudociliatum (R. Keller) Woronow in Kuzn., Busch & Fomin, Fl. Cauc. crit. Ill, 9: 49 (1906). H. montanum forma abbreviatum Reinecke in Mitt. Thiir. Bot. Ver. 30: 19(1913), in Jb. K. Akad. gem. Wiss. Erfurt 40: 150 (1914). Type: Germany, ThUringen, Erfurt, Mobisburger Holze siidlich von Rhoda, Reinecke (JE?-holotype). H. montanum subsp.? elegantissimum (Cr.) G. Jav., Mag. Fl. 2: 720 (1925). H. montanum forma subprolificum Murr (\92%),fide Soo (1968). Icones: Syme, Engl. Bot. 3rd ed.: t. 275 (1863); Ross-Craig, Draw- ings Br. Pls6:t. 15(1952). Perennial herb 0.2-0.8 m tall, wholly erect or decumbent to ascend- ing but not rooting at base, with woody taproot, few-stemmed, usually unbranched below inflorescence, wholly glabrous often except leaves beneath. Stems green to reddish, terete; internodes all or upper exceeding leaves. Leaves sessile; lamina (20-)25-70 x (10-)13-28 mm, oblong-elliptic to lanceolate or ± broadly ovate, paler beneath, thinly chartaceous, not glaucous, wholly glabrous or usually scabrid to puberulous beneath, plane, spreading; apex ob- tuse to rounded or uppermost subacute, margin entire, base rounded to truncate or subcordate; venation: 3^t pairs of laterals curved- ascending from lower 0.2-0.25 of midrib; tertiary reticulation dense, not or slightly prominent; laminar glands pale, dense, unequal, not prominent, rarely absent ('var. caucasicum'); intramarginal glands black, dense but irregular, the larger often submarginal. Inflores- cence 7-32(-c. 50)-flowered from up to 3(4) nodes, without flowering branches from lower nodes, curved-pyramidal or corymbiform to subcapitate and dense, or lower node(s) ± distant with dense partial inflorescences, the whole then narrowly pyramidal to narrowly cylindric; pedicels 1.5-4 mm; bracts and bracteoles linear, black- glandular-ciliate, densely glandular-auriculate. Flowers 10-15(-20) mm in diam.; buds narrowly ellipsoid to cylindric, rounded. Sepals 5-6 x 1-1.5 mm, subequal or equal, free or very shortly united, narrowly oblong to narrowly lanceolate, acute, with margin rather long-glandular-ciliate; veins 5, laterals branching; laminar glands pale, linear to striiform; marginal glands black, flat-topped. Petals pale yellow, not tinged red, (8-) 10- 12 x 2-3.5 mm, c. 2 x sepals, oblong-lanceolate, rounded, apiculus absent; laminar glands pale, few, elongate-punctiform or usually absent; marginal glands absent. Stamens 20-28, longest 6-9 mm, c. 0.75 x petals; anther gland black. Ovary 2.5-3.5 x 1.5-2.5 mm, narrowly to rather broadly ovoid; styles 3-4 mm, 1.2-1.35 x ovary, spreading. Capsule 6-8 x 4-6 mm, ovoid, exceeding sepals, enclosed when developing by petals twisting together. Seeds dark red-brown, 0.8 mm long; testa linear-reticulate. 2n=16 (Noack, 1939; Robson, 1956; Reynaud, 1975; Love & Love, 1982), n = 8 (Nielsen, 1924; Gagnieu & Wilhelm, 1965). Woods, thickets and hedgebanks, on calcareous or gravelly soils; lowland (especially in the north) to 1200 m (Italy), 1450 m (Spain) and 1950 m (Morocco). From northern England, Denmark, southern Norway, and southern Sweden, southern Finland (one locality), Estonia (one locality), Poland, Belarus and the Ukraine (including Krym), south to N. Portugal, central Spain, Corsica, Sardinia, Italy, Bosnia, Serbia and Romania; also Georgia, NE Turkey and Morocco. GREAT BRITAIN. Devon: Brixham, Berry Head, 19 July 1936 (fl), Hall s.n. (BM). Surrey: Addington, Court Wood, 31 July 1924 (fl), Salmon s.n. (BM). Oxfordshire: near Caversham, 3 August 1890(fl), Wolley Dod s.n. (BM). Gloucestershire (W.): Tidenham, August 1922 (e. fr), Redgrave s.n. (BM). Glamorgan: Bishopston Valley, August 1913 (fr), Shepherd s.n. (BM). Pembroke: Tenby, Black Rock, 19 August 1954 (fr), Townsend s.n. (K). Caernarvon: Great Orme's Head, 18 July 1912 (fl), Bickham s.n. (BM). Yorkshire (NE): Helmsley, 2 August 1952 (fl & fr), Bangerter 125 (BM). Westmorland: Anna Well Force, 5 August 1927 (fl), Foggitt s.n. (BM). NORWAY. Hordaland: Bergen, Hardanger, Godoii, 8 August 1 982 (fl & fr), Rettig s.n. (H). Vest Agder: Randesund Dvergones, 9 August 1959 (e. fr), Skrimer s.n. (H). SWEDEN. Goteborg: Partille, L. Prasttjarn, 30 July 1928 (fl), Ohlsen in Samuelsson PI. Suec. 1 155 (BM, K). Alvsborg: Njorn, Sundsby, 9 July 1950 (fl), Hayren-Malmstrom s.n. (H). Jonkoping: in montibus Huskvarna, Sep- tember 1902 (fr), Bergstrand s.n. (H). Ostergotland: Valdemarsvik, Borg, 5 August 1985 (1. f\),Nannfeldt 19047 (BM). Halland: Halmstad, 27 July 1956 (fl), P. Fries s.n. (H). Malmohus: Helsingborg, 26 July 1885 (fl), Trolander (H). Gotland: Slite Tildehajdal, 20 July 1968 (fr), Alanko (H). FINLAND. Turku: Abo, Lojo, juxta praed. Luusi, in pago Jantoniensi, 1 1 August 1915 (fl), Lindberg in PI. Fin. Exsicc. 1241 (K). ESTONIA. Recorded from Saaremaa I. (Osel), Harva (Kask, 1971: 30, f.7). DENMARK. Jylland: Ribe Varde, 26 August 1896 (fr), Boldt s.n. (H); Viborg,Daugbjerg,W. ofViborg (distr. 15),4August 1974 (fl), ATJM/Z s.n. (H). Sjaelland: Nordsjaelland, Holte, Geelskov, 3 July 1943 (fl), Dahl D. 45a (BM). Mon: Freuchens Pynt, 3 July 1935 (fl), von Wendt s.n. (H). GERMANY. Niedersachsen: Hildesheim, July 1867 (f\),Evers501 (H). Nordhein-Westfalen: Bonn, n.d. (fl & fr), Sievreck s.n. (H). Rheinland-Pfalz: Donnersberg, 28 July 1905 (fl), Knabes.n. (H). Hessen: UnteresWerragebiet, 29 July 1 898 (1. fl), Goldschmidt s.n. (FR). Baden-Wurtemberg: Tubingen, 19 July 1922 (fl), Petterssen s.n. (H). Bayern: Steinebach am Worthsee, 1 September 1918 (fr), Oberneder32&3 (BM).Thiiringen: bei den Dornburger Schlossern, 9 July 1950 (fl), Launert s.n. (BM). Sachsen-Anhalt: Alte Stolberg, 8 July 1882 (fl), Vock s.n. (K). Mecklenburg: Crivitz, 12 July 1880 (fl), Neverrmann s.n. (BM). 198 N.K.B. ROBSON HOLLAND. Scattered records in south and south-east (fide Mennema, Quene-Broterenbrood & Plate, 1980: 132). BELGIUM. Namur: Nettine, July 1937 (fl), Masseray s.n. (BM). Hainault: Obourg, 4 July 1867 (fl), 22 August 1867 (fr), Martinis VI 260 (BM, K). LUXEMBURG. Several records (fide Rompaey & Delvosalle, 1979: map 423). FRANCE. Seine-et-Oise: Coteau de la Ferte-Alais, 23 July 1876 (fr), Bwiw/s.n.(K).Loir-et-Cher:CoteaudeLavardin, 1856(fr), Vore/631 (BM). Maine-et-Loire: Soucelles, 16July 1874(1. fl), Geneviers.n. (BM). Morbihan: Belle lie vis-a-vis Kerouarh, Pont-en-Dro, 3 July 1901 (fr), Gadeceau 631 (BM) -extinct? Deux-Sevres: foret de Chize, 24 July 1910(fr), Gadeceau s.n. (BM). Cote d'Or: Messigny, Combe de Chainoux, 1 8 July 1 869 (fr), Laguesse s.n. (K). Haut-Rhin: Habsheim, foret de la Hardt, 240 m, 20 July 1974 (fr), Rastetter in Exsicc. Auguier F. 16 7616 (BM). Doubs: Bonnevaux, n.d. (1. fl), Depierre s.n. (BM). Ain: Miribel, July 1912 (fl), Reverchon s.n. (FR). Haute- Savoie: Vacheresse, a la Baume, 30 July (fr), Depierre s.n. (BM). Savoie: Mont Grelle pres Chambery, 9 August 1896 (fr), Borel s.n. (K). Basses- Alpes: Goudeissart pres Barcelonnette, 1 1 August 1 884 (fl), Wilmott s.n. (K). Var: Mont des Maurs, near Collobrieres, 24 June 1914 (fl), Adamson s.n. (BM). Isere: Villard-de-Lans, Gorge de la Bourne, 30 September 1949 (fr), Sandwith 3529 (K). Rhone: Lyon a Niron, 3 July 1 883 (fl), Jordan s.n. (BM). Haute-Loire: de Lempdes a Blesle, June 1876 (fl), Girardet s.n. (BM). Cantal: environs d'Ydes, Lisiere des bois, 18 August 1873 (fr), A. Braun s.n. (BM). Aveyron: Viviez, June 1905 (fl), Garrau in Elias%\2 (BM). Pyrenees- Orientates: Vernet, 900 m, 9 July 1934 (e. fr), Wyatt 1 19 (K). Ariege: Ax les Thermes, July 1925? (fl), Lofthouse s.n. (BM). Haute-Garonne: Luchon, 14 July 1 889 (fl), Murray s.n. (BM). Hautes-Pyrenees: zwischen St Sauveur und Sazos, 3 July 1925 (fl), Ronniger s.n. (W). SPAIN. Oviedo: Oviedo, gorge of R. Sella, 13 July 1927 (fr), Wilmott s.n. (BM). Santander: Picos de Europa, supra pagum Epinama, c. 1000 m, September 1930 (fr), Buck s.n. (H). Huesca: Los Aranones (Caufranc), 2 August 1955 (fl & fr), Sandwith 4488 (K). Lerida: Val d'Aran, Foret de Betren, 1200 m, 25 July 1934 (fr), Estiva! in Sennen 9056 (BM). Gerona: Sol de Santicosa, 950 m, 8 August 1934 (fr), Sennen s.n. (BM). Barcelona: in dumetis Montiserrati, July 1906 (fr), Marcet s.n. (BM). Madrid: Kast. Schiedegebirge [Sade Guadarama], Somosierra, 'Hayedo de Montejo', 1 350 m, 6 June 1962 (st), Em s.n. (FR). PORTUGAL. Tras os Monies: Braganc.a, Monte de San Bartolomeu, 24 June 1955 (fl), Fernandes, Matos & Matos 5488 (BM). CORSICA. Ajaccio to Curti [Corte]: Vivazione, 500-700 m, 3 July 1 970 (fl), Verdcourt41%\ (K); ?: Premier Cascade del' Aqua ardente, 13July 1917 (fl), Forsyth Major H292-23 (K). SARDINIA. No specimens seen, but recorded by e.g. Pignatti (1982). ITALY. Venezia: Resiutta, slopes of Plauris, 17 July 1863 (1. fl), Hb. Churchill s.n. (K).Trentino/AltoAdige: Molveno, 4August 1926 (fr), Barton s.n. (BM). Lombardia: Chiavennas, 9 July 1886 (fr), Murray s.n. (BM). Val d'Aosta: Val de Cogne, over Valoutay, 3 August 1864 (fr), Hort s.n. (BM). Piedmonte: pratis alpinis Valdensium, July 1860 (fr), Rostan s.n. (BM). Liguria: Portofino Peninsula, S. of Genoa, 10 September 1963 (1. fl), Robson 1807 (BM). Emilia-Romagna: Modena, Piandelagotti, Boschi, 1150 m, 4 July 1934 (fl), Lennart s.n. (H).Toscana: Gugena, 29 June 1964 (fl), Ranhala s.n. (H). Abruzzi e Molise: M. Sirente, 1 500 m, July 1 875 (fl), Groves s.n. (K). Campania: Salerno, Monte Mai de Calvanico, c. 1200 m, 19 July 1921 (fl), Lacaita 240/21 (BM). SWITZERLAND. Geneve: prope Genevam, n.d. (fr), Herb. Boissier (K). Vaud: La Comballaz, 10 July 1881 (fl), Branner s.n. (H). Valais: Val d'Entremont, Sembranchori, 880 m, 16 July 1980 (fl), Lawalree 22569 (BM). Bern: Meiringen, Starelamm, Finstere Schucht, 4 September 1924 (fl & fr), Barton s.n. (BM). Zurich: Sihtwald, 21 July 1923 (fl), Hayren s.n. (H). Schwyz: near Brunnen, 27 July 1898 (fl), LS. Wright s.n. (K). Glarus: Klontal, 21 August 1930 (fl), Lacaita 6391 (BM). Ticino: Monte Generoso, 6 July 1856 (fl), Murray s.n. (BM). AUSTRIA. Tirol: Lienz, 20 July 1869 (fl), Gander s.n. (BM, K). Steiermark: Graz, Racherkogel, c. 500 m, July 1 9 1 1 (fr), Fritsch in Hayek Fl. Stir, exsicc. 1201 (BM, H). Niederosterreich: Semmering, Reichenau, Au- gust 1924 (fr), Buch s.n. (H). HUNGARY. Several localities (fide Soo, 1968: 437). SLOVENIJA. Postojna, 300 m, 20 July 1 960 (e. fr), McCallum Webster 4081 (K). CROATIA. Istra, Abbazia, oberhalb Vrutki-Tal, 25 June 1935 (fl), Ronniger s.n. (W). SERBIA and BOSNIA HERZEGOVINA. Present (fide Stepanovi6 Vesilichi£, 1972). ROMANIA. Transylvania: Arad, p.p. Camna, 8 September 1974 (fr), Danciu s.n. (BM); Covasna, prope opp. Sf. Gheorghe, 14 August 1981 (fr), Danciu s.n. (BM); Brasov, p.p. Cristian, c. 800 m, 1 August 1973 (fr), Parascan & Danciu s.n. (BM). CZECH REPUBLIC. Moravia: M. Weisskirchen, Parsihouster Reviers, August 1912 (fr), Petrak Fl. Boh. & Mor. XI 1048 (BM); Briinn [Brno], Runitz, July 193 1 (fl), Hruby s.n. (K). Also in Bohemia and Slovakia. POLAND. Poznan: Konen, 16 July 1868 (fr), Baenitz s.n. (BM). BELORUSS YA. Brest, bei Sevcki (?), 20 June 1 859 (fl), Lehmann s.n. (BM). UKRAINE. Lesienice k. Lwowa [Lvov], 19 July 1938 (fr), Madalski PI. Pol. Exsicc. 332 (BM, K); Bojarka, 1 July 1903 (fl), 15 July 1903 (fr), Finn 169 (H). Krym: Kastali (Vulf, 1953). GEORGIA. Poti, n.d. (fl & fr), Nordmann 308 (H); Guria, n.d. (fl), Szowitz (G, E-photograph). TURKEY. Giresun: 42 km S. of Giresun (N. of Khumbet), 1000 m, 7 July 1969 (fr), Sorger 69-24-4 (W).Trabzon: Lazistan, Vallee d'Of, vers 200 m, 27 June 1 866 (fl & fr), Balansa 86 (G, E-photograph); Sumela Kloster, 800-1 300 m, 28 July 1 982 (fr), Sorger & Buchner 82-9 1-1 8 (W). Rize: ? (no specimens seen). Coruh: Artvin and Ardanu? (Grossheim, 1962: map 192). MOROCCO. Rif: Mt Buhaschen [Yebel Buhasen], 1300 m, 20 June 1928 (fl), Font Quer Iter Maroc. 1928 268 (BM); Ketama, Telata, vers 1450 m, 5 August 1932 (fl), Sennen & Mauricio s.n. (BM). Za'i'an: Azrou, 12 km from Azrou to Ifrane, 1350 m, 26 June 1974 (fl), Reading U./B.M. Exped. 1058 (BM,RD*).Moyen Atlas: Foret d' Am Kahla, 1950m, 20 July 1924 (fr), Jahandiez 832 (BM). H. montanum is the north-western member of a pair of species that appears to be directly related to 16. H. reflexum (from the Canary Islands), the other member being 1 8. H. annulatum. H. montanum is mainly west, central and east European and north-west African; H. annulatum is mainly south-east European and north-east to east African. H. montanum can be separated from H. annulatum only on a combination of characters, since the latter in particular is very variable. H. montanum is always glabrous except on the lower leaf- surface, which is usually scabrid. Where that, too, is glabrous (var. typicum G. Beck), the species can nearly always be distinguished from wholly glabrous forms of H. annulatum by the condensed inflorescence or partial inflorescences. In most cases, however, H. annulatum can be recognized by the presence of hairs on the stem and upper leaf-surface and the relatively lax inflorescence. H. montanum is not very variable other than in leaf shape, the indumentum of the lower leaf-surface and the presence or absence of partial inflorescences. The scabrid lower surface of the leaf (var. scabrum Koch, var. scaberulum G. Beck) is by far the commoner state, although Beck named the wholly glabrous form var. typicum. The lectotype, too, is scabrid beneath, and so var. typicum is not the type variety, i.e. var. montanum. In fact, the glabrous leaf seems to be no more than a shade-induced state that does not merit taxonomic recognition. In Georgia and Turkey most of the populations have leaves without laminar pale glands (var. caucasicum Boiss.); but this character is not wholly constant, and so I have not given these populations taxonomic recognition either. Finally, H. montanum var. pilosum Horwood is H. hirsutum L., whilst var. maculantherum Sagorsky and var. punctatum Andreanszky are almost certainly respectively H. spruneri Boiss. and H. perfoliatum L., although I have not yet managed to see the type of either variety. The record of H. montanum from southern Greece (Messinia) (Sibthorp & Smith, Fl. Graecae Prodr. 2: 117, 1813) possibly refers to H. vesiculosum Griseb. (sect. 13. Drosocarpium), which occurs there. STUDIES IN HYPERICUM 199 18. Hypericum annulatum Moris, Stirp. sard, clench.: 9 (1827); Fl. Sardoa 1: 323, t. 22 (1837); Walp., Repert. hot. syst. 1: 384 (1840); N. Robson in Kew Bull. 12: 444 (1958), in Fl. Europaea 2: 265 (1968); Moggi & Pisacchi in Webbia 22: 212, f. 13 (1967);Arrig. et al. in Webbia 28: 423 & f. 1 (1973); Pignatti, Fl. Italia 1: 46 (1982); Chiappini, Fl. paesag. veg. Sardegna: 26, t. 11 (1985); Greuter, Burdet & Long, Med-Checklist 3: 264 (1986); N. Robson in Cullen et al., Eur. Gdn Fl. 4: 72, ff. 1 1 .5, 11.15 (1995) (= '//. degenW). Type: Sardinia, in summo S. Vittoria esterzili, July 1826 (fl), Moris s.n. (TO-holotype, K!- photograph; Fl- isotype). Fig. 29C (subsp. afromontanum). Perennial herb 0.2-0.75 m tall, wholly erect or shortly decumbent but not rooting at base, with ± woody taproot, usually few-stemmed, unbranched below inflorescence or sometimes with short axillary shoots, wholly glabrous or usually puberulous to densely shortly whitish-pubescent on stems below inflorescence and on both leaf surfaces. Stems green to reddish, terete; internodes all shorter than leaves or upper exceeding them, eglandular or sparsely (along 'lines') to densely black-gland-dotted or shortly black-gland- streaked. Leaves sessile; lamina (5-)10-55 x (3-)5-32 mm, narrowly oblong or oblong-elliptic or lanceolate or rather broadly ovate, paler beneath, thinly chartaceous, not glaucous, glabrous to ± densely pubescent on both sides, plane, spreading; apex acute to rounded, margin entire, base rounded to truncate or subcordate; venation: (3)4-5 pairs of laterals curved-ascending from lower 0.2-0.5 of midrib, tertiary reticulation dense, not prominent; laminar glands all pale or occasionally some black, dense, unequal; intramarginal glands black, dense but irregular to rather sparse. Inflorescence 5-c. 120-flowered from up to 4 nodes, without or very rarely with 1-2 flowering branches from next lower node, pyramidal or shortly cylindric to corymbiform, lower nodes not distinct, the partial inflorescences nearly always lax-flowered when mature; pedicels 1- 4 mm; bracts and bracteoles linear, black-glandular-ciliate, densely glandular-auriculate. Flowers 15-25 mm in diam.; buds cylindric- ellipsoid, obtuse. Sepals (4-)5-6(-8) x 1-1 .5 mm, subequal, free or almost so, narrowly oblong to narrowly lanceolate, acute or very rarely subacute, with margin long- to short-glandular-ciliate; veins 5 or 3 with strong near-basal outer branch from each lateral, these sometimes united (commissural) at base; laminar glands all pale to all black, linear at base or all striiform to punctiform; marginal glands black, flat-topped. Petals pale (?) to golden yellow, some- times veined or tinged red, (8-)10-13(-15) x (2.5-)3-3.5 mm, c. 2 x sepals, oblong-lanceolate, rounded, apiculus absent; laminar glands pale and/or black, scattered; marginal glands absent. Stamens c. 20- 40, longest (7.5-)9-10 mm, 0.65-0.8 x petals; anther gland black. Ovary 2-3 x 1-2 mm, narrowly ovoid-pyramidal; styles 6-8 mm, 2- 4 x ovary, spreading-incurved. Capsule (4-)5-8 x 2.5-4 mm, ovoid, equalling or exceeding sepals, enclosed when developing by petals twisting together. Seeds dark yellow-brown, 0.6-0.7 mm long; testa linear-reticulate. 2n = 16 (Reynaud, 1980; Strid & Franzen, 1981: 836). Dry or stony places, in scrub or grassland; 1212m (Sardinia), 300- c. 1330 m (Balkans), 1050-1725 m (Arabia), 1600-3000 m (Ethiopia), 1 100-2700 m (East Africa). Sardinia; Serbia, Macedonia, Albania, Bulgaria; Saudi Arabia (Jebel Fayfa); E. Sudan, Ethiopia (Eritraea to Tigray and Beghemder; Harar); E. Uganda, SW Kenya, N. Tanzania. H. annulatum is very closely related to 17. H. montanum (q.v. for differences), being its sister species and the basal species of a group comprising the remaining species in sect. Adenosepalum (Spp. 19- 24). It varies in pubescence and glandularity over its widely disjunct areas of distribution. The European populations have pubescent stems and leaves and vary in the length of sepal cilia, and they lack superficial or laminar black glands. The northern Ethiopian, Suda- nese and Arabian populations show parallel trends north-eastward from Tigray to Arabia in pubescence (sparsely pubescent to glabrous stems and leaves), glandularity (black glands on stem, sepals and petals absent or present) and sepal cilia (long to short). The southern (Harar) plants tend towards the East African population in density of pubescence, in the presence of occasional black glands on the leaves, and (rarely) in having red tinges on the petal veins, but are otherwise like the northern group. The East African population varies in pubescence (stems and leaves densely pubescent to gla- brous) and glandularity (black or red glands always on stems and petals, sometimes on leaves and sepals), but the sepal cilia are always long and the petals always red-tinged. The overlaps in variation preclude the recognition of any of these populations at specific level, but three variable subspecies can be distinguished. Subsp. annulatum comprises the European populations, subsp. intermedium most of the north-east African and Arabian populations and subsp. afromontanum the Harar and east African populations. For a key to these subspecies, see p. 172. 18a. Hypericum annulatum subsp. intermedium (Steud. ex A. Rich.) N. Robson in Bull. not. Hist. Mus. Land. (Bot.) 23: 69 (1993). Type as for H. intermedium Steud. ex A. Rich. Map 39. H. intermedium Steud. ex A. Rich., Tent. fl. abyss. 1: 95 (1847); Oliv., Fl. Trop. Afr. 1: 155 (1868) pro parte quoad typum; Engler in Phys. Abh. K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin 1891: 306 (1892); Hochgebirgsfl. Trop. Afr.: 306 (1892); T.C.E. Fr. in Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 8: 566 (1923). Types: Ethiopia, ad latus boreale montium altiorum prope Adoam, 20 November 1838 (fl), Schimper II 1062 (P-lectotype; BR, Fl, G, K!, LE, MO- isolectotypes); without precise locality or date, Quartin-Dillon & Petit 37 (P-syntype). H. annulatum sensu Cufod. in Bull. Jard. hot. Brux. 29, Suppl.: 588 200 N.K.B. ROBSON Fig. 29 A. H. lanuginosum: (a) habit; (b) leaf; (c) bract; (d) sepal; (e) petal; (f) capsule. B. H. cuisinii: (g) habit. C. H. annulatum subsp. afromontanum: (h) habit; (i) leaf; (j) bract; (k) sepal; (1) petal; (m) capsule (a, g, h x !/2; b, i x 1 ; c-f, j-m x 3). A. Bornmiiller 1 1525. B. Schlieben 5062. C. Guiol 2295. STUDIES IN HYPER/CUM 201 Map 39 Sect. 27: 18. H. annulatum: a. subsp. intermedium specimens •, records D; c. subsp. afromontanum specimens •, records O. (1959); Moggi & Pisacchi in Webbia 22: 272, f. 12 (1967); Collen., Fls Saudi Arabia: 261 & photograph (1985). H. intermedium forma obtusifolium R. Keller ex Moggi & Pisacchi in Webbia 22: 272 (1967), in synon. Icon: Moggi & Pisacchi in Webbia 22: 272, f. 12 (1967). Stem without or rarely with few black glands, sparsely puberulous to glabrous. Leaves without laminar black glands, ± sparsely and very shortly pubescent to puberulous or glabrous. Sepals short- to long- glandular-ciliate (i.e. cilia shorter to 2 or more times as long as glands), occasionally with some laminar glands black. Petals with few (rarely more numerous) punctiform laminar black glands, rarely red-veined in bud. Saudi Arabia (Asir), Sudan Republic (S. Red Sea Hills), N. Ethiopia (Eritraea to L. Tana and N. Shoa). SAUDI ARABIA. Asir: Jabal Fayfa, 100 km NE of Jizan, 1500 m, 10 April 1982 (fl), Collenette 3536 (E, K); loc. cit., 1725 m, 28 March 1988 (fl), Collenette 6625 (E*, K); loc. cit., 14 April 1982 (fl), Grainger 578 (E). SUDAN REPUBLIC. Kassala, Red Sea Hills, Diris Pass, 1700 m, 10 April 1953 (fl), Jackson 2867 (K). ETHIOPIA. Eritraea: sul monte Matara, 20 September 1902 (fl), Pappi 905 (BM, K); Asmara to Massawa, c. 1 7 km, 1 800 m, 5 February 1 969 (fl & fr), De Wilde 4565 (K); Ad Teclesan, 2 1 00 m, 20 March 1 944 (fl), Bally 6660 (K).Tigray: vomSchollodabeiAdoa,2010m, 15 August 1862(fr),5c/»'m/w 37 (BM, E*); prope Adowa, 1 March 1837 (fl), Quartin-Dillon & Petit s.n. (K). Shoa: Alia Amba, October 1842 (1. fl), Roth 193 (K). Begemdir: Simien Mts and Gondar (Moggi & Pisacchi, 1967). Subsp. intermedium varies north-eastward by decreasing pubes- cence and increasing glandularity, so that the Sudanese and Arabian plants are glabrous with black-gland-dotted sepals and stems. The Arabian plants also have sepals with short glandular cilia, whereas in the others they are medium to long. The eastern Ethiopian popula- Map 40 Sect. 27: 18. H. annulatum: b. subsp. annulatum • (see also Map 41); 24. H. decaisneanumA.. tion has more in common with the East African plants and has therefore been included in subsp. afromontanum. 1 8b. Hypericum annulatum subsp. annulatum Maps 40, 41. H. atomarium sensu Velen., Fl. Bulg.: 105 (1891); Stjep.-Vesel. in Josifovtf, FL Srbije 3: 1 12, t. 32 ff. 2, 2a (1972). H. perfoliatum van annulatum (Moris) Fiori in Fiori & Paoletti, Fl. Italia 1: 389 (1898), Nuov. Fl. Italia 1: 524 (1924). H. degenii Bornm. in Magyar Bot. Lap. 9: 90 (1910); Stefanoff in God. Agr.-les. Fak. Univ. Sofiya 10: 58, tt. 2 f. 20, 3 f. 34 (1932), 11: 165 (1933), 12: 85 (1934), in Pflanzenareale 4(1): Karte 4a (1933); Jordanoff & Kozuh. in Jordanoff, Fl. R. P. Bulgaricae 4: 239, t. 45 f. 1 (excl. 6) (1970). Types: Bornmuller cited nine syntype specimens, four from Serbia and five from Bulgaria. As there is no apparent reason for choosing any particular specimen as lectotype, I have selected the most widely distributed collec- tion: Bulgaria, in rupestribus ad Stanimaka, June 1894 (1. fl), Sth'brny s.n. (BPMectotype; BM!, FR!, K!). H. atomarium subsp. degenii (Bornm.) Hayek, Prodr. fl. pen. Bale. 1: 536(1925). Icones: Moris, Fl. Sardoa 1: t. 22 (1 837); Chiappini, Fl. paesag. veg. Sardegna: t. 1 1 (1985); Jordanoff, Fl. R. P. Bulgaricae 4: t. 45 f. 1 (excl. 5) (1970). Stem without red or black glands, densely short-pubescent. Leaves without laminar black glands, densely short-pubescent. Sepals long- to short-glandular-ciliate (i.e. cilia shorter than to 2 or more times as long as glands), with laminar glands all pale. Petals without puncti- form laminar black glands, not tinged red in bud. 2n = 1 6 (see p. 1 99). SARDINIA. Monte Santa Vittoria di Esterzili, 1 2 1 2 m, 25 August 1 965 (fr), Bongoni 556 (BM); Nodu 'e Littipori (fide Arrigoni et al., 1973). SERBIA. Prope Nis, June 1894 (fl), Adamovic s.n. (FR, K); prope Alpa£kavica, 17 June 1895 (fl), Adamovic s.n. (K); ad Markovo Kale sub monte Kostilovitza prope Vranjos, June 1896 (fl), Adamovic s.n. (K). MACEDONIA. Treska gorge, c. 400 m, 8 June 1937 (fl), Rev. <£ Mrs H.P. Thompson 877 (K). ALBANIA. Shkodra: Bertiscus, in valle rivuli Locanska Bistrica, c. 700 m, 17-19 July 1933 (fr), K.H. Rechinger & Scheffer 1036 (BM, K). BULGARIA. Sofiya: circa Dragoman, July 1 896 (fl), Jovanitz s.n. (K). Blagoevgrad [Gorna Dzhumavo): Melnik, Tal zwischen Melnik und Roien- Kloster, 13 June 1971 (fl), F.K. & J. Meyer 10235 (BM, JE). Plovdiv: infra pagum Ba6kovo, oppidum Asenovgrad [Stanimaka] versus, 300 m, 12 June 1973 (fl), Greuter 1 1 175 (H); ad Papozli, June 1910 (fl & fr), Stribrny s.n. (H); Asenovgrad, Westhange entlang das Flusses oberhalb Batschkovo- 202 N.K.B. ROBSON Kloster, 24 June 196 1 (fl), Bisse & Schneider 376 (JE), 377 (BM). Khaskovo: near Boju, valley to Daridere, 17 July 1926 (fl), Turrill 1444 (K). SWITZERLAND (subspontaneous). Zurich: Stafa,430m, 12 July 1981 (fl&fr), Kramer 1500 (BM). CULTIVATED. Specimens seen from England (1929, herbarium and 1994, living) and Sweden (1973). Subsp. annulatum varies somewhat in leaf width, but neither this character nor the sepal cilia length (shorter than or equalling gland in Sardinia, usually exceeding gland by up to c. 6 times in Balkans) can be used to separate these geographically widely separate populations. 18c. Hypericum annulatum subsp. afromontanum (Bullock) N. Robson in Bull. nat. Hist. Mus. Land. (Bot.) 23: 69 (1993). Type as for H. afromontanum Bullock. Fig. 29C, Map 39. H. afromontanum Bullock in Kew Bull. 1932: 492 (1932); Hedberg in Symb. hot. Upsal. 15(1): 131 (1957); Agnew, Upland Kenya wildfls: 186 (1974). Type: Kenya, Mt Elgon, 3540 m, December 1930 (fl), Major E.J. & Mrs C. Lugard 338a (K!-holotype; BM! '338'). H. annulatum sensu Milne-Redh. in Kew Bull. 8: 435 (1953); Moggi & Pisacchi in Webbia 22: 272, f. 13 (1967) pro parte; Agnew, Upland Kenya wildfls: 1 86 ( 1 974); N. Robson in Bamps, Robson & Verdcourt, Fl. trap. E. Afr., Guttif.: 30 (1978). Icon: Agnew, Upland Kenya wildfls: 185 (1974). Stem usually with numerous black (or very rarely red) glands, densely to sparsely puberulous or rarely glabrous. Leaves some- times with few to numerous laminar black glands, puberulous above and densely pubescent beneath or very rarely wholly glabrous. Sepals long-glandular-ciliate (i.e. cilia more than twice as long as glands), usually with some or all laminar glands black. Petals with few distal or numerous scattered punctiform laminar black glands, always? red-tinged in bud. SE Ethiopia (Harar), East Africa (eastern Uganda, south-western Kenya, northern Tanzania). ETHIOPIA. Harar: Gara-muleta, 2550 m, 23 October 1960 (fl), l.E.C.A.M.A. J-54 (K); Gara Mullata mtn, ± 3060 m, 24 November 1962 (fr), Burger 2394 (K). UGANDA. Eastern: Mbale Distr., Mt Elgon, Bupota [Bupoto], 1500 m, 7 August 1917 (fl & fr), Snowden 522 (BM, K); Bugishu Distr., Mt Elgon, W. slope above Butaderi, 3500 m, 5 December 1967 (fl), Hedberg 4488 (K). KENYA. Northern Frontier: Mathews Range, Dunyus, 2 100 m, 25 June 1 944 (fl & fr). Bally 36 1 0 (K); 24 km N. of Maralal on road to Baragoi, 2 1 80 m, 26 October 1978 (fr), Gilbert et al. 5156 (K). Turkana: West Suk Distr., Kitale to Moroto, c. Km 64, 4 October 1952 (1. fl), Verdcourt 747 (K). Rift Valley: Naivasha Distr., Longonot, 2700 m, March 1922 (fl), Dummer 5133 (K); Ravine Distr., 2nd day's march from Eldama Ravine, November 1898 (fl), Whyte s.n. (K). Central: Kitui Distr., Galunka, 30 May 1902 (1. fl & fr), Kassner 873 (BM); Machakos Distr., c. 5.6 km N. of Nunguni, Kilungu Location, 1800 m, 1 1 June 1967 (fl), Mwangangi 58 (K); Meru Distr.?, Mt Kenia septentrionalis inter flumina Liki et Kongoni, 1 2 February 1922 (e. fr), R..E. & T.C.E. Fries 1488 (K). Masai: Ngong Hills, S. slopes above Magadi road, 5 August 1957 (fl), Greenway 9221 (K); Kilmandsharo, N. Seite, Loiokitok [Laiokitok], 1850 m, 1 1 April 1934 (fr), Schlieben 5062 (BM, K, Z). TANZANIA. Northern: Masai Distr, Ol Doinyo Loldadwenya, 3000 m, 27 January 1962 (fl), Newbould 5903 (K); Arusha Distr., Songe Hill, near Telegraph Hill, 201 1 m, 23 February 1969 (fl & e. fr), Richards 28184 (K); Mbulu Distr., Shesheda to S. of Gendabi, Mt Hanang, 2250 m, 10 February 1946 (fl), Greenway 7678 (K).Tanga: W. Usambaras, Gologolo- Mkumbala footpath, 1800 m, 4 June 1953 (fl), Drummond & Hemsley 2866 (K); Hambalai Scarp, 1800 m, January 1933 (fl), Mr & Mrs Moreau 45 (K). Subsp. afromontanum is characterized by an increase of black glands (stem, leaves, sepals, petals), constant long sepalline cilia and red-tinged petals, and the almost constant occurrence of indumentum on stem and leaves. In these characters the Harar population from Ethiopia agrees with the East African plants except for the absence of black glands on the stem. The type of H. afromontanum belongs to an upland form with a condensed inflorescence; but this cannot be separated from the lower-altitude form with the typical, widely spreading lax inflores- cence on account of numerous intermediate specimens. 19. Hypericum delphicum Boiss. & Heldr. in Boiss., Diagn. pi. orient. II, 1: 106 (1853); Boiss., Fl. orient. 1: 807 (1867); Halacsy, Consp.fl. graec. 1: 282 (1900); Hayek, Prodr.fl. pen. Bale. 1: 535 ( 1 925); R. Keller in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 2nd ed. 21: 179 (1925); Turrill in Kew Bull. 1932: 248 (1932); Stefanoff in God. Agr.-les. Fak. Univ. Sofiya 10: 58, t. 3 f. 3 (1932), 11: 164 (1933), 12: 85 (1934), in Pflanzenareale 4(1): Karte 4a (1933); Rech. f. in Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 54B: 617 (1936), FL aegaea: 264 (1943); N. Robson in Tutin et al., Flora Europaea 2: 265 (1968); Polunin, Fls Greece & Balkans: 337 (1980); Greuter, Burdet & Long, Med-Checklist 3: 265 (1986); N. Robson in Cullen et al., Eur. Gdn Fl. 4: 73 (1995). Type: Greece, Evvoia, 'prope Steni ad radices montis Delphi Eubeae', 450 m, August 1848 (e. fr), Heldreich s.n. (G!-holotype; BM!, H!,K!). Map 41. Perennial herb 0. 1 1-0.35(-0.45) m tall, erect to ascending from creeping, rooting and branching base, with herbaceous taproot, usually several-stemmed, unbranched below inflorescence, strigose- pubescent on stems below inflorescence and on both surfaces of leaves. Stems green, terete; internodes exceeding to shorter than leaves, eglandular. Leaves sessile; lamina 12-35 x 9-29 mm, ob- long-ovate to broadly ovate, concolorous, thinly chartaceous, not glaucous, equally and rather sparsely hirsute on both sides, more densely so along veins beneath, plane, spreading; apex rounded, margin entire, base rounded to shallowly cordate; venation: 3^ pairs of laterals curved-ascending from lower 0.25-0.4 of midrib, tertiary reticulation dense, slightly prominent; laminar glands pale, dense, subequal; intramarginal glands black, dense to rather sparse. Inflorescence 4-c. 90-flowered from 1-3 nodes, without flowering branches below, shortly cylindric to corymbiform, dense; pedicels 1.5-2 mm; bracts and bracteoles lanceolate to linear-lanceolate, black-glandular-ciliate, densely glandular-auriculate. Flowers 12- 15(-20?) mm in diam.; buds ellipsoid-subglobose, rounded. Sepals 3-6 x 1-1.5 mm, equal, free, narrowly oblong to narrowly elliptic, STUDIES IN HYPERICUM acute to subacute, with margin long-glandular-ciliate; veins 3, promi- nent, outer ones branching; laminar glands pale, striiform to punctiform; marginal glands black, flat-topped. Petals rather pale yellow, 7-9 x 2.5-3 mm, 2.5-3 x sepals, oblong-elliptic, rounded, apiculus absent; laminar glands pale, sometimes few; marginal glands distal, black, immersed or ± prominent. Stamens c. 20-35, longest 7-9 mm, equalling petals; anther gland black. Ovary c. 2 x 1 mm, ellipsoid; styles 5-6 mm, 2.5-3 x ovary, spreading-incurved. Capsule 4-5 x 2.5-3 mm, broadly ellipsoid, shorter than to exceed- ing sepals, enclosed when developing by petals twisting together. Seeds dark brown, 0.6 mm long; testa finely reticulate-scalariform. 2n= 16(Reynaud, 1980). Damp and shaded places among rocks; 300-1700 m. Greece (Evvoia, Andhros). GREECE. Evvoia: Distr. Halkis, village Steni (Dirfis), 450 m, 4 June 1969 (fl), Stamatiadou 6465 (ATH*, BM); in monte Xerowuni [Xirovouni], ad pagum Steni, c. 600-800 m, 13-17 July 1932 (1. fl), K.H. Rechinger26l4 (BM). Platana prope Ky mi, 25 August-8 September 1 966 (fr), K.H. Rechinger 3785 (W); valley SW of Mt Ophir, 25 August 1981 (e. fr),Akeroyd & Preston 1381 (BM, CGE*). Andhros: Panagia, Panachrantos, 30 October 1939 (fr), Davis 1020 (BM, K); between village Falika and monastery Panahrantou, 300-500 m, 1 1 June 1969 (fl), Stamatiadou 6581 (ATH*, BM). H. delphicum is clearly a derivative of 18a. H. annulatum subsp. annulatum, differing from it in the shorter, creeping and branching stems, the rougher indumentum and (apart from the high-altitude form of subsp. afromontanum) the more condensed inflorescence. It has a relict distribution, being restricted to isolated areas in Evvoia and Andhros, and, in turn, is related (ancestral?) to 20. H. athoum. 20. Hypericum athoum Boiss. & Orph. in Boiss., Fl. orient. 1: 794 (1867); Hayek, Prodr.fl. pen. Bale. 1: 535 (1925); Stefanoff in God. Agr.-les. Fak. Univ. Sofiya 10: 85, t. 3 f. 32 (1932), 11: 164 (1933), 12: 84 (1934), in Pflanzenareale 4(1): Karte 4a (1933); Ade & Rech. f. inRepert. Nov. Sp., Beih. 100: 122 (1938); Rech. f., Fl. aegaea: 264 (1943); N. Robson in Tutin et al., Fl.Euro- paea 2: 265 (1968); N. Robson & Strid in Strid, Mtn Fl. Greece 1: 602,f. 35.6 ( 1986); Greuter, Burdet&Long,Med-Checklist3: 264 (1986); N. Robson in Cullen et al., Eur. Gdn Fl. 4: 73 (1995); non H. montanum var. athoum Griseb., Spic.fl. rumel.: 224 (1843). Type: Greece, Makhedonia, in fissuris rupium regionis superioris mentis Athos Macedoniae, n.d. (fl), Orphan- ides 240 (G!- holotype). Map 41. H. sanctum Degen in Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschr. 41: 333 (1891); R. Keller in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 2nd ed. 21: 178 (1925). Type: Greece, Thraki, Samothraki, in saxosis umbrosis ad torrentes montis Phengari [Pengari], 800 m, 28 June 1890 (1. fl), Degen s.n. (BP-holotype; K!, W!-isotypes). 203 Map 41 Sect. 27: 18. H. annulatum: b. subsp. annulatum (part) • (see also Map 40); 19. H. delphicum D; 20. H. athoum •; 21. H. atomarium (part) A; 22. H. cuisinii A. Perennial herb with stems 0. 1 -0.25 m long, weak, procumbent from creeping, rooting and branching base, with herbaceous taproot, many-stemmed, unbranched and densely to rather sparsely pilose below inflorescence. Stems green, terete; internodes exceeding leaves, eglandular. Leaves with petiole 0.5-1.5 mm; lamina 8-15 x 5-10 mm, broadly ovate or suborbicular to rather broadly elliptic, concolorous, thinly chartaceous, not glaucous, softly patent-pubes- cent above, villous beneath, more densely so along veins, plane, spreading; apex rounded, margin entire, base broadly cuneate to truncate or subcordate; venation: 3 pairs of laterals curved-ascend- ing from lower 0.35-0.4 of midrib, tertiary reticulation rather dense, obscure, not prominent; laminar glands pale, rather dense (but absent near midrib), subequal; intramarginal glands black, rather dense to sparse. Inflorescence (l)2-7(-l l)-flowered from terminal node, without flowering branches below, V-shaped, rather dense; pedicels 1-2.5 mm; bracts and bracteoles lanceolate, black-glandu- lar-ciliate, at least lowermost pair rather densely glandular-auriculate. Flowers c. 10 mm in diam.; buds ellipsoid, rounded. Sepals 3.5^.5 x 0.8-1 .2 mm, equal, free or shortly united, lanceolate to narrowly elliptic, acute, with margin long-glandular-ciliate; veins 3, outer ones sometimes branching; laminar glands pale, striiform to puncti- form; marginal glands black, flat-topped. Petals rather pale yellow, faintly veined red, 7-9.5 x c. 2 mm, 2-2.5 x sepals, elliptic, obtuse, apiculus absent; laminar glands absent; marginal glands subapical, black, few, sessile or on short cilia. Stamens c. 25, longest 5-6 mm, c. 0.7 x petals; anther gland black. Ovary 2.5 x 1.5 mm, ellipsoid; styles c. 5 mm, 2 x ovary, spreading. Capsule c. 4.5 x 2.5 mm, ellipsoid, about equalling sepals, enclosed when developing by petals twisting together. Seeds dark red-brown, 0.6 mm long; testa shal lowly and finely reticulate-scalariform. Rock crevices and rocky places in shade, on limestone (marble) or gneiss; 700-2000 m. Greece (Athos Peninsula, Thasos, Samothraki). GREECE. Makhedonia: Ayion Oros, Mt. Athos (see type); Kavalla, in monte Pangaeon (Purner-Dagh), 1 600 m, 26-27 June \936(f\). K.H. Rechinger 204 N.K.B. ROBSON Map 42 Sect. 27: 2 1 . //. atomarium (part) • (see also Map 41 ); 23. //. lanuginosum (part) • (see also Map 43). 10247 (BM, K);Thasos, Mt. Ipsarion, W. end of valley above Potamia, c. 850 m,21 July 1927 (fl),A£mmMPrertw2 584 (BM,CGE*).Thraki: Samothraki, above Ano Kariotai, 700 m, 27 July 1 980 (1. fl & fr), Akeroyd & Preston 89 1 (BM, CGE*). H. athoum is closely related to 19. H. delphicum, differing from it in the spreading, more delicate habit, smaller petiolate leaves, softer indumentum and smaller- and fewer- flowered inflorescence. It has a similarly disjunct distribution relative to 18. H. annulatum subsp. annulatum, but in the north Aegean region. 21. Hypericum atomarium Boiss., Diagn. pi. orient. I, 8: 114 (1849), Fl. orient. 1: 808 (1867); Halacsy, Consp. fl. grace. 1: 282 (1900); Bornm. inMitt. Thiir. Bot. Ver. 24: 26 (1908); Hayek, Prodr. fl. pen. Bale. 1: 535 (1925) pro parte quoad subsp. eu- atomarium Hayek; R. Keller in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 2nd ed. 21: 179 (1925) pro parte; Rech. f. in Ann. Naturhist. Mus. Wien 43: 305 (1929); Stefanoff in God. Agr.-les. Fak. Univ. Sofiya 11: 164 (1933), 12: 85 (1934) pro parte, e\c\. syn. H. millepunctatum Holmboe praeter spec. Sintenis 602, in Pflanzenareale 4(1): Karte 4a (1933); Rech. f., Fl. aegaea: 246 : (1943); N. Robson in Notes R.B.G. Edinb. 27: 196 (1967), in Davis, Fl. Turkey 2: 387 (1967), in Tutin et al., Fl. Europaea 2: 266 (1968); Greuter, Burdet & Long, Med-Checklist 3: 264 (1986); Carlstrom, Surv. Fl. Phytogeogr. Rodhos, (etc.).: 63, map 309 (1987); N. Robson in Cullen et al., Eur. Gdn Fl. 4: 72 (1995). Type: Turkey, Manisa or Izmir, in dumosis montis Sipyli supra Magnesium [Manisa] in Lydia, June 1842 (fl), Boissier s.n. (G!-holotype). Maps 4 1,42. H. hirsutum sensu Sibth. & Sm., Fl. Graecae Prodr. 2: 117(1813); Chaub. & Bory, Exped. sci. Moree 3: 152 (1832), Nouv. fl. Pelopp.: 53(1838). H. lanuginosum sensu d'Urv., Enum. pis Ponti-Eux.: 58 (1822); Friedr., Reise Neu-Griechenland: 273 (1838). H. supinum Vis. inAtti Riun. Sci. ital.: 175 (1841), ///. piante Grec. Asia minore: 17 (1842); Mabberley in Taxon 31: 71 (1982), pro min. parte omnes. Types: Turkey, Balikesir?, circa Antandro ad sinum Golfo 'Adramitti [Edremit] dictum, 1819 (fl), Parolini & STUDIES IN HYPER1CUM 205 Webb s.n. (PAD!-syntype). The other syntype belongs to H. tomentosum L. van (5; see Robson (1967a: 196), where it was chosen as lectotype of H. supinum Vis. H. lanuginosum subsp. atomarium (Boiss.) Holub (description not traced). Perennial herb 0.2-0.8 m tall, erect or decumbent but not rooting at base, with ± woody taproot, few-stemmed, unbranched below inflo- rescence or with short axillary shoots after fruit ripens, shortly whitish-pubescent on stems below inflorescence and on both leaf surfaces. Stems green, terete; internodes all shorter than leaves or upper (or more rarely all) exceeding them. Leaves sessile; lamina 15^45(-55) x 8-20(-22) mm, ovate to oblong or elliptic, paler beneath, thinly chartaceous, not glaucous, shortly pubescent be- neath, usually shorter or puberulous above, plane, spreading; apex rounded, margin entire, base cordate-amplexicaul to rounded; vena- tion: 3 pairs of laterals curved-ascending from lower 0.2-0.25 of midrib, tertiary reticulation dense, not or scarcely prominent; laminar glands all pale or sometimes scattered black ones distally and towards margin, dense to rather sparse, ± unequal; intramarginal glands black, dense to rather sparse. Inflorescence ( 1 2-) 1 5-c. 200- flowered from (2-)5-8 nodes, without flowering branches from lower nodes, cylindric to rarely shortly and broadly rounded-py- ramidal; pedicels 2-3 mm; bracts and bracteoles triangular-lanceolate to linear, black-glandular-ciliate, often with basal cilia somewhat longer but not auriculate. Flowers 15-20 mm in diam.; buds cylin- dric, rounded. Sepals 3.5-5 x 1-2.2 mm, subequal, free or almost so, ± narrowly oblong or oblong-lanceolate to elliptic or rarely lanceo- late to ovate, obtuse (rarely acute) to rounded, with margin long-glandular-ciliate; veins 3, outer sometimes branched; laminar glands pale, striiform; marginal glands black, flat-topped. Petals pale yellow, not tinged red, (8-)9-12 x 3-3.5 mm, c. 2.5 x sepals, elliptic to oblanceolate, rounded, apiculus absent; laminar glands pale, punctiform to striiform, and also usually black, punctiform, scattered; marginal glands absent. Stamens 25-40, longest 6-8 mm, c. 0.65 x petals; anther gland black. Ovary 1.5-3 x 1-1.5 mm, ellipsoid; styles 3.5-5.5 mm, 1.9-2.3 x ovary, spreading-incurved. Capsule 5x3 mm, broadly ellipsoid, equalling or exceeding sepals, enclosed when developing by petals twisting together. Seeds dark reddish brown, 0.5-0.6 mm long; testa finely scalariform. 2n = 16 (Reynaud, 1973, 1980, 1981). Stony places (schist or limestone) near streams or in damp shade; 30-1000 m. Greece (E. Peloponnisos: Lakonia, Argolis; E. Aegean islands: Lesvos, Khios, Ikaria, Samos, Rhodos), Turkey (W. Anatolia from Bursa to Antalya). Naturalized in Portugal (cf. Ramos, 1993: 184). GREECE. Lakonia: Mt.Taygete [Taiyetos], 1975 (fl), Contandriopoulos 75-259 (MARS). Argolis: Poros, prope Poros, 1 June 1867 (fl), Heldreich 252 (BM, K). Lesvos: Mytilini (Lesbos), ad Philia, c. 300 m, 1 8-24 May 1934 (fl), K.H. Rechinger5899(BM, K). Khios: Amadhes,31 May 1939 (fl), Plan 233 (K). Ikaria: village Hristostomos, 300-350 m, 28 May 1970 (fl), Stamatiadou9\Q6 (ATH*, BM). Samos: Vathy, 16-23 June 1932 (1. fl), K.H. Rechinger 1 897 (BM). Rhodos: below Salakos, 300-350 m, 22 October 198 1 (e. fr), Davis 67985 (E); from Rhodes to Afantou, 27 May 1971 (fl), Fagersten s.n. (H). TURKEY. Bursa: prope Brussam, May 1874 (fl), Pichler 72 (K). Balikesir: Ak-Tchai, ad Seitinly, 1 1 June 1 883 (fl), Sintenis 602b (E); Mt. Ida [Kaz dag], prope Kareikos, 1 9 July 1 883 (fl), Sintenis 602 (BM, E, FR, G, JE, K, U). Manisa: Salikli, Banya, 250 m, 10 June 1935 (fl), Wall s.n. (S); Kula, 700m, 21 June 1965 (fl), Coode & Jones 28 1 6 (E). U§ak: Ouchak (Phrygie), 910 m, 15 July 1857 (fl), Balansa 1 158 (BM, E, FR, G, JE, K, U). Izmir: Selcuk, Efes [Ephesus], 3 May 1972 (fl), E. & G. Sezik 262 (BM); Odemis distr., Bozdag, 1300m, 16August 1950(1. f\)Davis 18230(E). Aydin: Soke to Mila§, 25 May 1962 (fl), Dudley D. 34994 (K); Camlik - Selcuk, 6 km, 30 m, 22 June 1954 (fl), Huber-Morath 12269 (G). Mugla: Sandras dag near Agla, 600 m, 25 July 1 947 (fr),Davis 1 3638 (E, K); Datc.a to Marmaris, 6 km from Emi9k, 1 10 m, 7 June 1962 (fl), Dudley D. 35448 (K). Denizli: Boz dag near Geyran Yayla, 16 July 1947 (fl), Davis 13347 (E, K); Babadag, above Kadikoy, 900 m, 8 June 1951 (e. fr), Davis 18426 (E), 18426A (K). Antalya: from Alanya to Gazipa§a, 15 km, 3 June 1973 (fl), Himmetofelu 580 (BM). H. atomarium is very closely related to 1 8a. H. annulatum subsp. annulatum, differing from it essentially in lacking proper auricles on the bracts and bracteoles and in having laminar black glands on the sepals, usually on the petals and sometimes on the leaves. This last character also distinguishes it from its sister species, 23. H. lanuginosum, in which the sepals are usually more obtuse with shorter glandular cilia. H. atomarium and H. lanuginosum together form a south-eastern development from the Balkan H. annulatum, a population which split into a western and an eastern species. The laminar black gland character separates them well; although there are relatively few black glands on the sepals of the 'outlying' Antalya specimen cited above, they are numerous on the leaves. However, variability towards the western end of the distribution of H. lanuginosum (q.v.) may well indicate introgression from H. atomarium. See 22. H. cuisinii for a discussion of the relationships of that species to H. atomarium. 22. Hypericum cuisinii Barbey in Bull. Soc. vaud. Sci. not. 21: 220 (1886),[en'cw/fl mediterraneans. Biol.-Ecol. medit. 2: 3-8. 1980. Contribution a 1'etude cytotaxinomique du genre Hypericum L. en Grece. Bull. Soc. hot. France 127: 345-353. 198 1 . Contribution a 1'etude cytotaxinomique du genre Hypericum en Turquie. II. Biol.-Ecol. medit. 8: 181-191. 1985. Etude des teguments seminaux de quelques Hypericum (Guttiferae) mediterraneens observes au M.E.B. I. Bull. Mus. natn. Hist, not., Paris IV, 7 sect. B, Adansonia no. 1: 85-96. 1986. Etude cytotaxinomique des Millepertuis du Bassin mediterraneen et des lies Canaries. Bull. Soc. hot. France 133, Lettres Bot. 1986 (2): 167-177. 1991. Etude des teguments seminaux (observes au M.E.B.) de quelques Hyperi- cum (Guttiferae) mediterraneens. II. Bull. Mus. natn. Hist, not., Paris IV, 13 sect. B., Adansonia no. 3^: 183-195. Robin, C.C. 1807. Voyage dans I'interieurde la Louisiana[. . .] 3. Flore louisianaise. Paris. Robson, N.K.B. 1956. Studies in the genus Hypericum L Unpublished thesis, Edin- burgh Univ. 1 958. The genus Hypericum in Africa south of the Sahara, Madagascar and the Mascarenes. Kew Bull. 12: 443-446. 1967«. Materials for a flora of Turkey: XI. Notes on Turkish species of Hyperi- cum. Notes R. hot. Gdn Edinb. 27: 185-204. I967fe Hypericum. In P.H. Davis (Ed.), Flora of Turkey and the east Aegean Islands 2: 355-401. Edinburgh. — 1968. Guttiferae (Clusiaceae). In T. Tutin et al. (Eds), Flora Europaea 2: 261- 269. 1972. Evolutionary recall in Hvpericum (Guttiferae)? Trans, hot. Soc. Edinb. 41: 365-383. 1973 ['1972']. Notes on Malesian species of Hypericum (Guttiferae). Rora Malesiana Praecursores, LII. Blumea 20: 251-274. — 1974. Hypericaceae. In C.G.G.J. van Steenis (Ed.), Flora Malesiana I, 8: 1-29. 1977a. Studies in the genus Hypericum L. (Guttiferae). 1 . Infrageneric classifica- tion. Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Bot.) 5: 291-355. 1977fe Notes on some Nepalese and Indian Hypericum. J. Jap. Bot. 52: 276-288. 1980. The Linnaean species of Ascyrum (Guttiferae). Taxon 29: 267-274. 1 98 1 . Studies in the genus Hypericum L. (Guttiferae). 2. Characters of the genus. Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Bot.) 8: 55-226. 1 985. Studies in the genusHypericum L. (Guttiferae). 3. Sections 1 . Campylosporus to 6a. Umbraculoides. Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Bot.) 12: 163-325. 1987. Studies in the genus Hypericum L. (Guttiferae). 7. Section 29. Brathys (part 1). Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Bot.) 16: 1-106. 1990. Studies in the genus Hypericum L. (Guttiferae). 8. Sections 29. Brathys (part 2) and 30. Trigynobrathys. Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Bot.) 20: 1-151. 1992. Hypericum. In A.H. Huxley (Ed.), The New Royal Horticultural Society Dictionary of Gardening 2: 620-637. 1993a. Parallel evolution in tropical montane Hvpericum. Opera Botanica 121: 263-274. 19936. Studies in Hypericum: validation of new names. Bull. nat. Hist. Mus. Lond. (Bot.) 23: 67-70. 1995. Hypericum. In J. Cullen et al. (Eds), European Garden Flora 4: 44-74. & Adams, W.P. 1968. Chromosome numbers in Hypericum and related genera. Brittonia 20: 95-106. Rompaey, E. van & Delvosalle, L. 1979. Atlas de la flore beige et luxumbourgois, Pteridophytes et Spermatoph\tes. 2nd ed. Meise. St.-Lager, J.B. 1880. Retorme de la nomenclature botanique. Annls Soc. hot. Lyon 7: 1-154. Saunders, E.R. 1937. The non-unique position in the genus Hypericum of H. peplidi- folium A. Rich. Proc. Linn. Soc. London 149: 160-163. Small, J.K. 1933. Manual of the southeastern Flora. New York. Smith, A.C. 1941. Studies in Papuasian plants, III. Guttiferae. J. Arnold Arbor. 22: 343-374. Smith, J.M.B. 1 977. Origins and ecology of the tropicalpine flora of Mt. Wilhelm, New Guinea. Biol. J. Linn. Soc. 9: 87-131. 1986. Origins and history of the Malesian high mountain flora. In F. Vuilleumier & M. Monasterio (Eds), High altitude tropical biogeography: 469—477. Oxford. Soo, R. 1 968. Hypericum in Synopsis Systematico-Geobotanico Florae Vegetationisque Hungariae 3: 431-438. Spach, E. 1836fl. Histoire naturelle des vegetaux. Phanerogames 5: 335^64. 1836b. Conspectus monographiae Hypericacearum. Annls Sci. nat. (Bot.) II, 5: 349_369, t. 6. Steenis, C.J J.G. van 1 964. Plant geography of the mountain flora of Mt. Kinabalu. Proc. Roy. Soc. London B, 161: 7-38. StefanofT, B. 1931. Notes on new or rare Hypericum. Kew Bull. 1931: 29-33. 1932-1934. Sistematicheski i geografiski prouchvaniya verchu mediterransko- orientaliskite vidovye na roda Hypericum L. God. Agr.-les. Fak. Univ. Sofiya 10: 19-57 (1932); 11: 130-186 (1933a); 12: 69-100 (1934). 1933b. Die mediterran-orientalischen Arten der Gattung Hypericum L. Pflanzenareale 4: Karten 1-9. Stjepanovi6Vesilichi6, L. 1972. Hypericaceae. In M. Josifovi6 (Ed.), Flora S. R.. Srbije3: 102-125. Stoker, F. 1 95 1 . In F.J . Chittenden (Ed. ), The Royal Horticultural Society Dictionary of Gardening 2: 1033-1038. Strid, A. & Kraiiy.cn, R. 198 1 . In A. Love (Ed.), I.O.P.B. chromosome number reports, LXXIII. Taxon 30: 829-842. Svenson, H.K. 1940. Plants of the southern United States. III. Woody species of Hypericum. Rhodora 42: 8-19. 1952. What is Hypericum prolificum! Rhodora 54: 205-207. Torrey, J. & Gray, A. 1838. Hypericaceae in Flora of North America 1: 155-169; 1840, Supplement: 671-674. Turland, N. 1990. Cretan Bellflowers and St. John's Worts. Quart. Bull. A. G. S. 58: 310-320. 1992. Floristic notes from Crete. Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 108: 345-357. Utech, F.H. & Iltis, H.H. 1970. Preliminary reports on the flora of Wisconsin, No. 61. Hypericaceae - St. John's Wort family. Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts Lett. 58: 325-35 1 . Voggenreiter, V. 1974. Geobotanische Untersuchungen an der naturlichen Vegetation 214 N.K.B. ROBSON der Kanareninsel Tenerit'e [. . .] als Grundlage fur den Naturschutz. Dissert, hot. 26. Vulf, E.V. 1953. Guttiferae in Flora Kryma 2(3): 106-1 1 1. Ward, D.B. 1980. In D.B. Ward (Ed.), Rare and endangered biota of Florida 5: Plants. Gainesville. Webb, P.B. & Berthelot, S. 1836. Histoire naturelle dex lies Canaries 3(2). Phytographia canarienxis, 1 . Paris. Wilbur, R.L. 1995. The orthography of the name of a southeastern endemic shrub Hypericum buckleii M.A. Curtis. Castanea 60: 168-169. SYSTEMATIC INDEX Accepted names are in roman and synonyms in italic; new names and principal references are in bold. An asterisk (*) denotes a figure. Adm = sect. Adenosepalum, Ads = sect. Adenotrias, Ar = sect. Arthrophyllum, E = sect. Elodes, He = sect. Heterophylla, Hu - sect. Humifusoideum, M = sect. Myriandra, T = sect. Triadenioides, W = sect. Webbia. Adenosepalum montanum (L.) Fourr. (=Adml7) 196 tomento.sum (L.) Fourr. (=Adm9) 186 Adenotrias kotschvi Jaub. & Spach (=Ads2) 152 phrygia Jaub. & Spach (=Ads2) 152 Ascyrum group (M25-29) 78, 118 Axcvrum L. (=sect. 20 subsect. 5) a. Ascyrum (L.) Endl. (=sect. 20 subsect. 5) 124 b. Ixophvllum (Spach) Endl. (=sect. 20 subsect. 3) 113 amplexicaule Michx. (=M26) 127 sensu Pursh, pro pane (=M25) 125 cruciatum St-Lag. (=M25) 125 crux-andreae L. (=M25) 124 sensu Chapm. (=M29a) 131 sensu Coulter (=M29b) 132 [var.] (3 angustifulium Null. (=M29a) 131 [var.] (3 sensu Choisy, pro parte (=M29b) 132 cubense Griseb. (=M26) 127 cuneifolium Chapm. (=M25) 125, 127, 129 edisonianum Small (=M27) 128 filicaule Dyer 124 grandiflorum Raf. (=M25) 125 helianthemifolium Spach (=M29b) 132 hypericoides L. (=M29) 124, 129 sensu W.T. Aiton (=M25) 125 var. multicaule (Michx. ex Willd.) Fernald (=M29b) 132 var. oblongifolium (Spach) Fernald (=M29a) 131 var. rypicum Fernald (=M29a) 131 linifolium Spach (=M29a) 131, 132 macmsepalum S. Brown (=M29a) 131, 132 michauxii Spach (=M29a) 131 microsepalum Torrey & Gray (=M19) 1 17 montanum Raf. (=M29a) 131 multicaule Michx. ex Willd. (=M29b) 132 nummularifolium Banks ex Steud. (=M28) 129 oblongifolium Spach (=M29a) 131 pauciflorum Nutt. (=M28) 129 perforata Lam. (=M29) 130 plumieri Bertol. (=29a) 131 pumilum Michx. (=M28) 129 simplex Zeyh. ex Turcz. (=M25) 125 xpathulatum Spach (=M29b) 132 stans Michx. ex Willd. (=M25) 124, 127 [var.] p obovatum Chapm. ex Torrey & Gray (=M25) 125, 127 [var.] p sensu Choisy (=M26) 127 tetrapetalum (Lam.) Vail (=M26) 127 villosum L. 124 Ascyrum foliis lanceolatis-linearibus (etc.) Burm. (=M29c) 133 Ascyrum foliis oblongis (etc.) Burm. (=M29a) 131 BetulaL. 110 Brathydium Spach (=sect. 20 subsect. 4) 122 amhiguum (Elliott) K. Koch (=M6) 102 aureum (W. Bartram) K. Koch (=M1) 94 canadense Spach ( =M22 ) 121 chamaenerium Spach (=M20) 1 1 8 chamaerinum sensu Steud. 1 1 8 dalabriforme (Spach) Y. Kimura (=M24) 123 fastigiatum (Elliott) K. Koch (=M21) 120 fulgidum (Raf.) K. Koch (=M13?) 1 1 1 grandiflorum Spach (=M24) 122, 123 hyssop/folium Spach (=M18) 116 microsepalum (Torrey & Gray) K. Koch (=M19) 117 myrtifolium (Lam.) K. Koch (=M23) 122 nudiflorum (Michx. ex Willd.) K. Koch (=M17) 114 rugelianum (Kun/,e) K. Koch (=M1) 94 sphaerocarpum (Michx. ex Willd.) Spach (=M20) 118 Brathyx prolifica (L.) Payer (=M2) 97 Cistus laurifolius L. 147 Cmokea Small (=sect. 20 subsect. 3) 1 13 microsepala (Torrey & Gray) Small (=M19) 1 13, 117 Croton elaeagnoides Balf. f. 143 Elodea aegyptica (L.) Jack (=Adsl) 149 palustris i. St. Hill. (=E1) 209 russeggeri (Fenzl) Walp. (=Ads2) 152 Elodes acifera Greuter (=Ads3) 153 aegyptica (L.) Payer (=Adsl) 149 palustris Spach (=E1) 209 forma submersa Cluck (=E1 ) 209, 21 1 russeggeri (Fenzl) Greuter (=Ads2) 152 Episiphis parvifolia Raf. (=Adsl) 149 Helodes glandulosum St.-Lager (=E1) 209 H\pericoides Adans. (=sect. 20 subsect. 5) 124 crux-andreae (L.) Poir. (M=25) 125 perforata Poir. (=M29) 124,130 Hypericoides frutescens, erecta (etc.) Plum. (=M29a) 131 Hypericoides frutescens, humi-fusa (etc.) Plum. (=M29c) 133 Hypericum L. 75, 76, 77, 78, 88, 118, 147, 179 sect. 27. Adenosepalum Spach 76, 88, 89, 90, 170, 175, 179, 199,211 subsect. Adenosepalum 90, 193 subsect. Aethiopica N. Robson 90, 172 subsect. Caprifolia N. Robson 90, 189 subsect. Pubescentes N. Robson 90, 181 sect. 25. Adenotrias (Jaub. & Spach) R. Keller 76, 83,84,85, 147, 150, 153,211 sect. 22. Arthrophyllum Jaub. & Spach 76, 82, 83, 90, 137, 138, 140 sect. 3. Ascyreia Choisy 76 sect. Brathydium (Spach) R. Keller (=sect. 20) 77 subsect. Eubrathydium R. Keller (=sect. 20 subsect. 4) 77 subsect. Pseudobrathydium R. Keller (=sect. 20 subsect. 2) 77 sect. 29. Brathys (Mutis ex L. f.) Choisy 133 sect. 8. Bupleuroides Stefanoff 76 sect. 1. Campylosporus (Spach) R. Keller 76, 78, 79,87,90, 135, 145, 146, 157, 175 sect. 13. Drosocarpium Spach 198 sect. 28. Elodes (Adans.) W. Koch 76, 88, 89, 90, 208 sect. Euhvpericum Boiss. 76 subsect. Homotaenium R. Keller 76 sect. 24. Heterophylla N. Robson 76, 83, 84, 88, 146 sect. 17. Hirtella Stefanoff 76 sect. 26. Humifusoideum R. Keller 76, 85, 86, 87, 88, 153, 154, 157, 159, 162 sect. 9. Hypericum 76, 90, 154, 179 sensu N. Robson, pro parte (=sect. 26) 153 sect. Isophyllum (Spach) W.P. Adams (=sect. 20 subsect. 3) 113 sect. 20. Myriandra (Spach) R. Keller 76, 77, 78, 79,92 subsect. 5. Ascyrum (L.) N. Robson 78, 80, 124 subsect. 4. Brathydium (Spach) R. Keller 78, 80, 82, 122 subsect. 1. Centrosperma R. Keller 78, 80, 81, 94,98, 123 subsect. Centrosperma sensu W.P. Adams 77, 123 subsect. 2. Pseudobrathydium R. Keller 78, 80, 112 subsect. Pseudobrathydium sensu W.P. Adams 77 subsect. 3. Suturosperma R. Keller 78, 80, 81, 113, 123 sect. 14. Oligostema (Boiss.) Stefanoff 76 sect. 12. Origanifolia Stefanoff 76 sect. Pulogensia N. Robson (=sect. 26) 153, 162 sect. 18. Taeniocarpium Jaub. & Spach 76 sect. 23. Triadenioides Jaub. & Spach 76, 83, 84, 141 sect. 30. Trigynobrathys (Y. Kimura) N. Robson 77, 88 sect. 21. Webbia (Spach) R. Keller 82, 90, 133 abilianum N. Robson (Adm2) 90, 174*, 175, 177 aciferum (Greuter) N. Robson (Ads3) 85, 153 acutum Moench 90 adpressum W.P.C. Barton (M21) 119, 120 var. fastigiatum (Elliott) Torrey & Gray (=M21) 120 var. spongiosum B.L. Rob. (=M21) 120 forma spongiosum (B.L.Rob.) Fernald (=M21) 120 aegusanum Tineo ex Lojac. (=Adm7) 182 aegypticum L. (Adsl) 84, 85, 147, 148, 149, 152, 153 sensu Braun-Blanquet & Maire (=Adsla) 150 sensu auct. (=Adslb) 150 subsp. aegypticum (Adslc) 150, 152 subsp. maroccanum (Pau) N. Robson (Ads la) 84, 150, 151* subsp. webbii (Spach) N. Robson (Adslb) 150 var. maroccanum Pau (=Adsla) 150 aethiopicum Thunb. (Adm6) 90, 169, 170, 177, 179, 180 sensu Jacot Guill. pro parte (=Hu9) 168 sensu Sond. pro parte (=Adm6a) 180 subsp. aethiopicum (Adm6b) 180, 181 subsp. sonderi (Bredell) N. Robson (Adm6a) 90, 180 var. glaucescens Sond. (=Adm6a) 180 var. huillense Engl. (Adm6a) 180 afromontanum Bullock (=Adml8c) 202 afrum Lam. (Adm5) 76, 90, 174*, 178, 179 ambiguum Elliott (=M6) 102 amoenum Pursh (=M1) 94 annulatum Moris (AdmlS) 90, 91, 198, 199 sensu Cufod. (=Adml8a) 199 sensu Milne-Redhead (=Adml8c) 202 STUDIES IN HYPERICVM 215 subsp. afromontanum (Bullock) N. Robson (AdmlSc) 90, 199, 200*, 201, 202, 203 subsp. annulatum (Adml8b) 91, 199, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205 subsp. degenii (Bornm.) Hayek (=Adml8b) 201 subsp. intermedium (Steud. ex A. Rich.) N. Robson (AdmlSa) 89, 90, 91, 199, 201 apocynifolium Small (Ml 6) 77, 78, 81, 113, 1 14, 116 arborescens Chapm. (=M14) 112 x arnoldianum Rehd. (=M5x) 101, 102 aspalathoides Willd. (=M13) 1 1 1 sensu Elliott (=M 11) 109 sensu Jennings (=M9a) 108 sensu Small pro parte (=M7) 104, 105 athoum Boiss. & Orph. (Adm20) 91, 203, 204 atlanticum Coss. (=Adml4) 192 atomarium Boiss. (Adm21) 91, 204, 205, 206 sensu Osorio-Tafall & Seraphim (=Adm23) 207 sensu Velen. (=Adml8b) 201 attenuatum sensu Hayata (=Hu6(i)) 162 aureum W. Bartram (=M 1 ) 94 aviculariifolium Jaub. & Spach 76 axillare Lam. (=M6) 102, 104 balfourii N. Robson 84, 147 beccarii N. Robson (Hu7) 87, 162, 164 subsp. beccarii (Hu7a) 86, 165 subsp. steenisii N. Robson (Hu7b) 86, 87, 165 bifurcatum N. Robson (Hu4) 86, 159, 168 bissellii B.L. Rob. (=M24) 123, 124 bojerianum sensu H. Perrier pro parte (=Hu9) 168 bonaparteae W.P.C. Barton (=M21) 120 brachyphyllum (Spach) Steud. (Mil) 80, 105, 106, 107*, 109 Brathydium group (M23-24) 78 brathydium Steud. (=M22) 121 buckleyi M.A. Curtis (Ml 5) 77, 78, 80, 112, 113 canadense van oviforme R. Keller (=M22?) 121 canariense L. (Wl) 82, 90, 134, 135, 136*, 137, 140 [van] fifloribundum (Alton) Bornm. (=W1) 135 var. montanum Buch (=W 1 ) 1 34 [van] y platysepalum (Spach) Bornm. (=W1) 135 [var.] 7 salicifolium Choisy (=W1) 134 [var.] P triphyllum Choisy (=W1) 134 [var.] a typicum Bornm. (=W 1 ) 135 canescens Trevir. (?=Adm9) 186 caprifolium group (Adml3-15) 89, 21 1 caprifolium Boiss. (AdmlS) 89, 90, 191*, 192, 193 subsp. naudinianum (Coss. & Durieu) Maire (=Adml4) 192 carbonelli Sennen & Mauricio (=Adm9) 186, 187 cardiophyllum Boiss. (Ar3) 138, 139*, 140, 141 chamaenerium (Spach) Steud. (=M20) 118 chapmanii W.P. Adams (Ml 4) 112 ciliatum var. pseudociliatum R. Keller (=Adml7) 197 cistifolium Lam. (M18) 77, 78, 82, 1 14, 115*, 116, 117, 118, 119 sensu Coulter pro parte (=M 17) 114 sensu Coulter pro parte (=M20) 1 1 8 coadunatum Chr. Sm. (Adml3) 89, 90, 189, 190, 191*, 192,211 sensu Maire (=Adml4) 192 var. atlanticum Ball (=Adml4) 192 var. disjunctum R. Keller (=Adml3) 189 collenettiae N. Robson (Adml 1) 90, 183*, 188, 189 confertum Moench (=Adml7) 196 conjunction N. Robson (=Adm3) 177 sensu Agnew (=Adm4) 178 conjungens N. Robson (Adm3) 90, 174*, 177, 178, 179, 180 const anzae Urban 133 coris? sensu Walter (=M7) 104 corymbosum Moench (=W1) 134 creticum Hort. ex Link (=Adsl) 149 crux-andreae (L.) Crantz (M25) 78, 82, 124, 126*. 127, 128, 129, 130, 131 cryptopetalum Vogel (=M2) 96 cubense Turcz. (=M9a) 106 cuisinii Barbey (Adm22) 89, 91, 200*, 205, 206 cuneatum Poir. (=T5) 146 [var.] b. fragile Post (=T5) 146 var. maximum Post (=T5) 146 [van] c. pallidum Post (=T5) 146 x dawsonianum Rehd. (=M4x) 100 debile Sa\\sb. (=W1) 134 decaisneanum Coss. & Daveau (Adm24) 90, 208 degenii Bornm. (=Adml8b) 201 delphicum Boiss. & Heldr. (Adml 9) 91, 202, 203, 204 densiflorum group (M 4—8) 98 densiflorum Pursh (M5) 79, 80, 81, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104 var. lobocarpum (Gatt.) Svenson (=M4) 99 densiflorum x galioides? (M5x) 101 densiflorum x katmianum sensu Rehd. (=M5) 102 densiflorum x kalmianum? (=M5xx?) 102 densiflorum x lobocarpum (=M5x?) 102 densiflorum x prolificum (5xx) 101, 102 diosmoides Griseb. 133 dolabriforme Vent. (M24) 78, 82, 122, 123, 124 edisonianum (Small) W.P. Adams & N. Robson (M27) 82, 126*, 128, 129 elegans Stephan ex Willd. 179 elegantissimum Cr. (=Adml7) 196 ellipticum Hook. (M22) 79, 82, 120, 122 forma foliosum Viet. (=M22) 121, 122 forma submersum Fassett (=M22) 121, 122 elodeoides Choisy 76 elodes L. (El) 76, 88, 89, 90, 191*, 209, 21 1 forma glabratum Druce (=E1) 209 empetrifolium sensu Kotschy ex Jaub. & Spach (=Ads2) 152 exile W.P. Adams (=M9c) 108 fasciculatum group (Ml 3- 14) 78, 81, 98, 106 fasciculatum Lam. (M13) 81, 107*, 110, 112 fasciculatum Michx. ex Willd. (=M6) 102 sensu Alain, pro parte (=M9a) 108 sensu Alain, pro parte (=M9c) 108 sensu Choisy, pro parte (=M7) 104 sensu Coulter, pro parte (=M1 1) 109 sensu Torrey & Gray, pro parte (=M9) 106 var. aspalathoides (Willd.) Torrey & Gray (=M13) 111 sensu Chapm. (=M11) 109 sensu Torrey & Gray, pro parte (=M7) 104 var. laxifolium Choisy, pro parte (=M7) 104 [var.] P sensu Choisy, pro parte (=M6) 102 [var.] P sensu Choisy, pro parte (=M7) 104 fastigiatum Elliott (=M21) 120 fieriense N. Robson (Tl) 84, 142, 143, 144* floribundum Alton (=W\) 134, 135, 137 foliosum sensu Brouss. ex Webb & Berth. (=Adml6) 193 sensu Jacq. (=M2) 96, 101 formosissimum Takht. 76 frondosum Michx. (Ml) 78, 79, 80, 82, 94, 95*, 98, 101, 118, 123, 124, 127 frondosum x prolificum (Mix) 96 fulgidumRaf. (=M13?) Ill galioides group (M6-8) 78 galioides Lam. (M6) 78, 81, 101, 102, 103*. 104, 106 sensu Griseb., pro parte (=M9c) 108 sensu Sauvalle (=M9c) 108 var. ambiguum (Elliott) Chapm. (=M6) 102, 104 var. axillare (Lam.) Griseb. (=M6) 102 sensu Griseb. pro parte (=M9c) 108 var. cubense Griseb. (=M9c) 108 var. fasciculatum (Lam.) Svenson (=M13) 1 1 1 var. fasciculatum (Lam.) Svenson, pro parte (=M9) 106 var. lloydii Svenson (=M8) 105 [var.] pallidum Mohr (=M6) 102 var. reductum Svenson (=M7) 104 galioides x lobocarpum sensu Rehd. (=M5x?) 101 glandulosum Alton (Adml) 89, 90, 172, 174*, 175, 184, 194 glandulosum Gilib. (=Adml7) 196 glaucum Michx. (=M23) 122 glomeratum Small (=M5) 100 gracile Boiss. (=Adm23) 207 habbemen.se A.C. Sm. (=Hu5) 160, 162 hayataeY. Kimura (=Hu6(i)) 162, 163 hellwigii Lauterb. (=Hu5) 159 helodes St.-Lager (=E1) 209 forma terrestre Cluck (=E1) 209, 21 1 helodeum St.-Lager (=E1) 209 hengshanense W. T Wang 76 heterophyllum Vent. (Hel) 147, 151* hetemstylum Part. (=Adsl) 149 hirsutum Asso (=Adml5) 192 hirsutum L. 198 sensu Sibth. & Sm. (=Adm21) 204 huber-morathii N. Robson 76 humbertii sensu Spirlet, pro parte (=HulO) 169 hypericoides (L.) Crantz (M29) 78, 82, 124, 129, 130 subsp. hypericoides (M29a) 82, 130, 131, 132, 133 subsp. multicaule (Michx. ex Willd.) N. Robson (M29b) 82, 131, 132 subsp. prostratum N. Robson (M29c) 78, 82, 131, 133 var. hypericoides (=M29a) 131 var. multicaule (Michx. ex Willd.) Fosberg (=M29b) 131, 132 var. multicaule (Michx. ex Willd.) Waterfall (=M29b) 132 imbricatum Poulter 76 interior Small (=M5) 81, 100, 101 intermedium Steud. ex A. Rich. (=Adml8a) 199 forma obtusifolium R. Keller (=Adml8a) 201 isophyllum Steud. (=M19) 1 17 japonicum sensu Warb. (+Hu5) 159 var. pinnatinervium Bakh. f. (=Hu7) 164 x joerstadii Lid (Admix) 89, 90, 175, 194 kalmianum L. (M3) 80, 95*. 98, 101 var. majus Gatt. (=M2) 97 kalmianum x densiflorum'? (=M5) 99 kalmianum x prolificum (M3x) 99 kiboense Oliv. (Adm4) 90, 174*. 177, 178, 179 sensu N. Robson, pro parte (=Adm2) 175 kiloense sensu H.H. Johnston (=Adm4) 178 kunaianum Gilli (=Hu5) 160 lanceolatum Lam. 85 subsp. angustifolium (Lam.) N. Robson 86, 157 lanuginosum Lam. (Adm23) 89, 91, 200, 205. 206, 208 sensu d'Urv. (=Adm21) 204 subsp. atomarium (Boiss.) Holub (=Adm21) 205 subsp. gracile (Boiss.) Holmboe ex J. Thiebaut (=Adm23) 207 subsp. millepunctatum Holmboe (=Adm23) 207 [var.] P gracile (Boiss.) Boiss. (=Adm23) 207 var. pestalozzae (Boiss.) N. Robson (=Adm23) 92, 207, 208 var. scabrellum (Boiss.) N. Robson (=Adm23) 92, 207, 208 ligustrinum Pursh (=M 17) 114 limosum Griseb. (Ml 0) 106, 108, 109 lissophloeus W.P. Adams (M12) 78, 107*, 110 lloydii (Svenson) W.P. Adams (M7) 80. 81, 103*. 105, 106 lobocarpum Gatt. (M4) 80, 81, 98, 99, 100, 101 lobocarpum x prolificum (M4x) 100 lusitanicum Poir. (=Adm9) 185 macgregorii F. Mull. (Hu3) 86, 158, 159 sensu Hoogl. (=Hu2) 157 sensu Lauterb. (=Hu5) 159 subsp. punctatum N. Robson (=Hu2) 157 maculatum Cr. 90 216 N.K.B. ROBSON madagaseariense (Spach) Steud. 85 maritimum Sieber (=Adslb) 150, 152 michauxii Poir. (=M6) 102 microsepalum (Torrey & Gray) A. Gray ex S. Watson (Ml 9) 77,78,82, 113, 115*, 117, 118 milne-redheadii Gilli (=Adm3) 177 minutum Poulter 76 montanum group (spp. 17-24) montanum L. (Adml7) 89, 90, 194, 195M98, 199 subsp.? elegantissimum (Cr.) G. Jav. (Adml7) 197 Ivar.l P caucaticum Boiss. (=Adml7) 196, 198 var. maculantherum Sagorsky 198 var. pilosum Horwood 198 var. punctatum Andreansky 198 var. scaberulum G. Beck (=Adml7) 197, 198 [var.l P scabrum Koch (=Adml7) 196. 198 | van] P triphyllum Choisy (=Adml7) 196 [var.l « typicum G. Beck (=Adml7) 197, 198 [var.J P sensu Ledeb. (=Adml7) 196 forma abbreviatum Reinecke (=Adml7) 197 forma humifusoides Kuntze (=Adml7) 197 forma tubpmlificum Murr (==Adm) 197 forma ternatum Borbas (=Adml7) 197 multicaule Lam. 132 myrtifolium Lam. (M23) 77, 78, 82, 122, 123, 124 mvrtilloidet Fenzl (=T5) 146 nagasawai Hayata (Hu 6(i)) 86, 154, 162, 163, 164 var. nit-rum Y. Kimura (=6(i)) 162 var. typicum Y. Kimura (=6(i» 162 nanum Poir. (Ar4) 139*. 140, 141 var. nanum (Ar4a) 140 var. prostratum Boiss. (Ar4b) 141 var. uniflorum Bornm. (=Ar5) 141 natalense J.M. Wood & M.S. Evans (Hu8) 86, 87, 165, 167*, 168, 170 var. petiolatum Bredell (=Hu8) 165 naudinianum Coss. & Durieu (Adml4) 89, 90, 190, 191*. 192, 193 nigropunctatum Norlindh (=Hu9) 168 nitidum group or complex (M9-1 1) 78, 81, 98 nitidum Lam. (M9) 78, 81, 104, 106, 112 subsp. cubense (Turcz.) N. Robson (M9a) 106, 107*, 109 subsp. exile (W.P. Adams) N. Robson (M9c) 106, 108, 109 subsp. nitidum (M9b) 106, 108, 1 12 nokoenseOhwi (Hu6(ii)) 86, 154,163,164 nothum Rehd. (=M5) 100, 102 nudiflorum Michx. ex Willd. (M17) 77, 78, 81, 114, 115*. 116, 117, 118 sensu Rchb. (=M20) 118 sensu auct. pro parte (=M16) 1 13 [var.] P ovatum Choisy (=M17) 1 14 [van] "Y ramosum Choisy (=M17?) 1 14 [var.] P sensu Torrey & Gray (=M16) 1 13 oklahnmense E.J. Palmer (=M4) 99 opacum Torrey & Gray (=M18) 116. 117 origanifolium Willd. 76 pallens Banks & Solander (T5) 84, 144*, 145, 146 palustre Salisb. (=E1) 209 pamphylicum N. Robson & P. Davis (Ar2) 138, 139 papuanum Ridl. (Hu5) 86, 156*. 159, 161, 162, 164 pauciflorum Kunth 129 peltatum sensu Eisner et al. (=M25) 125 peplidifolium A. Rich. (HulO) 86, 167*, 168, 169, 170 var. anagallidifolium Chiov. (=HulO) 169 var. diestelianum Engl. (=HulO) 169 var. oblongifolium Engl. (=HulO) 169 var. ovatum (Engl.) Engl. (=HulO) 169 forma humile Riva (=Hu 10) 169 var. mbuttum Baker f. (=HulO) 169 forma ovatum Engl. (=HulO) 169 forma parvifolium Engl. (=HulO) 169 forma mbustum (Baker f.) Engl. (=HulO) 169 perfoliatum L. 198 var. annulalum (Moris) Fiori (=Adml8b) 201 var. pseudociliatum (R. Keller) Woron. (=Adml7) 197 perfoliatum Munby (=Adml4) 190 perforatum L. 90 sensu Poir. (=Adm5) 178 pestalozzae Boiss. (=Adm23) 206 platypetalum (Spach) Steud. (=W1) 135 platysepalum (Spach) Walp. (=W1) 135 procumbent Desf. ex Willd. (=M24) 123 procumbens Michx. (=M24) 123 prolificum L. (M2) 78, 80, 81, 95*, 96, 97, 98, 101, 106, 113, 114 sensu Torrey & Gray, pro parte (=M5) 100 var. aureum (W. Bartram) Koehne (=M1) 94 var. densiflorum (Pursh) A. Gray (=M5) 100 var. montanum Gatt. (=M2) 97 psilophytum (Diels) Maire (Adm8) 90, 184, 185 pubescens Boiss. (Adm7) 90, 181, 183*, 184, 185, 197, 188, 190 pubescens x tomentosum (Adm7x) 184 pulogense Merr. (Hu6) 86, 87, 154, 162, 163, 164 pumillum Sesse & Mocino 129 punctulosum Bertol. (=M18) 116 quartinianum A. Rich. 79, 90, 175 randaiense Hayata (=Hu6(i)) 162, 163 reductum (Svenson) W.P. Adams (=M7) 104, 105 reflexum L. f. (Adml6) 89, 90, 175, 193, 194, 195*. 198 var. lanuginosum Pitard (=Adml6) 194 var. leiocladum Bornm. (=Adml6) 193, 194 var. myrtillifolium Bornm. (=Adml6) 175, 193, 194 revolutum Vahl 135, 146 subsp. revolutum 90 revolutum R. Keller (=M5) 100 roeperianum W.G. Schimper ex A. Rich. 82, 135, 175 rosmarinifolium Lam. (=M18) 116 sensu Choisy (=M23) 122 sensu Torrey & Gray (=M5) 100 rosmarinifoliuml sensu Elliott (=M6) 102 mstratum Raf. (=M4?) 99 rugelianwn Kunze (=M1) 94 rupestre Jaub. & Spach (Arl) 83, 137, 138, 139*, 140, 141 sensu H. Perrier, pro parte (=Hu9) 168 [van) a rotundifolium Jaub. & Spach (=Arl ) 137 [var.l P ovalifolium Jaub. & Spach (=Arl) 137 russeggeri (Fenzl) R. Keller (Ads2) 85, 147, 152, 153 salsugineum N. Robson & Hub.-Mor. 76 sanctum Degen (=Adm20) 203 saruwagedicum Diels (Hu2) 156*, 157, 158, 159 scabrellum Boiss. (=Adm23) 207 scopulorum Balf. f. (T2) 83, 84, 142, 143, 144*, 145 sessiliflorum Willd. ex Spreng. (=M23) 122 sewense N. Robson (Hul) 86, 87, 154, 156*, 157 sieberi (Spach) Nyman (=Adslb) 150 silenoides Juss. subsp. minus N. Robson 76 sinaicum Hochst. ex Boiss. (Adml2) 90, 183*. 188, 189 socotranum Good 83, 84, 145, 147 subsp. socotranum 83 somaliense N. Robson (AdmlO) 90, 187, 188 tonderi Bredell (=Adm6a) 180 var. transvaalense Bredell (=Adm6a) 180 sp. A sensu Milne-Redh. (=Adm4) 178 sp. B sensu Milne-Redh. (=Adm3) 177 sp. C sensu Milne-Redh. (=HulO) 169 sp. aff. sinaicum sensu Collen. (=Adml 1) 188 spachianum Steud. (=Adslb) 150 spathulatum R. Keller (=M6) 102 spathulatum (Spach) Steud. (=M2) 97, 132 sphaerocarpum Michx. (M20) 78, 82, 1 17, 118, 119, 120, 122, 124 sensu W.P.C.Barton (=M22) 121 var. sphaerocarpum Svenson (=M20) 1 18 var. turgidum (Small) Svenson (=M20) 118, 119 splendent Small (=M1) 94 spruneri Boiss. 198 slant (Michx.) Adams & Robson (=M25) 125 stragulum Adams & Robson (=M29b) 131, 132 suberoswn Salzm. ex Boiss. (=Adm9) 185 var. psilophytum Diels (=Adm8) 184 suffruticosum W.P. Adams & N. Robson (M28) 78, 82, 126*, 127, 128, 129 supinum Vis. (=Adm9) 186 supinum Vis., pro parte (=Adm 21) 204 supinum tomentosum majus & hispanicum Bauhin (=Adm9) 185 supinum tomentosum minus & monspeliacum Bauhin (=Adm9) 185 Suturosperma group (M 16-22) 78 suzukianumY. Kimura (=Hu6(i) 162, 163 synstylum N. Robson 78, 79, 90 taiwanianium Y. Kimura (=Hu6(i» 162, 163 var. ohwii\. Kimura (=Hu6(i)) 162 var. taiwanianum (=Hu6(i)) 162 taubertii Asch. & Barbey ex Coss. (=Adm24) 208 tauricum sensu hort. ex Ledeb. (=Adml7) 196 tenellum Kotschy ex Boiss. (=T5) 146 tenuifolium Pursh (M8) 80, 81, 103*, 104, 105 ternatum Poulter (T4) 84, 144*, 145, 146 tetrapetalum Lam. (M26) 78, 82, 126, 127, 128 [var.] P sensu Lam. (=M25) 124 tetrapterum Fr. 90 tomentosum L. (Adm9) 90, 183*, 184, 185, 187 sensu Decne. (=Adml2) 189 sensu Durand(=El) 209 sensu Guss. (=Adm7) 182 subsp. carbonelli Sennen & Mauricio (=Adm9) 186 subsp. eu-tomentosum Maire (=Adm9) 186 var. carbonelli (Sennen & Mauricio) Maire (=Adm9) 186 subsp. lusitanicum (Poir.) Willk. (=Adm9) 186 subsp. psilophytum (Diels) Maire (=Adm8) 184 subsp. pubescens (Boiss.) Ball (=Adm7) 181 var. damnatorum Maire (=Adm7) 182, 184 var. viridulum Pau (=Adm7) 182, 184 subsp. wallianum Maire (=Adm9) 186 [van] P ambiguum Perez Lara (=Adm7x) 184 var. densiflorum Sennen (=Adm) 186 var. dissitiflorum Roemer (=Adm9) 186 | var. | a genuinum Perez Lara (=Adm9) 186 subvar. elevatum Perez Lara (?=Adm7x) 184 var. glabrescens Porta (=Adm9) 186 var. intermedium Coss. ex Willk. (=Adm7x) 90, 184 [var.] "Y lusitanicum (Poir.) Perez Lara (=Adm9) 186 var. palustre Batt. (=Adm9) 186 [var.] y pubescens (Boiss.) Perez Lara (=Adm7) 181 var. racemosum Batt. (=Adm9) 186 var. ramosissimum Sennen (=Adm9) 186 tomentosum x pubescens (Adm7x) 90 tortuosum Balf. f. (T3) 84, 142, 143, 144*, 145 triplinerve Vent. (=M6) 102 turgidum Small (=M20) 1 18 undulatum Schousb. ex Willd. 179 vacciniifolium Hayek & Siehe (Ar5) 138, 139*, 141 x vanjleetii Rehd. (=Mlx) 96 vesiculosum Griseb. 198 webbii (Spach) Steud. (=Adslb) 150 wilmsii R. Keller (Hu9) 86, 87, 167*, 168, 169, 170 woodii R. Keller (=Hu8) 165 yezoense Maxim. 154 Isophyllum Spach (= sect. 20 subsect. 3) 77, 113 drummondii Spach (=M 19) 77, 113, 117 Myriandra adpressa (W.P.C. Barton) K. Koch (=M21) 120 STUDIES IN HYPERICUM 217 hrachyphylla Spach (=MI 1) 109 brathydis Spach (=M13) 111 galioides (Lam.) Spach (=M6) 102 xliiuca (Michx.) Spach (=M23) 122 ledifolia Spach (=M2) 96 mii-hauxii (Pair.) Spach (=M6) 102 nitida (Lam.) Spach (=M9) 106 nudiflora (Michx. ex Willd.) Spach (=M17) 1 14 pmlifica (L.) Spach (=M2) 96 var. ramosa K. Koch (=M6) 102 var. spathulata (Spach) K. Koch (=M2) 97 spathulata Spach (=M2) 96 Nor\xca kalmiana (L.) K. Koch (=M3) 98 Pinus nigra J.F. Arnold subsp. pallasiana (Lamb.) Holmboe 147 Spachelodes eludes (L.) Y. Kimura (=E1) 209 Streptalon dolabriforme (Vent.) Rat'. (=24) 123 Triadenia aegyptica (L.) Boiss. (=AdsI ) 149 var. micmphylla (Spach) Maire (=Adsl) 149 maritima (Sieber) Boiss. (=Adslb) 150 subsp. weissii Stamatiadou (=Adslb) 150 [var] B. webbii (Spach) Hayek (=Adslb) 150 micmphylla Spach (=Adsl) 149 russeggeri Fen/.l (=Ads2) 152 sieberi ; Spach (=Adslb) 150 thymifolia Spach (=Adslb) 150 webbii : Spach (=Adslb) 150 Tripentas helodex (L.) Asch. & Graebn. (=E1) 209 Webhia canariensis (L.) Webb & Berth. (=WI ) 135 [var.j fyfloribunda (Aiton) Pitard & Proust (=W1) 135 [var.] Y platypetala (Spach) Pitard & Proust (=W1) 135 [var.] a typica (Bornm.) Pitard & Proust (=WI) 135 fluribunda (Aiton) Spach (=WI) 134, 135 hetemphylla Spach (=W I) 134, 135 platypetalu Spach (=W1) 135 platysepala Spach (=W 1 ) 1 35 Bulletin of The Natural History Museum Botany Series Earlier Botany Bulletins are still in print. The following can be ordered from Intercept (address on inside front cover). Where the complete backlist is not shown, this may also be obtained from the same address. Volume 19 A new species of Maytenus (Celastraceae) in Ethiopia. Sebsebe Demissew. 1989. Pp. 1-3, 1 fig. Central American Araliaceae - a precursory study for the Flora Mesoamericana. M.J. Cannon & J.F.M.Cannon. 1989. Pp. 5- 6 1,36 figs. A revision of the Solarium nitidum group (section Holophylla pro parte): Solanaceae. S. Knapp. 1989. Pp. 63-102, 21 figs. Six new species of Solatium sect. Geminata from South America. S. Knapp. 1989. Pp. 103-1 12, 8 figs. The application of names of some Indian species of Ocimum and Geniosporum (Labiatae). J.R. Press & V.V. Sivarajan. 1989. Pp. 11 3- 11 6, 4 figs. Revision of Piper (Piperaceae) in the New World 1 . Review of characters and taxonomy of Piper section Macrostachvs. M.C. Tebbs. 1989. Pp. 1 17-158, 41 figs. £48.00 Volume 20 No. 1 Studies in the genus Hypericum L. (Guttiferae) 8. Sections 29. Brathys (part 2) and 30. Trigynobrathvs. N.K.B. Robson. 1990. Pp. 1 - 1 5 1 , 22 figs, 46 maps. £45.00 No. 2 The marine algal flora of Namibia: its distributions and affinities. G.W. Lawson, R.H. Simons and W.E. Isaac. 1990. Pp. 153-168, 1 fig, 7 plates. The infrageneric classification of Gentiana (Gentianaceae). T- N. Ho and S.-W. Liu. 1990. Pp. 169-192, 13 figs. Revision of Piper (Piperaceae) in the New World. 2. The taxonomy of Piper section Churumavu. M.C. Tebbs. 1990. Pp. 193-236, 49 figs. £25.00 Volume 21 No. 1 Historical and taxonomic studies in the genus Titanoderma (Rhodophyta, Corallinales) in the British Isles. Y.M. Chamber- lain. 1991. Pp. 1-80, 247 figs. No. 2 Early collections of the Holy Thorn (Crataegus monogyna cv. Biflora). A.R. Vickery. 1991. Pp. 81-83, 1 fig. A taxonomic study of the species referred to the ascomycete genus Leptorhaphis. B. Aguirre-Hudson. 1991. Pp. 85-192, 76 figs. The typification and identification of Calymperes crassilimbatum Renauld & Cardot (Musci: Calymperaceae). L.T. Ellis. 1991. Pp. 193-194, 1 fig. Volume 22 No. 1 An account of southern Australian species of Lithophyllum (Corallinaceae, Rhodophyta). Wm. J. Woelkerling and S.J. Campbell. 1992. Pp. 1-107, 63 figs. £37.00 No. 2 Palynological evidence for the generic delimitation of Sechium (Cucurbitaceae) and its allies. J.L. Alvarado, R. Lira-Saade & J. Caballero. 1992. Pp. 109-121. Seaweeds of the western coast of tropical Africa and adjacent islands: a critical assessment. IV. Rhodophyta (Florideae) 3. Genera H-K. J.H. Price, D.M. John & G.W. Lawson. 1992. pp. 123-146. Two new species of Solatium section Geminata (Solanaceae) from Cerro del Torr in western Colombia. S. Knapp. 1992. Pp. 147-152. Fissidens ceylonensis Dozy & Molkenb. (Musci: Fissidentaceae) and some allied taxa from southern India. L.T. Ellis. 1992. Pp. 153-156, 2 figs. New species of Piper (Piperaceae) from Central America. M. Tebbs. 1992. Pp. 157-158. Studies on the Cretan flora 1 . Floristic notes. N.J. Turland. 1992. Pp. 159-164. Studies on the Cretan flora 2. The Dianthus juniperinus complex (Caryophyllaceae). N.J. Turland. 1992. Pp. 165-169. £37.50 Volume 23 No. 1 Revision of Piper (Piperaceae) in the New World 3. The taxonomy of Piper sections Lepianthes and Radula. M.C. Tebbs. 1993. Pp. 1-50, 18 figs. Mounting techniques for the preservation and analysis of diatoms. S.J. Russell. 1993. Pp. 51-54. 1 fig. £37.50 No. 2 New taxa of Gentiana (Gentianaceae) from Western China and the Himalayan region. T.-N. Ho and S.-W. Liu. 1993. Pp. 55- 60. 2 figs. New combinations, names and taxonomic notes on Gentianella (Gentianaceae) from South America and New Zealand. T.-N. Ho and S.-W. Liu. 1993. Pp. 61-66. Studies in Hypericum: validation of new names. N.K.B. Robson. 1993. Pp. 67-70. Generic monograph of the Asteraceae-Anthemideae. K. Bremer and C.J. Humphries. 1993. Pp. 71-177. 12 figs. £37.50 Volume 24 No. 1 Pre-Linnaean references for the Macaronesian flora found in Leonard Plukenet's works and collections. J. Francisco-Ortega, A. Santos-Guerra and C.E. Jarvis. Pp. 1-34. Studies on the lichen genus Sticta (Schreber) Ach.: II. Typification of taxa from Swartz's Prodromus of 1788. D.J. Galloway. Pp. 35^8. Seaweeds of the western coast of tropical Africa and adjacent islands: a critical assessment. IV. Rhodophyta (Florideae) 4. Genera L-O. D.M. John, G.W. Lawson, J.H. Price, W.F. Prud'homme van Reine and W.J. Woelkerling. Pp. 49-90. Studies on the Cretan flora 3. Additions to the flora of Karpathos. N.J. Turland and L. Chilton. Pp. 91-100. No. 2 Observations on the benthic marine algal flora of South Georgia: a floristic and ecological analysis. D.M. John, P.J.A. Pugh and I. Tittley. Pp. 101-1 14. Studies in Pseudocyphellaria (Lichens) IV. Palaeotropical species (excluding Australia). D.J. Galloway. Pp. 1 15-160. Morphology and ecology of seedlings, fruits and seeds of Panama: Bixaceae and Cochlospermaceae. N.C. Garwood. Pp. 161-172. A study of Bixa (Bixaceae), with particular reference to the leaf undersurface indumentum as a diagnostic character. R.E. Dempsey and N.C. Garwood. Pp. 173-180. Volume 25 No. 1 A revision of Rutilaria Greville (Bacillariophyta). R. Ross. Pp. 1-94. William Roxburgh's St Helena plants. Q.C.B. Cronk. Pp. 95-98. No. 2 Seaweeds of the western coast of tropical Africa and adjacent islands: a critical assessment. IV. Rhodophyta (Florideae) 5. Genera P. G.W. Lawson, W.J. Woelkerling, J.H. Price, W.F. Prud'homme Van Reine and D.M. John. Pp. 99-122. A new species of Odontorrhynchos (Orchidaceae, Spiranthinae) from Boliva.D.L. Szlachetko. Pp. 123-125. Linnaeus's interpretation of Prospero Alpino's De plantis exoticis, with special emphasis on the flora of Crete. N.J. Turland. Pp. 127-159. Book review. M.G. Gilbert. P. 161. Volume 26 No. 1 A morphological study of Chaetoceros species (Bacillariophyta) from the plankton of the Pacific ocean of Mexico. D.U. Hernandez-Becerril. 1996. Pp. 1-73. CONTENTS 75 Studies in the genus Hypericum L. (Guttiferae) 6. Sections 20. Myriandra to 28. Elodes N.K.B. Robson jlletin of The Natural History Museur BOTANY SERIES Vol. 26, No. 2, November 1996